HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 61728-UF OJ{T WOllTH
�.,.
#
CONTRACT
FOR
THE CONSTRUCTION OF
BWA WATER CONNECTION
Mattie Parker
Mayor
City Project No. 105248
X-File No. X-27302
Christopher P. Harder, P.E.
Director, Water Department
Prepared for
The City of Fort Worth
January 2024lJA
David Cooke
City Manager
TEXAS REGISTRATION F-1386
6060 N Central Expressway, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75206
Dallas, Texas 75206
CSC No. 61728
��� �����
Cit of FortWorth
Y
Standard Construction Specification
Documents
Adopted September 2011
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
5/22/24, 11:33 AM
M&C - Council Agenda
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Mayor and Council Communication
DATE: Tuesday, April 23, 2024
REFERENCE NO.: **M&C 24-0358
LOG NAME: 60BWA WATERCONNECT - WILLCOU
SUBJECT:
(CD 3) Authorize Execution of a Contract with Willco Underground, LLC, in the Amount of $1,054,059.00,
for the Benbrook Water Authority Water Connection Project, and Adopt Appropriation Ordinance to Effect a
Portion of Water's Contribution to the Fiscal Years 2024-2028 Capital Improvement Program
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Authorize execution of a contract with Willco Underground, LLC, in the amount of $1,054,059.00, for
the Benbrook Water Authority Water Connection Project; and
2. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance adjusting appropriations in the Water & Sewer Capital
Project 2019 Fund by increasing appropriations in the Benbrook WaterAuthority Water Connection
project (City Project No. 105248) in the amount of $1,230,506.00 and decreasing appropriations is
the Unspecified-All Funds project (City Project No. UNSPEC) by the same amount.
DISCUSSION:
This project provides for an emergency water connection between the Benbrook WaterAuthority and the
City of Fort Worth Water Department to allow each utility to take water from the other should the need ever
arise.
The project was advertised for bids on February 1, 2024, and February 8, 2024, in the Fort Worth Star-
Telegram. On February 29, 2024, the following bids were received:
In addition to the contract amount, $123,744.00 is required for project management, material testing and
inspection, and $52,703.00 is provided for project contingencies.
This project will have no impact on the Water Department's operating budget when completed.
It is the practice of the Water Department to appropriate its CIP plan throughout the Fiscal Year (FY),
instead of within the annual budget ordinance, as projects commence, additional funding needs are
identified, and to comply with bond covenants. The actions in the Mayor & Council Communciation
(M&C) will appropriate funds in support of the Water's portion of the City of Fort Worth's Fiscal Years
2024-2028 Capital Improvement Program, as follows:
60BWA WATERCONNECT - WILLCOU
Capital
Fund
Name
Capital
Project
2019 —
Project
Name
105248 —
Benbrook
FY2024 CIP �Autho
ppropriations
$O.00IIThis M&C
Budget Revised
Adjustment FY2024
, Budget
1,230,506.00��$1,230, 506.00
apps.cfwnet.org/ecouncil/printmc.asp?id=32065&print=true&DocType=Print 1 /3
5/22/24, 11:33 AM
Fund I WTR
56016 Connect
M&C - Council Agenda
Funding is currently available in the Unspecified All-Funds project within the WS Capital Project 2019
Fund for the purpose of funding the Benbrook Water Authority Connection project.
Appropriations for the Benbrook WaterAuthority Water Connection project are as depicted below:
Fund Existing Additional project Total*
Appropriations Appropriations
WS Capital
Project 2019 $0.00 $1,230,506.00 $1,230,506.00
Fund 56016
Project Total $0.00 $1,230,506.00 $1,230,506.00
*Numbers rounded for presentation purposes.
Business Equity: Willco Underground, LLC, is in compliance with the City's Business Equity Ordinance
by committing to 15 percent MWBE participation on this project. The City's MWBE goal on this project is
12 percent.
The project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 3.
FISCAL INFORMATION / CERTIFICATION:
The Director of Finance certifies that funds are currently available in the Unspecified All-Funds project
within the WS Capital Project 2019 Fund, and upon approval of the above recommendations and adoption
of the attached appropriation ordinance, funds will be available in the WS Capital Project 2019 Fund for
the Benbrook WTR Auth WTR Connect project to support the above recommendations and execution of
the contract. Prior to any expenditure being incurred, the Water Department has the responsibility of
verifying the availability of funds.
FUND IDENTIFIERS (FIDs).:
TO
und Department Accoun Project Prog
ID ID
FROM
Fund Department Account Project
ID ID
CERTIFICATIONS:
Submitted for City Manager's Office by_
Originating Department Head:
Additional Information Contact:
ity Budget Reference # moun
Year (Chartfield 2)
Budget
Year
Reference # Amoun
Chartfield 2)
Fernando Costa (6122)
Chris Harder (5020)
Russell Redder (4970)
ATTACHMENTS
1. 60BWA WATERCONNECT - WILLCOU Compliance Memo.pdf (CFw Internal)
2. 60BWA WATERCONNECT - WILLCOU FID TABLE (WCF 03.08.24).xlsx (CFW Internal)
3. 60BWA WATERCONNECT - WILLCOU Form 1295.pdf (CFW Internal)
4. 60BWA WATERCONNECT - WILLCOU.docx (CFW Internal)
5. 60BWA WATERCONNECT-WILLCOU Map.pdf (Public)
6. ORD.APP 60BWA WATERCONNECT - WILLCOU 56016 A024(r2).docx (Public)
7. PBS CPN 105248.pdf (CFW Internal)
8. SAM.gov Willco Underground.pdf (CFW Internal)
apps.cfwnet.org/ecouncil/printmc.asp?id=32065&print=true&DocType=Print 2/3
60BWA WATERCONNECT - WILLCOU FID TableRec #FundDept #AccountProject IDActivityBudget YearCF 2ProgramAmountPurposeXfer2 and 3)5601606004304905427UNSPEC2024($1,230,506.00)2 and 3)56016060043049054271052482024$1,230,506.002 and 3)560160600430UNSPEC2024($1,230,506.00)2 and 3)5601606004301052482024$1,230,506.00Rec #FundDept #AccountProject IDActivityBudget YearCF 2ProgramAmountPurposeXfer2 and 3)5601606004304905427UNSPECUNSPEC9999$1,230,506.002 and 3)56016060043049054271052480014809999($1,230,506.00)Rec #FundDept #AccountProject IDActivityBudget YearCF 2ProgramAmountPurposeXfer2 and 3)56016060043049054271052480014309999($1,230,506.00)Water Staff Cost2 and 3)56016060043051101011052480014309999$11,068.00Water Staff Cost2 and 3)56016060043055501021052480014309999$2,000.00Public Outreach156016060043057400101052480014809999$1,054,059.00Contract56016 0600430 57400101052480014809999$52,703.00Contigency2 and 3)56016060043051101011052480014859999$66,406.00Water Inspection Staff2 and 3)56016060043053305001052480014849999$27,669.00Soil Lab Consultant2 and 3)56016060043053103501052480014849999$16,601.00Soil Lab TPW Staff2 and 3)560162060000105248RETAINRetainage Combo CodeFIDs (Budget)FIDs (Actual)FIDs (REVENUE or EXPENSE - No KK or GL Entries Needed)
00 os � s - �
ADDGNDA
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF FORT WORTH
WATER DEPARTMENT
ADDENDUM NO. 1
To the Plans, Specifications & General Contract
Documents
The Construction of
BWA WATER CONNECTION
CITY PROJECT NO.: 105248
Bid Date: February 29, 2024 2:00 PM
Addendum No. 1: Issued February 27, 2024
The specification and contract documents for City Project No. 105248 are hereby
revised by Addendum No. 1 as follows:
SPECIFICATIONS & CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
1. SECTION 00 42 43 Proposal Form is hereby repiaced in its entirety with the
attached Proposal Form.
2. Cons#ruction Plans are hereby replaced in their entirety with the attached revised
plans - REV1.
This Addendum forms part of the Contract Documents referenced above and
modifies the original Contract Documents and Plans. Bidder shall acknowledge
receipt of this addendum in the space provided below and on the last paqe of
Section 00 41 00 Bid Form.
Include a signed copy of this Addendum with the sealed bid at the time of bid
submittal. Failure to acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum could cause the
subject bidder to be considered "NONRESPONSIVE," resulting in
disqualification.
R�CI�PT ACKNOWL�DGEMENT:
By: �
Company: ��� �NvNzG, f�iun�D �.
Address: LiOo ��vvu�rr�A� L�n. �yvZ
�-(A-Ns'�r�� T �6063
CITY OP FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECiPICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised Juty 1, 2011
ACC�PTED BY CITY:
Christopher Harder, P.E.
Director, Water Department
�,,,�.�
�r.
By: �- �.� v `> �
Tony holo a, P.E.
Assistant Director, Water Department
�
Addendum No.l
BWA WaterConneclion
CPN 105248
00 11 13
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
SECTION 00 11 13
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of4
RECEIPT OF BIDS
Electronic bids for the construction of BWA Water Connection, City Prolect No. 105248
("Project") will be received for the City of Fort Worth via the Procurement Portal
https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities, under the respective
Project until 2:00 P.M. CST, Thursday, February 29th, as further described below:
Your submissions must be uploaded, finalized, and submitted prior to the Project's posted due
date. The City strongly recommends allowing sufficient time to complete this process (ideally a
week prior to the deadline) to begin the uploading process and to finalize your submission.
Uploading large documents may take time, depending on the size of the file(s) and your Internet
connection speed. The Bonfire portal can be accessed using Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome, or
Mozilla Firefox. Javascript must be enabled. Browser cookies must be enabled.
Electronic submission is subject to electronic interface latency, which can result in transmission
delays. All bidders or proposers assume the risk of late transmission/ submission. The City shall
not be held liable if an interested bidder or proposer is unable to submit a complete
bid/response before the published deadline due to transmission delays or any other technical
issues or obstructions. The City strongly recommends allowing sufficient time to complete the
submission process (ideally a week before the deadline) to begin the uploading process and to
finalize your submission to give adequate time in the event an issue arises.
All submissions must be submitted electronically prior to the close date and time under the
respective Project/Solicitation via the Procurement Portal:
https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities
Failure to submit all completed required information listed in the respective Solicitation will be
grounds for rejection of a bid as non-responsive. No late bids/proposals shall be accepted. Bids
delivered in any other manner than using the Bonfire Platform (Procurement Portal) will not be
accepted or considered.
If, upon being opened, a submission is unreadable to the degree that material conformance to
the requirements of the procurement specifications cannot be ascertained, such submission will
be rejected without liability to the City, unless such bidder provides clear and convincing
evidence (a) of the content of the submission as originally submitted and (b) that the
unreadable condition of the Electronic Bid was caused solely by error or malfunction of the
Bonfire Platform (Procurement Portal). Failure to scan a clear or readable copy of a
bid/response into the system does not constitute and shall not be considered an error or
malfunction of the Bonfire Platform (Procurement Portal). Bidders/Proposers are encouraged to
fully review each page of every document within their submission prior to submitting to ensure
all documents are clear, legible, and complete.
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised 12/22/23
00 11 13
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
SUPPORT
Page 2 of4
For technical questions, visit Bonfire's help forum at
https://vendorsupport.gobonfire.com/hc/en-us
Contact the Bonfire support team at Support@GoBonfire.com or by calling 1-800-354-8010.
To get started with Bonfire, watch this five-minute training video:
Vendor Registration and Subinission [VIDEO] — Bonfire Vendor Support (gobonfire.com)
Bids will be opened publicly and read aloud at 2:00 PM CST in the City Council Chambers.
In lieu of delivering completed Business Equity (M/WBE) forms for the project to the Purchasing
Office, bidders shall e-mail the completed Business Equity forms to the City Project Manager no
later than 2:00 PM on the second City Business Day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the
bid opening date.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
The major work will consist of the (approximate) following:
iJNIT 1: Water Improvements:
70 LF 12-Inch PVC DR-14 Water Line by Open Cut
70 LF 12-Iinch DI Water Line by Open Cut
2-EA 12-Inch Butterfly Valves
1-EA 12-Inch Magnetic Flow Meter
1-LS Meter Vault including Sump Pump, Sampling Stations, 12-Inch Meter Strainers,
Etc.
1-LS Electrical Improvements
1-EA New Scada Tower
1-EA New Transformer
130 SY 6-Inch Crushed Concrete with Geofabric
25 SY Concrete Pavement Repair
PREQUALIFICATION
Certain improvements included in this project must be performed by a contractor or designated
subcontractor who is pre-qualified by the City at the time of bid opening. The procedures for
qualification and pre-qualification are outlined in the Section 3 of 00 21 13 — INSTRUCTIONS
TO BIDDERS.
DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS
The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained via the Procurement Portal
https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab—openO�portunities under the respective
Project. Contract Documents may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors
andlor suppliers.
Bid Document Package
https://app-us3.e-
builder.net/public/publicLandin�.aspx?QS=9da0b5b8fe6146f1 bd936a460d3693dd
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised 12/22/23
00 11 13
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
Addenda Folder
https://app-us3.e-
builder.net/public/publicLandin�.aspx?QS=flf39fflef6a4726ae9326b34b662cdc
Page 3 of4
The cost of Bidding and Contract Documents are:
Set of Bidding and Contract Documents with full size drawings: No Cost
Set of Bidding and Contract Documents with half size (if available) drawings: No Cost
EXPRESSION OF INTEREST
To ensure potential bidders are kept up to date of any new information pertinent to this project, all
interested parties are requested to email Expressions of Interest in this procurement to the City
Project Manager and the Design Engineer. The email should include the company's name,
contact person and that individual's email address and phone number. All Addenda will be
distributed directly to those who have expressed an interest in the procurement and will also be
posted in the Procurement Portal
https://fortworthtexas.bon�rehub.com/portal/?tab=openO�ortunities, under the respective
Project
PREBID CONFERENCE — Web Conference
A prebid conference will be held as discussed in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS at the following date, and time via a web conferencing application:
DATE: Monday, February 12, 2024
TIME: 10:00 A.M.
Invitations with links to the web conferencing application will be distributed directly to those
who have submitted an Expression of Interest.
If a prebid conference is held, the presentation and any questions and answers provided at the
prebid conference will be issued as an Addendum to the call for bids. If a prebid conference is not
being held, prospective bidders can e-mail questions or comments in accordance with Section 6
of the Instructions to Bidders referenced above to the project manager(s) at the e-mail addresses
listed below. Emailed questions will suffice as "questions in writing." If necessary, Addenda will
be issued pursuant to the Instructions to Bidders.
CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS
City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject any or all bids.
AWARD
City will award a contract to the Bidder presenting the lowest price, quali�cations and
competencies considered.
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised 12/22/23
00 11 13
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
INQUIRIES
All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed to the following:
Attn: Russell Redder, P.E., City of Fort Worth Water Department
Email: Russell.Redder@fortworthtexas.gov
Phone: (817) 392-4970
AND/OR
Attn: Laura Preston, P.E., LJA Engineering, Inc.
Email: 1preston@lja.com
Phone: (214) 442-6579
ADVERTISEMENT DATES
February l, 2024
February 8, 2024
END OF SECTION
Page 4 of4
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised 12/22/23
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION 00 21 13
1NSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Defined Terms
Page 1 of 9
1.1. Capitalized terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS are defined in Section
00 72 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS.
1.2. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the
meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.
1.2.1. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting
directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing
the work contemplated under the Contract Documents.
1.2.2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or
corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a
bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose
principal place of business is not in the State of Texas.
1.2.3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City
(on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award.
2. Copies of Bidding Documents
21. Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations
resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
2.2. City and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available do so only for the
purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant
for any other use.
3. Prequalifcation of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors)
31. Bidders or their designated subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work
types requiring prequalification as per Sections 00 45 11 BIDDERS
PREQUALIFICATIONS and 00 45 12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT. Firms
seeking pre-qualification, must submit the documentation identified in Section 00 45 ll
on Section 00 45 13 PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION at least seven (7)
calendar days prior to Bid opening for review and, if qualified, acceptance. The
subcontractors listed by a Bidder on 00 45 12 must be prequalified for the appropriate
work types. Subcontractors must follow the same timelines as Bidders for obtaining
prequalification review. Bidders or Subcontractors who are not prequalified at the time
bids are opened and reviewed may cause the bid to be rejected.
Prequali�cation requirement work types and documentation are available by accessing all
required files through the City's website at:
https://a�ps.fortworthtexas. og v/ProjectResources/
CITY OF FORT WORTH BW�I Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised/Updated TBD
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3.1.1. Paving — Requirements document located at:
Page 2 of 9
https://a�s.fot-tworthtexas. og v/ProjectResources/ResourcesP/02%20-
%20Construction%20Documents/Contractor%20Prequalification/TPW%20Paving
%20Contractor%20Prequalification%20Pro�ram/PREQUALIFICATION%20REQ
UIREMENTS°/a20FOR%20PAV1NG%2000NTRACTORS.pdf
3.1.2. Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting — Requirements document located at:
https://a�ps.fortworthtexas. og v/ProjectResources/ResourcesP/02%20-
%20Construction%20Documents/Contractor%20Prequal ification/TPW%20Roadwa
y%20and%20Pedestrian%20Li�g%20Prequalification%20Program/STREET%
20LIGHT%20PREQUAL%20REQMNTS.pdf
3.1.3. Water and Sanitary Sewer — Requirements document located at:
https://a�ps.fortworthtexas. ov�/ProjectResources/ResourcesP/02%20-
%20Construction%20Documents/Contractor%20Prequal ification/Water%20and%2
OSanitar_y%20Sewer%20Contractor%20Prequal ification%20Program/WSS%20pre
qual%20requirements.pdf
3.2. Each Bidder, unless currently prequalified, must submit to City at least seven (7)
calendar days prior to Bid opening, the documentation identified in Section 00 45 11,
BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS.
3.2.1. Submission of and/or questions related to prequalification should be addressed to
the City contact as provided in Paragraph 6.1.
3.3. The City reserves the right to require any pre-qualified contractor who is the apparent low
bidder for a project to submit such additional information as the City, in its sole
discretion may require, including but not limited to manpower and equipment records,
information about key personnel to be assigned to the project, and construction schedule
to assist the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder to
deliver a quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount bid within
the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted
information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the
City Council. Failure to submit the additional information, if requested, may be grounds
for rejecting the apparent low bidder as non-responsive. Affected contractors will be
notified in writing of a recommendation to the City Council.
3.4.In addition to prequalification, additional requirements for qualification may be required
within various sections of the Contract Documents.
4. Examination of Bidding and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site
4.1. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder:
CITY OF FORT WORTH BW�I Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised/Updated TBD
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 3 of 9
4.1.1. Shall examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data
identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in
Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the
City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially
promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City.
41.2. Should visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general,
local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing
of the Work.
41.3. Shall consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing of the Work.
41.4. Shall study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing
surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that
have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical
data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any,
at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing
reliable "technical data."
4.1.5. Is advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of
the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data
which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents
shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract
Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original
Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in
the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be
binding upon the City.
41.6. Should perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other
means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which
will be encountered during the construction of the project. For projects with
restricted access, upon request, City may provide each Bidder access to the site to
conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies as each
Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and
clean up and restore the site to its former conditions upon complerion of such
explorations, investigations, tests and studies.
41.7. Shall determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances
affecting the cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all
information required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely
upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data
which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is
to be based. It is understood that the submission of a proposal or bid is prima-facie
evidence that the Bidder has made the investigations, examinations and tests herein
required.
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised/Updated TBD
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 4 of 9
4.1.8. Shall promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or
between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor
shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents,
and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may
be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions for identification of:
4.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to
the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents.
The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only.
Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of
conditions which actually exist.
4.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and
subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to
the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents.
4.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder
on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract
Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled
to rely as provided in Paragraph 4A2. of the General Conditions has been identified
and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is
responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
any other data, interpretations, opinions or information.
4.2.4. Standard insurance requirements, coverages and limits.
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder: (i)
that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that without
exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the
Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required
by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all
conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the
written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts,
etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in
Paragraph 6., and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate
and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the
Work.
4.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by
Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract
Documents.
5. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc.
CITY OF FORT WORTH BW�I Water Connec[ion
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised/Updated TBD
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 5 of 9
5.1. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for
access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work
are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto
required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of
materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for
by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
5.2. Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed
in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-
of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel
the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the
project.
5.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-
way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how
construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits
and/or easements.
6. Interpretations and Addenda
6.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to
City electrically through the Vendor Discussions section under the respective Project via
the Procurement Portal
https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab—openO�portunities on or before 2
p.m., the Monday prior to the Bid opening. Questions received after this day may not be
responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response
to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as
having received the Bidding Documents. Only questions answered by formal written
Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without
legal effect.
Address questions to:
City of Fort Worth
Fort Worth, TX 76102
Attn: Russell Redder, P.E., Water Department
Email: Russell.Redder(a�fortworthtexas.gov
Phone: (817) 392-4970
6.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by
City.
6.3. Addenda or clarifications may be posted under the respective Project via the Procurement
Portal https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab—openO�portunities.
CITY OF FORT WORTH BW�I Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised/Updated TBD
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 6 of 9
6.4. A prebid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or
INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the
Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will
transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary
in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied
upon and will not be binding or legally effective.
7. Bid Security
7.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond made payable to City in an amount of five
(5) percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price, on the form attached or equivalent, issued
by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions.
7.2. The Bid Bonds provided by a Bidder will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of
Award have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and return the
Contract Documents within 14 days after the Notice of Award conveying same, City
may consider Bidder to be in default, rescind the Notice of Award and act on the Bid
Bond. Such action shall be City's exclusive remedy in the event Bidder is deemed to
have defaulted.
8. Contract Times
The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in
accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for
Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the
attached Bid Form.
9. Liquidated Damages
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
10. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the
Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items.
Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a"substitute" or "or-
equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to
City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective
Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor
and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 6.OSA., 6.OSB. and 6.OSC. of the General
Conditions and is supplemented in Section O1 25 00 of the General Requirements.
11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others
111. In accordance with the City's Business Equity Ordinance No.25165-10-2021 the City
has goals for the participation of minority business and/or women business
enterprises in City contracts $100,000 or greater. See Section 00 45 40 for the
M/WBE Project Goals and additional requirements. Failure to comply shall render
the Bidder as non-responsive.
Business Equity Ordinance No.25165-10-2021, as amended (replacing Ordinance
No. 24534-11-2020), codified at:
https://codelibra . .ry amle�al.com/codes/ftworth/latest/ftworth_t�0-0-0-22593
CITY OF FORT WORTH BW�I Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised/Updated TBD
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 7 of 9
11.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person
or organization against whom Contractor or City has reasonable objection.
12. Bid Form
12.1. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents.
12.2. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed and the Bid Form signed
electronically. A Bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit
price item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid,"
"No Change," or "Not Applicable" may be entered. Bidder shall state the prices for
which the Bidder proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required.
123. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a
vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to
sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of
incorporation shall be shown below the signature.
12.4. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of
authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the
signature.
12.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a
member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of
the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown.
12.6. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and of�cial address.
12.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venture in the manner indicated
on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown.
12.8. All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signature.
12.9. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of
which shall be filled in on the Bid Form.
1210. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the
Bid shall be shown.
1211. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of
Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 — Vendor Compliance
to State Law Non Resident Bidder.
13. Submission of Bids
Bids shall be submitted electronically on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding
Documents, prior to the time indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO
BIDDERS.
14. Withdrawal of Bids
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised/Updated TBD
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 8 of 9
14.1. Bids submitted electronically may be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening.
15. Opening of Bids
Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and
major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids.
16. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance
All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for a minimum of 90 days or the time period
specified for Notice of Award and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by
Successful Bidder. City may, at City's sole discretion, release any Bid and nullify the Bid
security prior to that date.
17. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract
171. City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights
to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids
and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best
interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. City reserves the right to
waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the Work and
award a contract to such Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of
Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies
between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will
be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures
will be resolved in favor of the words.
171.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists
among the Bidders, Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City,
City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation,
Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous
contract, Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or
Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or
hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded.
17.2. In addition to Bidder's relevant prequalification requirements, City may consider the
qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and
organizations proposed for those portions of the Work where the identity of such
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as
provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. City also may
consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and
guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in
the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
173. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the
evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial
ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
17.4. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than
35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised/Updated TBD
00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 9 of 9
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and
responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the
best interests of the City.
17.6. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award
contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder's bid is lower than
the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a
Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a
comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of
business is located.
17.7. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is
to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 90 days after the day of the Bid
opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute
acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contract award, a Notice of Award will be issued by
the City.
17.7.1. The contractor is required to fill out and sign the Certificate of Interested
Parties Form 1295 and the form must be submitted to the Project Manager
before the contract will be presented to the City Council. The form can be
obtained at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/data/forms/1295/1295.pdf
17.8. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid.
18. Signing of Agreement
18.1. When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied
by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Project Manual. Within 14
days thereafter, Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts
of the Project Manual to City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and
all other required documentation.
18.2. City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH BW�I Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CPN105248
Revised/Updated TBD
00 35 13
CONFLICT OF INTEREST STATEMENT
Page 1 of 1
SECTION 00 35 13
CONFLICT OF INTEREST STATEMENT
Each bidder, offeror or respondent to a City of Fort Worth procurement is required to complete a
Conflict of Interest Questionnaire or certify that one is current and on file with the City Secretary's
Office pursuant to state law.
If a member of the Fort Worth City Council, any one or more of the City Manager or Assistant
City Managers, or an agent of the City who exercise discretion in the planning, recommending,
selecting or contracting with a bidder, offeror or respondent is affiliated with your company, then
a Local Government Officer Conflicts Disclosure Statement (CIS) may be required.
You are urged to consult with counsel regarding the applicability of these forms and Local
Government Code Chapter 176 to your company.
The referenced forms may be downloaded from the links provided below.
Form CIQ (Conflict of Interest Questionnaire) (state.bc.us�
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/data/forms/conflict/CIS. pdf
�
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
BIDDER:
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised February 24, 2020
CIQ Form does not apply
CIQ Form is on file with City Secretary
CIQ Form is being provided to the City Secretary
CIS Form does not apply
CIS Form is on File with City Secretary
CIS Form is being provided to the City Secretary
�
Signature
Titte:
,� c�.s �t d u r� �-
� `
Vp
00 41 00_Bid Proposal Workbook.xlsx
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 1 of 3
SECTION 00 41 00
BID FORM
TO: The Purchasing Manager
c/o: The Purchasing Division
200 Texas Street
City of Fort Worth, Texas 76102
FOR: BWA Water Connection
City Project No.: 105248
Units/Sections: Unit I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS
1. Enter Into Agreement
The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with City in the form
included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents
for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and condifions
of the Contract Documents.
2. BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification
2.1. In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION TO BIDDERS and
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond.
2.2. Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract award, and will
provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 days of notification of award.
2.3. Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed
individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group,
association, organization, or corporation.
2.4. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid.
2.5. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding.
2.6. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract.
For the purposes of this Paragraph:
a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to
influence the action of a public official in the bidding process.
b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the
bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices at artificial non-competitive
levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free and open competition.
c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or
without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non-
competitive levels.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCl1MENTS
Revised 9/30/2021 00 41 00_Bid Proposal Workbook.xlsx
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 2 of 3
d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their
property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the
Contract.
3. Prequalification
The Bidder acknowledges that the following work types must be performed only by prequalified contractors and
subcontractors�
a. - Water Distribution, Urban and Renewal
b. - 12 Inches and Smaller
c. - Electrical and Instrumentation
d. - Concrete Paving Construction/Reconstruction (LESS THAN 15,000 SY)
e. -
f. -
g. -
h. -
4. Time of Completion
4.1. The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 150 days after the date when the
the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions.
4.2. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete
the Work {and/or achievement of Milestones} within the times specified in the Agreement.
5. Attached to this Bid
The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid:
a. This Bid Form, Section 00 41 00
b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph
5.01 of the General Conditions.
c. Proposal Form, Section 00 42 43
d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37
e. MWBE Forms (optional at time of bid)
f. Prequalification Statement, Section 00 45 12
g. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13
*If necessary, CIQ or CIS forms are to be provided directly to City Secretary
h. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to Bidders
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised 9/30/2021 00 41 00_Bid Proposal Workbook.xlsx
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 3 of 3
6. Total Bid Amount
6.1. Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following bid amount. in
the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for this project. Only this figure will be read
publicly by the City at the bid opening.
62. It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount entered below is
subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid prices for each pay item by the respective
estimated quantities shown in this proposal and then totaling all of the extended amounts.
Total Bid
7. Bid Submittal
This Bid is submitted on
� ( , Q�j y pCq c� #REF!
. �— �
Respectfully subm'tted,
B : �/l� �
Y
(Signature)
JOS 1-t �cx.t la �
(Printed ame)
by the entity named be►ow.
Receipt is acknowledged of the �nitial
following Addenda:
Addendum No. 1: ,�
Addendum No. 2:
Addendum No. 3:
Addendum No. 4:
Title: Y�
Company: �ILLCa VN1�QCi(��ND �.
Address:
2f� �N9U�c21/��- l�LuD. '�YoZ
��rNSflE-�P, X �a��
State of Incorporation: �'�x�
Email: ,O�i,/,J W (l.uCo u��rzGr��fl , �.�y�
' ii
Phone:
���.) �y�. Z4�fl
END OF SECTION
Corporate Seal:
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised 9/30/2021 00 41 00_Bid Proposal Workbook.xlsx
00 42 43
BID PROPOSAL
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised 9/30/2021 1-01 - 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook - Addendum 01
1 3311.0461 12" PVC DR-14 WATER PIPE (COFW OWNERSHIP) 33 11 12 LF 25 $300.00 $7,500.00
2 3311.0461 12" PVC DR-14 WATER PIPE (BWA OWNERSHIP) 33 11 12 LF 45 $300.00 $13,500.00
3 3311.0451 12" DIP WATER PIPE (BWA OWNERSHIP) 33 11 10 LF 40 $300.00 $12,000.00
4 3311.0451 12" DIP WATER PIPE WITH CLSM BACKFILL(BWA OWNERSHIP) 34 11 10 LF 30 $500.00 $15,000.00
5 3312.3005 12" GATE VALVE (COFW OWNERSHIP) 33 12 20 EA 2 $7,000.00 $14,000.00
6 3312.3005 12" GATE VALVE (BWA OWNERSHIP) 33 12 20 EA 1 $7,000.00 $7,000.00
7 3312.0117 CONNECTION TO EXISTING 4"-12" WATER MAIN (COFW OWNERSHIP) 33 12 25 EA 1 $7,000.00 $7,000.00
8 3312.0117 CONNECTION TO EXISTING 4"-12" WATER MAIN (BWA OWNERSHIP) 33 12 25 EA 1 $7,000.00 $7,000.00
9 3312.0001 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY (BWA OWNERSHIP) 33 12 40 EA 1 $15,000.00 $15,000.00
10 3305.0104 GROUND WATER CONTROL 33 05 10 LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00
11 3231.0123 6' CHAIN LINK, ALUMINUM 32 31 13 LF 75 $160.00 $12,000.00
12 3305.0103 TRENCH SAFETY 33 05 10 LF 110 $40.00 $4,400.00
13 3471.0001 TRAFFIC CONTROL 34 71 13 MO 2 $10,000.00 $20,000.00
14 3471.0003 TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS 35 71 13 LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00
15 3311.0001 DUCTILE IRON WATER FITTINGS W/ RESTRAINT 33 11 11 TON 2 $6,000.00 $12,000.00
16 0171.0101 CONSTRUCTION STAKING 01 71 23 LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00
17 0171.0102 AS-BUILT SURVEY 01 71 23 LS 1 $1,539.00 $1,539.00
18 9999.0000 12" BUTTERFLY VALVE, COMPLETE IN PLACE (COFW OWNERSHIP) 33 12 21 EA 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00
19 9999.0000 12" BUTTERFLY VALVE, COMPLETE IN PLACE (BWA OWNERSHIP) 33 12 21 EA 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00
20 9999.0001 12" MAGNETIC FLOW METER, COMPLETE IN PLACE 33 12 11 EA 1 $15,000.00 $15,000.00
21
9999.0002 INSTALL METER VAULT INCLUDING SUMP PUMP, SAMPLING STATIONS,
12" METER STRAINERS, 2" TAPPING SADDLES, PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS, 2" BALL
VALVES, HATCHES, LADDER, VAULT VENTING, AND ALL OTHER APPURTENANCES,
COMPLETE IN PLACE
03 30 00,
33 05 16,
33 11 11,
33 11 12,
15059,
LS
1 $325,000.00 $325,000.00
22 9999.0003 REMOVE EXISTING BWA FLOW METER 00 00 00 EA 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00
23 9999.0004 ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS, COMPLETE IN PLACE Div 16 LS 1 $105,000.00 $105,000.00
24 9999.0005 INSTALL NEW SCADA TOWER, COMPLETE IN PLACE Div 16 EA 1 $60,000.00 $60,000.00
25 9999.0006 INSTALL NEW TRANSFORMER, COMPLETE IN PLACE Div 16 EA 1 $55,000.00 $55,000.00
26 9999.0007 ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL WITH SHADE STRUCTURE, COMPLETE IN
PLACE
Div 16 LS 1 $105,000.00 $105,000.00
27 9999.0008 INSTALL SILT FENCE, COMPLETE IN PLACE 31 25 00 LF 150 $2.00 $300.00
28 9999.0009 6" CRUSHED CONCRETE WITH GEOFABRIC (MIRAFI 500 OR APPROVED 00 00 00 SY 130 $64.00 $8,320.00
29 9999.0010 CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR, COMPLETE IN PLACE 32 01 29 SY 25 $500.00 $12,500.00
30 9999.0011 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION USING VACUUM EXCAVATION METHOD 00 00 00 EA 2 $5,000.00 $10,000.00
31 9999.0012 CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCE 00 00 00 LS 1 $80,000.00 $80,000.00
$1,054,059.00
$1,054,059.00
SUMMARY OF BIDS
END OF SECTION
Grand Total:
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
Description
Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal
Unit 1 -
UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application
Specification
Section No.
Total Bid
Unit of
Measure
Bidlist Item
No.
Bid
Quantity Unit Price Bid Value
00 43 13
BID BOND
Page 1 of 2
SECTION 00 4313
BID BOND
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, , known as
"Bidder" herein and a corporate surety
duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum
of five percent (5%) of Bidder's maximum bid price, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,
Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourseives, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid or proposal to perform Work for the foflowing project
designated as BWA Water Connection
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall award
the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all requirements and conditions
required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the Contract in writing with the City in accordance with the
terms of such same, then this obligation shall be and become null and void. if, however, the Principal fails to execute
such Contract in accordance wi#h the terms of same or fails to satisfy al� requirements and conditions required for the
execution of the Contract, this bond shall become the property of the City, without recourse of the Principal and/or
Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate City for the difference between Principal's
total bid amount and the next selected bidder's total bid amount.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County,
Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Sur� have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by
duly authorized agents and officers on this the Z9 day of ��p�i� , 2024.
ATTEST:
,- � / _
�.
itn s as to Principa
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised 9/30/2021
PR,INiCIPAL:
wll.t.c.� �NVc'��KtYJ�1'D ,�
BY: /;�
Si�e
�SL1 J"/vtrrtA . �l
Na e and Title
00 41 00_Bid Proposal Workbook.xlsx
a� G3 is
Qio soNo
Page 2 of 2
�1
Witness as to 5urety, Katie Vanikiotis
Attach Power of Attorney (Surety} for AEtorney-in-Faci
Address: 508 W Kimball 5treet
Mansfield. TX 76063
SUR�TY:
De�elopers S�retv and lndemr�ity Gompany
� /~1 '
BY: { r (, � � � -�1-
�' l� � � .� ...-. �
f(�IlBiUf�
Yamillec A iana Ramos;Chavez, Attprne�i-in-FacT
� Name and Tit�e
Address: 8�0 S�erior Avenue F. _?1:,t Fioor
C�ev�land. OH 44114
Telephar�e Number. �1g-328-62 �6
'Note: If signed by an o�cer ofi tne Surey Company, there must be on iile a cerified extrac# from the by Eaws
showing thst this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from
its mailing address, boih rr2ust be provirfed. The daie o� �he bond shall not be prior ta the da4e the Contract is
awarded.
L:I�D OI� tik:CT[�?J
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONS7RUG710N SPECIFICATION �OCUMENTS
Revised 913072p21 40 41 p0 B�d Praposal Work600k.xlsx
E'Q1`'I:it Ul':17"1'i)RVE}' I�C)[t
('[1R1�7'OI\'I'f: 1\ti1 R.1\CIi C(}\[I':�1}'
E3i:i'E[.ClE'ElttiStliF:f1' �\k?I�Di:.�1\CCl ('��7i':�til'
�9 ht.vden I.rnr_ d3r� C�lix�r. Nc�v Yt�rl:, KY I(3l11�
( 3l? } Z_p-7 i'fl
�:'�1�i11 ',I L!11' 1�fIL�E I'#tf'S[ \'T� tii,jt. ���ccrl a� e.�pres,lr !;rio:rJ Lt�e�n. C't)f?f=Pf)IE�If: ?�lgl'{t:1Vc'; C`t�,b1f'r1V1 :m�! I)f.�'?!Li!!'I Rti ��;i�l�{1' .-ii�l"�
!\L�E.'1�!tili �'t'l)111'AN1'_.In herehy rn:ik�� c«f�;!nute x�n�1 ap��n�nl.
Russ Frenzel, Cynthia Alfard, Brent Balawin John A. Aboumrad, Yamillec Adriana Ramos Cha�ez
and Brady Cox _ Plano, TX
_ �
- - _ .--- -- - . �,�
�s iss u uc:�e�l l�nvliil �[ron3e��-ii,-I��act, lo nuzl:e� e.ce��ate. �ieliti�er �zitd acknc�u�}cd�e. li�r nn:f on b�:lr21t n(said en�ni7an�cs :x. sur�i�cs�, k�nnciti. ��n�irsiai�fr>>c:i,uf �oniraczs
oi's��rct�ship ;;ivim� �uxl ;s.�nlincr. umo s�.�ia AS!unuy-m-I�uri I'ult po�ccr and :iiiEiior II� �o �n ant! In perlis�rm rr rry aci nccc,sarr. rccuisitc �x pro�zcr ��, h�.� dunE� ic
i•or:nr��ior ihcrr�ti:ii a. each ui�4:id com�iary a,ui� ilu. hu[ res�rvis�g u, �ach o; s.:�d �ompzm: tiili pntititr oi :uhs::i;sFitm and res��c.�,ion_ �nd ;:II c,i ,,e .�cc; o� s�id
,�iir,;nc�_:iz-F�c�. ;,ursi��n� tn Ihc�c pr�-,��ii�n, arc lirrc�hv r.14�iicd :tnc� cunt3imed I lu; P�rwcr nt Ailnr ;c}� �s cCicciir�� February 29_ 2d24 a�r,i
s}�ai! eCpifC [3rl f)CCLm1�eY i I. ?41'� �
..._. ...—. ,..
"1'ii� Pi,��rr v� :luanir> is gi;sttic.i�nci i.v.,i�ncd u�ucr �.nw h� a,::i.��i ��•. o� the taRo��in�> rc,�olulivns;sleptrd l�y Ine 3uar,l nl f3irec!�,i,t,f'C'; )121'I'r ylti"! t[ I V tii �R�1NC'f:
('[7'�!i';1ti!' at�ci UGV}:I.QPL'f25 5L�'IZE'I'1' .�il) INlll.ki111'1' C'Uhii'A�:Y icu!Irct����lt, -'Comp�un• .) nn Fehr�iary ]{l. ?(}z;
i2GSC)i vl.t). ifiaS tiT�n� %�r.i _I?resi�iciit. ��irct� I'nd�r.�,��.i.ir�, .lanu�`liell 1'�rr Picsi,�cni_ ti�3rctr_l!�:cic,�.cntuir� in�l Cr::��� 17;iv:,nn i{�cc,3�nc_l;nucnanicr,
tiurrt�. ca�ii vn einpio�ce nYAn� 1'ru,t �oni� ;�ir;:n�a ir;t . a:� artili.:;c ofli�c Cnin, mi� ;ihe ':,utiion�r:J �iaiic�r:'} ❑re h�•rehc <<nhc,raal to e�eci�tr ;i k'u�+cr
of Ai[orncv yiiali���:n;� aunrnry{sl-m-iact r..inr��d in ihc I'rnticr nt Aunrnct :o r�cci:ic. or bch�ilE n;' thc C�uup:im_ Ix�rnls, i;ndrr���kui�4 and ���ritr�iris of'
surt�iys?�fp, tir c�iiier surri}ship ��6lieai�uns.:uid ilkiI IISa Sc.3'rlar} crr una :Issis�anl SccrcCu}� ul�tlic Cnmpan}' l�c- m�J carl�, ol Ihc�Zi I!crrbr i�. uicthorvcc! to apc>I
thc cYccuu��n oi arn s�K h Po�scr ut';�Gorne�
1t1i5(T1.1�i�J). ch�t thc si�=nu�urc ot r.irp nnr u!'[hr:l�rtl�e�rv��i ��_i?ors a 3d �h� Scerdt�;�r or anv �lssiit:nu 3rcrclan ��f thr ��,mpany. and tlic sc;�l ul ihc Cuii�paav
i��ust he al'1'i�eed tu t��y ;uc�; Poa�er nf Auornc}. ��i��l ant siich ,f�i��,ilure or,r.�l n��.y be �f�fi�id h�� facsircil:; ��onl such Puwer or Altnr�iev sh:�ll be r�fiu a�iJ
bu�d:�s_ u��un Ihe l'om�r:i:3} �ritien :,u ;si}i�ee! ur,a it� �h�: ILti�rr rvr�h i��,peci tn um, i,n:ul. ui;e{rnaki3i, ar cnm.r.3ct ��1 r;cr�t:;hi�� u, nhicii �t i, ;inachiKl
lTJ L1'1'f'hii5ti 1A`E II:KL-11F. �i 11ZFi��t71E�T1�, Ihtii.'I::�h( 1_i �(Ititl'AfVY �uui I)I:,LI'1.(1PI'ItS �l;itl tl' e1'JD IADE�R�'§'I1' CCi\1('APJY i�atic �,w,a4 IL•eu �xc�;,s31.� tn I,�
si�m:i t� i1�r,lutYi�ti,-izcd tii<_>;�nr �r�d •r.itz•s�rr: 1�E thri, ticcr�:aiy nr r�ssrsmr�t Scci:�z:r ihFs \9nrth ?7, �U? +
/`,,% 'i `,���iou�a��e� `�t�N»�►�i�
C, �
3� ! ,}�--- 4�,a°� ,N.S�i�lr; SO� rr4��.��( �Ni� / ,`��r
e % �. ,�� / \ � ` ��'CC'�PO�,y ��Ct* : J¢� `GO�'"��� �d�y �
?'rinictl NafSfc' .5;�ir /;i. . ..� _ _ -- — _ _ ~ •G �' � = � ••�r �p'• � =
I�itle _PrcS�c3cn1: Sureh l ndcr�tiriiir��
ACK N01�i�LE UCiER-11:NT:
_ o• ;Q=
- �: ����. a
i-- ' ��.-
��'•.4F��1WP��c• �o
.
----- -- --"_--- ' —,... '--- I ay's,+a,��f � �t�,9' `¢e,
'.� nutary public ar otEier of�ti�er �i�i�7pleting this �crtitic�te verifits anly the
identi€� nf thc individual whv si�n�d th4 �loci:si�ent iv u�hich tPiis ccrtiticste is
altattieci, an� noi tl�c truthhilnes;_ accuracy. or � aiidir�� 01 Ihat c{ucument.
ti'f:4"I'F'f�F Calilimsia -_- Ct31i.\'l�1'i7F l)ran��c _
- a:. � 9� � � -
a
�,�r • c�C IFiiCZC�� ' ��j�; �
`�B� r�� . ... • �� :
i� � ,8�
•
,,��ililf111�11♦
{lnthi� �7 c!��•ai ;�iui,c}�_. 'U�=-' hcli�rr int_ �-In�nr.-Clu�ui f'hu P1�,�i:� . per5nna€1� apnrsre[i Sa;��laz�
�1ho �,�otc.! to n:c �m Lhr ha,u �,fsiti.la.tni� c,i;lrn�c lo tti d:. �,rrsur ��hu;c n.�nr �+ suhscrihrd to nithm litc ir�s:ru�ncnl n=.ic! ackn �v:lcd�cd in mr;tiat [hc�; c�eculcJ
thc sam�� in tlicir aiifLorizcd ca��:ciFy. ���d ti•,:ti 1,ti if�� sirnanirc �m ;]-:c in.irume��c [i�c � t�i�u�c �i,�un ochall i,!�ic.h ihe, erson aclec?, cxrcute.i th�, tnstrr:m�•ni
I cert61�_ une�er pen,ilti c,f pri,�ur�. tfndr� tlx� lau; ol'tlir SEaie nl C�alilomi❑ _ ;liai �he i'ore �ucnr� psia�r.iph :s uu� �ic#c! c�ne:t
�4'1711:.tiS mt hanci anil ollic�al .i �l
�r� tIO�.�kG-QE1Y�P, D. ��#lsAa
/�'' \� _ `¢ ,~p`� E kotaryPuhl3� - Caliiornia
Sicnaturc �'� �'.t�+:'.-`,�.�r � �,' �,' ��' r`+ s: 4� � Orange Cuunty >
: J� �. . -��- ' s _ _-_... __.. ..----- r �ommissio� :0 2432970
' „�� xw A�y Ca�rn. Ex�ires Qe[ 31, 2026 T
('43R1'!)6t:L'i'i•: C:Li� i [I�[C':�7'I()1'
llie uudei;irneil. Si�e� Secre���rc a: ,�ysistiant �cetet:in o! CC)kllfi?IN El' lf�Sl_;[LStJC� C'O:�(PAN1' ��ncE ?)E?,Vl-:?..13!'1:1:5 Si;RI'!'1' ,ti�I1 kNt)ic��i�'i I�,
C'C)til'A�1'_ does h��E�try «�rtilb that the 4�r.ivisfo!is ul'tl�e resnluu�ms o! ti�e r�5recinr ii�,urds nl' I�ireclurz ol',r�e! curni�ra'�;�ns =e� lo:tfi in this Pu.c�r of Atle�rnev
arc in lorcc a.; nt'thc daio �,1':h�, (`�rtiEcatios;
llns C�rtilic�iEio�i c; c�rct�tr�l i�� dic Cs�p o1�Cierrla�id. Ohiu.',hi.e hiarch I`.�. _'l}'�3.
oocs�Signed �y:
liy: _���__�__�SGS--- ...._, ....------ --T,. l3arr} \V 'r:lctic� Assiscn:it ti:e;eta:�
e�c�sisF7„o��.�ac__
�ocuSignFnvelapeld;3352BFDfi-SE9�-478b-Z37E-i, iE455E653C=
i'Ca,1 �,,, NIA
�"Si l73? i
�
�
AmTrus� Surety
�n am'�rus1 r nti�r;inl Co��r:?� r�r
IMP�RTAfVT NOT�CE:
lDevelopers Sure#y and indemnity Company
Co�-ePaint� I�s�+ranc� Com�any
Ta obtain infarmation or make a complaint:
You rr�ay contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain informa�ion on co�panies,
coverages, rights, or ca��nplaints at:
'� -�0�����-����
You may write the Texas Departme�t of Insurance at:
P.O. Bax 149104
Austin, TX 78714-9104
Fax: (512) 47�-1771
E-mail: Cons�3merProte�tiar��t'7tdi.stai�.tx.us
For any compiain�s �ou may also cantact AmTrust Customer Service at:
Telephone:
1- 877-528-7878
Your notice of claim against t�e attached bond ma� be gi�en to the surety company that
issued the bortd by sendir�g ii by ���ail io t�e fiollov,ri�g address:
Maiiing Address: :;rrTrGst Fi-�ancial Ser�ic�s, Inc.
P.�. Box �939
Clevefand, OH 4410
att�r�tior�: S�rety Ciairn5
Physical Address
Email:
AmTrust Financial Services, lnc.
800 S�€perior Ave
Clevelan�, OH �4114
s�,r����b�ndcl�irr�s.��m�r�istqrou�.cam
Noie: The maxirnum size for any s�ngle emai[ m�ssage including attachments �s 20MB.
Piease send any correspondence irt excess af this size to tl�e P.O. Box noted above.
PREMlUM OR CL�3M DiS�'UiES:
If you have � dispute concerning a premium, you shouid contact the agent firsi. If you have a
dispute concerning a claim, you should contact Ehe com�any first. If the dEspute is nat
resof�ed, you may contact tt�e Texas De�artmen� ci ]nsurar�ce.
ATTACH T4�1� N�T'1C� �'Ci �ft'?U!� BO�]G:
This notice is for inforrr�atioi� only an� does not become a part or condition of the attached
doc�ment_
00 43 37
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW
Page 1 of 1
SECTION 00 43 37
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON RESIDENT BIDDER
Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law
provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out-of-state contractors
whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside the State of Texas) bid projects for construction,
improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the
same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a
comparable contract in the State which the nonresidenYs principal place of business is located.
The appropriate blanks in Section A must be fiiled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet
specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders
must check the box in Section B.
A. Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business,
are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State Law. A copy of the
statute is attached.
Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business,
are not required to underbid resident bidders.
B. The principal place of business of o r company or our parent company or majority owner is
in the State of Texas. �
BIDDER:
By:
�gnature)
Title: v�
Date: 2�2� �Zy
END OF SECTiON
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised 9/30/2021 00 41 00_Bid Proposal Workbook.xlsx
00 45 11 - 1
BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 00 45 11
BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS
1. Summary. All contractors are required to be prequalified by the City prior to submitting
bids. To be eligible to bid the contractor must submit Section 00 45 12, Prequalification
Statement for the work type(s) listed with their Bid. Any contractor or subcontractor who is
not prequalified for the work type(s) listed must submit Section 00 45 13, Bidder
Prequalification Application in accordance with the requirements below.
The prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and
financial analysis of the contractor. The information must be submitted seven (7) days prior
to the date of the opening of bids. For example, a contractor wishing to submit bids on
projects to be opened on the 7th of April must file the information by the 31st day of March
in order to bid on these projects. In order to expedite and facilitate the approval of a Bidder
Prequalification Application, the following must accompany the submission.
a. A complete set of audited or reviewed financial statements.
(1) Classified Balance Sheet
(2) Income Statement
(3) Statement of Cash Flows
(4) Statement of Retained Earnings
(5) Notes to the Financial Statements, if any
b. A certified copy of organizational documents (Corporate Charter, Articles
of Incorporation, Articles of Organization, Certificate of Formation, LLC
Regulations, Certificate of Limited Partnership Agreement).
c. A completed Bidder Prequalification Application.
(1)
Comptroller of Public Accounts. To obtain a Texas Taxpayer Identification
number visit the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts online at the
following web address www.window.state.tx.us/taxpermit/ and fill out the
application to apply for your Texas tax ID.
(2) -mail address and fax number.
(3) adstreet. This number
is used by the City for required reporting on Federal Aid projects. The DUNS
number may be obtained at www.dnb.com.
d. Resumes reflecting the construction experience of the principles of the firm for firms
submitting their initial prequalification. These resumes should include the size and
scope of the work performed.
e. Other information as requested by the City.
2. Prequalification Requirements
a. Financial Statements. Financial statement submission must be provided in
accordance with the following:
(1) The City requires that the original Financial Statement or a certified copy
be submitted for consideration.
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 11 - 2
BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
(2) To be satisfactory, the financial statements must be audited or reviewed
by an independent, certified public accounting firm registered and in
good standing in any state. Current Texas statues also require that
accounting firms performing audits or reviews on business entities within
the State of Texas be properly licensed or registered with the Texas State
Board of Public Accountancy.
(3) The accounting firm should state in the audit report or review whether
the contractor is an individual, corporation, or limited liability company.
(4) Financial Statements must be presented in U.S. dollars at the current rate
of exchange of the Balance Sheet date.
(5) The City will not recognize any certified public accountant as
independent who is not, in fact, independent.
(6)
company should state that the audit or review has been conducted in
accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United
It should: (1) express an unqualified opinion, or (2) express a qualified
opinion on the statements taken as a whole.
(7) The City reserves the right to require a new statement at any time.
(8) The financial statement must be prepared as of the last day of any month,
not more than one year old and must be on file with the City 16 months
thereafter, in accordance with Paragraph 1.
(9)
of awarding contracts. Bidding capacity is determined by multiplying the
positive net working capital (working capital = current assets current
liabilities) by a factor of 10. Only those statements reflecting a positive
net working capital position will be considered satisfactory for
prequalification purposes.
(10) In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new financial
statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated with
proper verification.
b. Bidder Prequalification Application. A Bidder Prequalification Application must be
submitted along with audited or reviewed financial statements by firms wishing to be
eligible to bid on all classes of construction and maintenance projects. Incomplete
Applications will be rejected.
(1) In those schedules where there is nothing to report, the notation of
(2) A minimum of five (5) references of related work must be provided.
(3) Submission of an equipment schedule which indicates equipment under
the control of the Contractor and which is related to the type of work for
which the Contactor is seeking prequalification. The schedule must
include the manufacturer, model and general common description of
each piece of equipment. Abbreviations or means of describing
equipment other than provided above will not be accepted.
3. Eligibility to Bid
a. The City shall be the sole judge as to a contractor prequalification.
b. The City may reject, suspend, or modify any prequalification for failure by the
contractor to demonstrate acceptable financial ability or performance.
c. The City will issue a letter as to the status of the prequalification approval.
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 11 - 3
BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
d. If a contractor has a valid prequalification letter, the contractor will be eligible to bid
the prequalified work types until the expiration date stated in the letter.
END OF SECTION
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 12
PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised 09/30/2021 1-01 - 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook - Addendum 01
BIDDER:
By:
Title:
Date:
SECTION 00 45 12
PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified
contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed.
- Water Distribution, Urban
and Renewal
- Electrical and Instrumentation
Major Work Type Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name
Prequalification
Expiration Date
-
0
0
-
The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are
currently prequalified for the work types listed.
0
-
0
END OF SECTION
(Signature)
0
0
- 12 Inches and Smaller
-
- Concrete Paving
Construction/Reconstruction
(LESS THAN 15,000 SY)
SECTION 00 45 13
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Date of Balance Sheet ,
Mark only one:
Individual
Limited Partnership
General Partnership
Corporation
Limited Liability Company
Post Office Box City State Zip Code
Street Address (required) City State Zip Code
( ) ( )
Telephone Fax Email
Texas Taxpayer Identification No.
Federal Employers Identification No.
DUNS No. (if applicable)
MAIL THIS QUESTIONAIRE ALONG WITH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO:
CITY OF FORT WORTH TEXAS
1000 THROCKMORTON STREET
FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102-6311
Name under which you wish to qualify
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 13 - 2
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
BUSINESS CLASSIFICATION
The following should be completed in order that we may properly classify your firm:
(Check the block(s) which are applicable Block 3 is to be left blank if Block 1 and/or Block 2 is
checked)
Has fewer than 100 employees
and/or
Has less than $6,000,000.00 in annual gross receipts
OR
Does not meet the criteria for being designated a small business as provided in Section
2006.001 of the Texas Government Code.
The classification of your firm as a small or large business is not a factor in determining eligibility to
become prequalified.
MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES
Water Department
Augur Boring - 24-inch diameter casing and less
Augur Boring - Greater than 24-inch diameter casing and greater
Tunneling 36-Inches 60 inches, and 350 LF or less
Tunneling - 36-Inches 60 inches, and greater than 350 LF
Tunneling
Tunneling
Cathodic Protection
Water Distribution, Development, 8-inch diameter and smaller
Water Distribution, Urban and Renewal, 8-inch diameter and smaller
Water Distribution, Development, 12-inch diameter and smaller
Water Distribution, Urban and Renewal, 12-inch diameter and smaller
Water Transmission, Development, 24-inches and smaller
Water Transmission, Urban/Renewal, 24-inches and smaller
Water Transmission, Development, 42-inches and smaller
Water Transmission, Urban/Renewal, 42-inches and smaller
Water Transmission, Development, All Sizes
Water Transmission, Urban/Renewal, All Sizes
Sewer Bypass Pumping, 18-inches and smaller
Sewer Bypass Pumping, 18-inches 36-inches
Sewer Bypass Pumping 42-inches and larger
CCTV, 8-inches and smaller
CCTV, 12-inches and smaller
CCTV, 18-inches and smaller
CCTV, 24-inches and smaller
CCTV, 42-inches and smaller
CCTV, 48-inches and smaller
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 13 - 3
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES, CONTINUED
Sewer CIPP, 12-inches and smaller
Sewer CIPP, 24-inches and smaller
Sewer CIPP, 42-inches and smaller
Sewer CIPP, All Sizes
Sewer Collection System, Development, 8-inches and smaller
Sewer Collection System, Urban/Renewal, 8-inches and smaller
Sewer Collection System, Development, 12-inches and smaller
Sewer Collection System, Urban/Renewal, 12-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Development, 24-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal, 24-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Development, 42-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal, 42-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Development, 48-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal, 48-inches and smaller
Sewer Pipe Enlargement 12-inches and smaller
Sewer Pipe Enlargement 24-inches and smaller
Sewer Pipe Enlargement, All Sizes
Sewer Cleaning , 24-inches and smaller
Sewer Cleaning , 42-inches and smaller
Sewer Cleaning , All Sizes
Sewer Cleaning, 8-inches and smaller
Sewer Cleaning, 12-inches and smaller
Sewer Siphons 12-inches or less
Sewer Siphons 24-inches or less
Sewer Siphons 42-inches or less
Sewer Siphons All Sizes
Transportation Public Works
Asphalt Paving Construction/Reconstruction (LESS THAN 15,000 square yards)
Asphalt Paving Construction/Reconstruction (15,000 square yards and GREATER)
Asphalt Paving Heavy Maintenance (UNDER $1,000,000)
Asphalt Paving Heavy Maintenance ($1,000,000 and OVER)
Concrete Paving Construction/Reconstruction (LESS THAN 15,000 square yards)
Concrete Paving Construction/Reconstruction (15,000 square yards and GREATER)
Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 13 - 4
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1. List equipment you do not own but which is available by renting
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT NAME AND DETAILED ADDRESS OF OWNER
2. How many years has your organization been in business as a general contractor under your present
name?
List previous business names:
3. How many years of experience in construction work has your organization
had:
(a) As a General Contractor: (b) As a Sub-Contractor:
4. *What projects has your organization completed in Texas and elsewhere?
CONTRACT
AMOUNT
CLASS
OF
WORK
DATE
COMPLETED
LOCATION
CITY-COUNTY-
STATE
NAME AND DETAILED
ADDRESS OF OFFICIAL TO
WHOM YOU REFER
*If requalifying only show work performed since last statement.
5. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you?
If so, where and why?
6. Has any officer or owner of your organization ever been an officer of another organization that failed to
complete a contract?
If so, state the name of the individual, other organization and reason.
7. Has any officer or owner of your organization ever failed to complete a contract executed in his/her
name?
If so, state the name of the individual, name of owner and reason.
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 13 - 5
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
8. In what other lines of business are you financially interested?
9. Have you ever performed any work for the City?
If so, when and to whom do you refer?
10. State names and detailed addresses of all producers from whom you have purchased principal
materials during the last three years.
NAME OF FIRM OR COMPANY DETAILED ADDRESS
11. Give the names of any affiliates or relatives currently debarred by the City. Indicate your relationship
to this person or firm.
12. What is the construction experience of the principal individuals in your organization?
NAME
PRESENT
POSITION OR
OFFICE
YEARS OF
EXPERIENCE
MAGNITUDE
AND TYPE OF
WORK
IN WHAT
CAPACITY
13. If any owner, officer, director, or stockholder of your firm is an employee of the City, or shares the
same household with a City employee, please list the name of the City employee and the relationship. In
addition, list any City employee who is the spouse, child, or parent of an owner, officer, stockholder, or
director who does not live in the same household but who receives care and assistance from that person as
a direct result of a documented medical condition. This includes foster children or those related by
adoption or marriage.
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 13 - 6
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
CORPORATION BLOCK PARTNERSHIP BLOCK
If a corporation: If a partnership:
Date of Incorporation State of Organization
Charter/File No. Date of organization
President Is partnership general, limited, or registered limited
liability partnership?
Vice Presidents
File No. (if Limited
Partnership)
General Partners/Officers
Secretary Limited Partners (if applicable)
Treasurer
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY BLOCK
If a corporation:
State of Incorporation
Date of organization
File No. Individuals authorized to sign for Partnership
Officers or Managers (with titles, if any)
Except for limited partners, the individuals listed in the blocks above are presumed to have full
signature authority for your firm unless otherwise advised. Should you wish to grant signature
authority for additional individuals, please attach a certified copy of the corporate resolution,
corporate minutes, partnership agreement, power of attorney or other legal documentation which
grants this authority.
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 13 - 7
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
14. Equipment $_______________
TOTAL
ITEM QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION
BALANCE SHEET
VALUE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Various-
TOTAL
Similar types of equipment may be lumped together. If your firm has more than 30 types of equipment,
you may show these 30 types and show the remainder as "various". The City, by allowing you to show
only 30 types of equipment, reserves the right to request a complete, detailed list of all your equipment.
The equipment list is a representation of equipment under the control of the firm and which is related to
the type of work for which the firm is seeking qualification. In the description include, the manufacturer,
model, and general common description of each.
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 13 - 8
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
The undersigned hereby declares that the foregoing is a true statement of the financial condition of the
entity herein first named, as of the date herein first given; that this statement is for the express purpose of
inducing the party to whom it is submitted to award the submitter a contract; and that the accountant who
prepared the balance sheet accompanying this report as well as any depository, vendor or any other
agency herein named is hereby authorized to supply each party with any information, while this statement
is in force, necessary to verify said statement.
_______________________________________________, being duly sworn, deposes and says that
he/she is the __________________________________ of ___________________________, the entity
described in and which executed the foregoing statement that he/she is familiar with the books of the said
entity showing its financial condition; that the foregoing financial statement taken from the books of the
said entity as of the date thereof and that the answers to the questions of the foregoing Bidder
Prequalification Application are correct and true as of the date of this affidavit.
Firm Name:
Signature:
Sworn to before me this
day of ,
Notary Public
Notary Public must not be an officer, director, or stockholder or relative thereof.
BWA Water Connection
105248
00 45 26 - I
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Page I of I
1 SECTION 00 45 26
2 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
3 Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it
4 provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City
5 Project No. 104029. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section
6 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certifcates of compliance with
7 worker's compensation coverage.
8
9 CONTRACTOR:
10
1 I I�ic.c.cv U�o��v,-�►o
12 Company
13
14 PU 'jbD�
15 Address
16
� � %y%�( 5 ��zt� 7`"�
18 City/State/Zip
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF TARRI�NT
By: � iC.�- � �5,� � S
(Please Print)
Signature:
Title: �����i'�1-- � _ d S�YLUS
(Please Print)
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared
1�{►C,��'►�._ ct� C� �yvw� , known to me to be the person whose name is
subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as
the act and deed of ,��;�i ��o.,�,�— for the purposes and
consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated.
GIVEN iJNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this � 2- day of
_ �iA,� , 2o z.d—
' — �
=ot��Y ��in ANTONIO M JUSTICE
Notary ID ft131243732
�^a `, 'r My Commission Expires Not u c in and for the State of Texas
��F or t�* August 14, 2025
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105248
Revised ]tdy 1, 2011
00 45 40 - 1
Business Equity Goal
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105248
Revised October 27, 2021
SECTION 00 45 40 1
Business Equity Goal 2
3
APPLICATION OF POLICY 4
If the total dollar value of the contract is $100,000 or more, then a Business Equity goal is applicable. 5
A Business Equity Firm refers to certified Minority-, and/or Women-, owned Business Enterprises 6
(M/WBEs). 7
8
POLICY STATEMENT 9
It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation of Business Equity 10
Firms when applicable, in the procurement of all goods and services. All requirements and regulations 11
25165-10-2021, (replacing Ordinance No. 24534-11-12
2020 (codified at: https://codelibrary.amlegal.com/codes/ftworth/latest/ftworth_tx/0-0-0-22593) apply to 13
this bid. 14
15
BUSINESS EQUITY PROJECT GOAL 16
The City's Business Equity goal on this project is 12% of the total bid value of the contract (Base bid 17
applies to Parks and Community Services). 18
19
METHODS TO COMPLY WITH THE GOAL 20
On City contracts where a Business Equity Goal is applied, offerors are required to comply with the City's 21
Business Equity Ordinance by meeting or exceeding the above stated goal or otherwise comply with the 22
ordinance through one of the following methods: 1. Commercially useful services performed by a 23
Business Equity prime contractor, 2. Business Equity subcontracting participation, 3. Combination 24
of Business Equity prime services and Business Equity subcontracting participation, 4. Business 25
Equity Joint Venture/Mentor-Protégé participation, 5. Good Faith Effort documentation, or 6. 26
Prime contractor Waiver documentation. 27
28
SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION 29
Applicable documents (listed below) must be received by the Purchasing Division, OR the offeror shall 30
EMAIL the Business Equity documentation to the assigned City of Fort Worth Project Manager or 31
Department Designee. Documents are to be received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the third City 32
business day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 33
34
The Offeror must submit one or more of the following documents: 35
1. Utilization Form and Letter(s) of Intent, if the goal is met or exceeded; 36
2. Good Faith Effort Form and Utilization Form, including supporting documentation, if 37
participation is less than stated goal, or no Business Equity participation is accomplished; 38
3. Prime Contractor Waiver Form, including supporting documentation, if the Offeror will perform 39
all subcontracting/supplier opportunities; or 40
4. Joint Venture/Mentor-Protégé Form, if goal is met or exceeded with a Joint Venture or Mentor-41
Protégé participation. 42
43
These forms can be found at: 44
Business Equity Utilization Form and Letter of Intent 45
https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ResourcesP/60 - MWBE/Business Equity Utilization 46
Form_DVIN 2022 220324.pdf 47
48
Letter of Intent 49
00 45 40 - 2
Business Equity Goal
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105248
Revised October 27, 2021
https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ResourcesP/60 - MWBE/Letter of Intent_DVIN 1
2021.pdf 2
3
Business Equity Good Faith Effort Form 4
https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ResourcesP/60 - MWBE/Good Faith Effort 5
Form_DVIN 2022.pdf 6
7
Business Equity Prime Contractor Waiver Form 8
https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ResourcesP/60 - MWBE/MWBE Prime Contractor 9
Waiver-220313.pdf 10
11
Business Equity Joint Venture Form 12
https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ResourcesP/60 - MWBE/MWBE Joint 13
Venture_220225.pdf 14
15
16
FAILURE TO ACHIEVE THE GOAL OR OTHERWISE COMPLY WITH THE ORDINANCE WILL 17
RESULT IN THE BIDDER/OFFEROR BEING DECLARED NON-RESPONSIVE AND THE BID 18
REJECTED. 19
20
21
FAILURE TO SUBMIT THE REQUIRED BUSINESS EQUTY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHERWISE 22
COMPLY WITH THE ORDINANCE WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING DECLARED NON-23
RESPONSIVE, THE BID REJECTED AND MAY SUBJECT THE BIDDER/OFFEROR TO SANCTIONS 24
AS DESCRIBED IN SEC. 20-373 OF THE ORDINANCE. 25
26
For Questions, Please Contact The Business Equity Division of the Department of Diversity and 27
Inclusion at (817) 392-2674. 28
END OF SECTION 29
30
005243-1
Agreement
Page 1 of 6
S�CTION 00 52 43
AG EM NT
THIS AGREEMENT, authoi•ized on Q o� .'� is made by and between the City of Fort
Worth, a Texas home rule municipality, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager,
("City"), and \�J� � �C�� Ll r��izv-qr'�7urvi. ��C. ,
authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative,
("Contractor"). City and Contractor may jointly be referred to as Parties.
City and Contractor, in consideration ofthe mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows:
Article 1. WORK
Contractoi• shall complete all Work as specified ot• indicated in the Contract Documents for the
Project identified herein.
Article 2. PROJECT
The project for which the Work under the Conh•act Documents may be the whole or only a part is
generally described as follows:
BWA Water Connection
Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE
City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract �
Documents an amount, in current funds, of cv�l E/'%'J�u,,c,�.� ��/ -�t� �`'�ol�ai•s �i p�
($ J� tjsi� O�� ). Contract price may be adjusted by change orders duly authorized by 7'1'"`�'�
the Parties.
Article 4. CONTRACT TIME
4.1 Final Acceptance.
The Work shall be complete for Final Acceptance within (1 �0,' days after the date when the
Contract Time commences to run, as provided in Pat•agt•aph 2.02 of the General Conditions,
plus any extension thej•eof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions.
4.2 Liquidated Damages
Contractor recognizes that tirne is of the essence for completion of Milestones, if any, and
to achieve Final Acceptance of the Work and City and the public will suffer from loss of
use if the Work is not completed within the time(s) specified in Paragraph 4.1 above. The
Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a
legal proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not completed on time.
Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that as liquidated
damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay City six hundred fifty Dollars
($650.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragi•aph 4.1 for Final
Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance.
Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUM�NTS
5.1 CONTENTS:
A.The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between City and
Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following:
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105248
Revised 8/22/2022
00 52 43 - 2
Agreement
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105248
Revised 8/22/2022
1. This Agreement.
2. Attachments to this Agreement:
a. Bid Form
1) Proposal Form
2) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder
3) Prequalification Statement
4) State and Federal documents (project specific)
b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table
c. Insurance ACORD Form(s)
d. Payment Bond
e. Performance Bond
f. Maintenance Bond
g. Power of Attorney for the Bonds
h.
i. MBE and/or SBE Utilization Form
3. General Conditions.
4. Supplementary Conditions.
5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or,
if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents
of the Project Contract Documents.
6. Drawings.
7. Addenda.
8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award.
9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents:
a. Notice to Proceed.
b. Field Orders.
c. Change Orders.
d. Letter of Final Acceptance.
Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION
6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own
expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all
claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed
by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees
under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate
and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being
sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city.
This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs,
expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and causes
of actions.
00 52 43 - 3
Agreement
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105248
Revised 8/22/2022
6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense,
the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage
or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work
and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees,
subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification provision
is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all
or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act,
omission or negligence of the city.
Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS
7.1 Terms.
Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will
have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
7.2 Assignment of Contract.
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the
Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City.
7.3 Successors and Assigns.
City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal
representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
7.4 Severability/Non-Waiver of Claims.
Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or
unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all
remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor.
The failure of City or Contractor to insist upon the performance of any term or provision of
this Agreement or to exercise any right granted herein shall not constitute a waiver of City's
respective right to insist upon appropriate performance or to assert any such
right on any future occasion.
7.5 Governing Law and Venue.
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of
Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the
Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division.
7.6 Authority to Sign.
Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement if signed by someone other
than the duly authorized signatory of the Contractor.
7.7 Non-appropriation of Funds.
In the event no funds or insufficient funds are appropriated by City in any fiscal period for
any payments due hereunder, City will notify Vendor of such occurrence and this Agreement
shall terminate on the last day of the fiscal period for which appropriations were received
without penalty or expense to City of any kind whatsoever, except as to the portions of the
payments herein agreed upon for which funds have been appropriated.
00 52 43 - 4
Agreement
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105248
Revised 8/22/2022
7.8 Prohibition On Contracts With Companies Boycotting Israel.
Contractor, unless a sole proprietor, acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2271 of
the Texas Government Code, if Contractor has 10 or more full time-employees and the
contract value is $100,000 or more, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with
a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the
company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of
those terms in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract,
Contractor certifies that signature provides written verification to the
City that if Chapter 2271, Texas Government Code applies, Contractor: (1) does not
boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract.
7.9 Prohibition on Boycotting Energy Companies.
Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government
Code (as added by Acts 2021, 87th Leg., R.S., S.B. 13, § 2), the City is prohibited from
entering into a contract for goods or services that has a value of $100,000 or more, which
will be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the City, with a company (with 10 or more
full-time employees) unless the contract contains a written verification from the company
that it: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies
during the term of the contract.
the meaning ascribed to those terms by Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code (as
added by Acts 2021, 87th Leg., R.S., S.B. 13, § 2). To the extent that Chapter 2274 of the
Government Code is applicable to this Agreement, by signing this Agreement,
City that Contractor: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott
energy companies during the term of this Agreement.
7.10 Prohibition on Discrimination Against Firearm and Ammunition Industries.
Contractor acknowledges that except as otherwise provided by Chapter 2274 of the Texas
Government Code (as added by Acts 2021, 87th Leg., R.S., S.B. 19, § 1), the City is
prohibited from entering into a contract for goods or services that has a value of $100,000 or
more which will be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the City, with a company (with
10 or more full-time employees) unless the contract contains a written verification from the
company that it: (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates
against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) will not discriminate during the
term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association. The terms
to those terms by Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code (as added by Acts 2021, 87th
Leg., R.S., S.B. 19, § 1). To the extent that Chapter 2274 of the Government Code is
applicable to this Agreement, by signing this Agreement, Contractor certifies that
does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a
firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) will not discriminate against a
firearm entity or firearm trade association during the term of this Agreement.
00 52 43 - 5
Agreement
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105248
Revised 8/22/2022
7.11 Immigration Nationality Act.
Contractor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of its employees who perform
work under this Agreement, including completing the Employment Eligibility Verification
Form (I-9). Upon request by City, Contractor shall provide City with copies of all I-9 forms
and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this
Agreement. Contractor shall adhere to all Federal and State laws as well as establish
appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any Contractor
employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. CONTRACTOR SHALL
INDEMNIFY CITY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY PENALTIES,
LIABILITIES, OR LOSSES DUE TO VIOLATIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH BY
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR
AGENTS, OR LICENSEES. City, upon written notice to Contractor, shall have the right
to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Contractor.
7.12 No Third-Party Beneficiaries.
This Agreement gives no rights or benefits to anyone other than the City and the Contractor
and there are no third-party beneficiaries.
7.13 No Cause of Action Against Engineer.
Contractor, its subcontractors and equipment and materials suppliers on the PROJECT or their
sureties, shall maintain no direct action against the Engineer, its officers, employees, and
subcontractors, for any claim arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the engineering
services performed. Only the City will be the beneficiary of any undertaking by the Engineer.
The presence or duties of the Engineer's personnel at a construction site, whether as on-site
representatives or otherwise, do not make the Engineer or its personnel in any way
responsible for those duties that belong to the City and/or the City's construction contractors
or other entities, and do not relieve the construction contractors or any other entity of their
obligations, duties, and responsibilities, including, but not limited to, all construction
methods, means, techniques, sequences, and procedures necessary for coordinating and
completing all portions of the construction work in accordance with the Contract Documents
and any health or safety precautions required by such construction work. The Engineer and
its personnel have no authority to exercise any control over any construction contractor or
other entity or their employees in connection with their work or any health or safety
precautions.
00 52 43 -6 Agreement
Page 6 of6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have each executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date subscribed by the City's designated Assistant City Manager ("Effective Date").
Contractor:
(Printed Name)
Title
Address /YI ,tJ;,,J �Plt;LQ T-1 clty/State/Zip
Date
CITY OF FORT WORTH
City of Fort Wmth
By:
�,..,.i.c:::.._
Fernando Costa Assistant City Manager
Jul18,2024
Date
Attest:
�A�
Jannette Goodall, City Secretary
(Seal)
M&C: JL/-0-.3S8
Date: f\p r,j I ,) 3, ,JO). I./Forml295No.: ;!0:).1/-/13306'-l.
Contract Compliance Manager: By signing, I acknowledge that I am the person responsible for the monitoring and administration of this contract, including ensuring all performance and reporting requirements.
� ,e,a¼t,
Russell Redder Project Manager
Approved as to Form and Legality:
·IJl';lk,t:..
Douglas Black (Jul 18, 2024 08:25 CDT)
Douglas W. Black Sr. Assistant City Attorney APPROVAL RECOMMENDED: Chrif:f:cff:!:tf!t:;2�:T)
Chris Harder, P.E., Director, Water Depaitment
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 8/22/2022
BWA Waler Connection 105248
OOfill3-1
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 1 of 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Bond No. 0102367
SECTION 00 61 13
PERFORMANCE BOND
THE STAT� OF TE�AS §
§ KNOW ALL I3Y THESE PRES�NTS:
COUNTY OF TARRANT §
That we, Willco Underground, LLC , known as
"Principal" herein and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company , a coiporate
surety(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as
10 "Surety" herein (wl�ether one or more), are beld and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a
] 1 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal
12 sum of, One Million Fifty-Four Thousand Fifty-Nine and 00/100 Dollars
� 3 ($ 1,054,059.00 ), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,
14
15
16
17
Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally,
finnly by these presents.
WIfEREAS, the Principal has eutered into a certain writien contract with the City
18 awarded the 23rd day of Apr�� _, 20� which Contract is hereby referred to and
19 made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to fiirnish all materials, equipment
20 labor and othec accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including an� Change
21 Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as BWA Water Connection, CPN. 10�248
22
23
24
NOW, TH�1�EF'ORE, the condition of tliis obligation is such that if the said Principal
sl�all faithfully perforin it obligations under the Contract and sliall in all respects duly and
faithfiilly perform tl�e Worlc, including Ghange Orciers, under the �'ontract, according to the plans,
25 specifications, and eontract documents therein refei•red to, and as tivell during any perioci of
26 extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of'the City, then this obligation shall be
27 and becomc, ilull and void, othecwise to remain in full force and effect.
28
?9
I'�20V��3E13 F'URTY-IiR, that if any legal action be filed c�n this Bond, venue shall Lie in
Tarrant Cc�ur�ty, Tesas or the United States District Court for the Nortliern District of Texas, Fort
30 VVorth Division.
CITY OP FORT WOi'.TH BWA Water Connection
S'TANDARD CONS'i'RUCi�fON SPECIPIC�A'flON DOCU1viENl'S 105248
Revised July I, 201 1
00(113-2
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 2 of 2
1 This bond is made and e�:ecuCed in compliatice with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the
2 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
3 accordance with tl�e provisions of said statue.
4 IN WITNCSS WH�REOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED
5 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 21 st day of June
6 , 20 24 .
7
8
9
10
ll
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
ATTEST: �
� f .
��
(Pri� i�ral) Secr �tary
�51� . �'� fz/ l�i
Witness as t Principal
�
/
i
� �����-' ��,�i - .
\��itness as to Sure Kaiie Vanikiotis
PRINCIPAL:
Willco Underqround, LLC
BY: �
ignahire
NI ���A� O dSM.�s _ �Q�S ��C�l r
Name and Title
Address; 400 Industrial Blvd #402
Mansfield. TX 76063
SURETY:
Developers Surety and Indemnity Company
� L---
� ..- � �
BY: ���'-<- / � r,
— z= / _ � +`�- ----
Signature �
Russ Frenzel, Attorney-in-Fac:;
Name and Title
Address: 800 SuperiorAvenue E., 21si �loor
Cleveland, OH 44114
Telephone Number: (216) 328-6216
4l *Note: lf signed by an officer of the Sur�ty �;on�pany, there must be on file a certitied extract
42 froiu the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligalion. If
43 Surety's physical address is different fi•om it5 �nailing address, both must be provided.
44 The date of the bond shall not be p��ioc to the date the Contract is awarded.
g�
CI'l�Y OP �ORT WORTH
STANDARD CONS7'RUCfION SPI:CIPICATION DUCU�9CNTS
Rc� iscd July I, 201 I
BWA WaterConnection
105248
00 61 14 - 1
PAYMENT BOND
Page 1 of 2
Bond No. 0102367
1
2
3
4
5
(
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OI' TARRANT
SECT�ON 00 61 14
PAYMENT BOND
§
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
§
7 Tllat we, Willco Underground, LLC , known as
8 "Principal" hercin, and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company a
9 corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as
10 "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a
11 municipal cotporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as "Ciry" herein,
12 in the penal sum of One Million Fifty-Four Thousand Fifty-Nine and 00/100 Dollars
13 ($ 1,054,059.00 ), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,
14 Tarrant County, Texas, for• the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves,
15 our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
16 presents:
17 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a cei�tain written Contract wifll City, awarded the
18 23rd day of April , 20 24 , which Conh�act is hereby referred to and
19 l�ade a part hei�eof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment,
20 labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in
21 said Contt•act and designated as BWA Water Connection, 105248.
22
23
24
25
26
l�'OW, TI�EREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if
Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in
Chapter 2253 of the Texas Governrnent Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Worlc under
the Contr•act, then this obli�ation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full
force and effect.
27 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the
28 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
29 accordance with the provisions of said statute.
30
CI"T'Y OI� ['OI2T WORTH
S"fANDARD CONSTRUC"I'tON SPECIFTCATION UOCUMENTS
Revised July I. 201 I
E3WA Water Connection
105245
00 61 14 - 2
PAYMGNT I30NU
Page 2 of 2
1
2
3
4
IN WITNESS 'V1'HLItEOF, the Principal and Sui•ety have each SIGNED and SEALED
this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the
June , 20 24 ,
21 st day of
ATTEST: BY: �
Si ature
M �c.►�-�t— � G2S,� 5 — �s �� r
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title
Address: 400 Industrial Blvd #402
Mansfield, TX 76063
Witness as to Principal
5
6
7
8
9
10
iI
t2
ATTEST:
N/A
(Surety) Secretai�y
\ /
\\ ' I
V '���
Witlless as to SUiety Katie Vanikiotis
PRINCIPAL:
Willco Underground, LLC
SURETY:
Developers Surety and Indemnity Company
-�
-__1 — 7
"� �
BY: '`- _ ��_ � �.,
t �-�-r-�_ , ,
�—
Signature
Russ Frenzel, Attorney-in-Fact
Name and Title
Address: 800 Superior Avenue E., 21st Floor
Cleveland, OH 44114
Telephone Number: (216) 328-6216
Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certifed extract from the
bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Sui-ety s physical
address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date t�he Conh�act is awarded.
END �F Si:CTI�I`�'
CiTl' OI� I�ORT \�1�ORTH
S'fnNDARD CONS'fKUCTION SPECIGICA'I'lON DOCUMLN'1'S
Rcviscd Jtily I. 201 I
[3WA Water Connection
ioszas
ooci i�-�
MAINTENANCE E30ND
Page 1 of 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SGCTION 00 61 19
MAINTENANCE BOND
Bond No. 0102367
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
TI-iC STATE OF TCXAS §
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OI' TARRANT §
That we Willco Underground, LLC , known as
"Principal" herein and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company , a corporate surety
(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as
"Surety" herein (whether� one or more), are held and fii�rnly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a
inunicipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, �cnown as "City" herein,
in the sum of One Million Fifty-Four Thousand Fifty-Nine and 00/100 Dollars
($ 1,054,059.00 ), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,
Tarrant County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its
successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
18 WH�REAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written coutract with the City awarded
19 the 23rd day of Apr�� , 20 24 , which Contract is hereby
20 refe�red to and a made part hereof for all puiposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all
21 materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the
22 Work, including any Work resulting fi-om a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein,
23 the "Work") as provided for in said contract and designated as BWA Water Connection, 105248;
24 and
25
2( WHERFAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so consttuct the Worlc in
27 accordance with the plaus, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will
28 i•emain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years
29 after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City ("Maintenance Period"); and
30
31 `�'HEREAS, Principal binds itself to repau or reconstruct the Woric in whole or in part
32 upon receiving notice ti�om the City of the need therefor at any time witl�in the Maintenance
33 Period.
3�
CITY O[' FORT WORTH [3WA Water Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUC'TION SPECIPTCA'1'ION DOCUMENTS 105248
Revised .luly I, 201 1
]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
006119-2
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 2 of 3
NOW THEREFORE, tl�e condition of this obligation is such tl�at if Principal shall
remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion
satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in
full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely
noticed defective Work, it� is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to
be repaired and/or reconstiucled with all associated costs thereof being barne by the Principal and
the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and
PROVIDETD FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in
Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort
Woi�th Division; and
PROViDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and
successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches.
G 1'Y OP FOit"1' WOR'I'H
S"1'ANDARD CONS"('RUCTION SPECIHICA�I'ION DOCUMENTS
Rcviscd July I, 201 I
{3WA WaterConnection
tosza�
006119-3
MAWTENANCE BOND
Paae 3 of 3
IN Wlri'NESS WIiERE�F, ihe �'rincipal and the Sureiy )�ave each SIGNED and SEALED this
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
q
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
3C
37
38
39
40
41
instrument by duly authorized agents and ofticers on this dle 21st __ day of June
20 24 .
PRINCIPAL:
Willco Underaround. LLC
ATTES'I':
(Principal) Secretary
Witness as to Pri»cipal
A'I'T�ST:
�/_f� -
(Surety) ��crctary �
. ' ,�
�
Witncss as to . ie anikictis
BY: )
'ignature
__�`'1«�—_� �s - ��-s,oc.-u r
Namc and T;tle
Address: 400 Industrial Blvd #402
Mansfield, TX 76063
SURE1'Y:
Developers Surety and Indemnity Company
�'%_ = ,� " == _
,
BY: ��::ture -' —�`-�...•� _
Russ Frerizel, Attorney-in-Facf
Name and Title
Address: $00 Superior �;�•eriue E_. 21 st Flan�•
Cleveland, OH 44114
Tc;lephone Number: (2'16) 328-�216
*Note: If signed by an officer of the Surc.ty C;ompal�y, there �71ust be on file a c�rtiti�d cxtract
fi�om tlie by-la�vs showing that rhis person lias authority to sign such cbligation. If
Sw•ety's physical address is dif�ferent fi•om iTs mailin.g address, both must be provided.
Cl�e date ��f thc: nond sha11 nc�i be �}rior io the date the Cou�raet is awarded.
ca ry or ro�t�� worzTH
S'I'ANI)ARD CO;�:SI'i?UC'IION SPI�CII�ICA"I'iOld UOC1!i��i;'.'�l'�i
Re��ixd JnIY I, ?Ol 1
131"I,A Water Connection
10524�t
PO�YER Of� A't'fORN�Y f�OR
CnRI?f'O1\7'Is IM1SIiR:�NCE CO�IPAN1`
UGYC,LOPLfiS StfKE'TY A�D INDliS�iNi'TY` C0�7PAM'
59 Maiden lanc_ ={3rd I�lonr. New 1'cxl<, NY IOD18
('21�) ��{)-712O
l��lt}�� AI,L t31 11iGSl-: PR(�ti1;N1'S that, cccupt as expressi�� limited I�erein, COftEPOWTI INSUIZiWC�? CO��IP:�NV and DGVG:LOPI?RS SURf;'t'Y ANO
I1�DF,MNIT1' COMYANY, do hercby ma}:e, cons!itute and appomk
Russ Frenzel, Cynthia Alford, Brent Baldwin, John A. Aboumrad, Yamillec Adriana Ramos Chavez
and Brady Cox , oi Plano, TX
as it, tnic ancl 1a��9'�.il :Altorney-in-Pact, fo n:iii:e, execute, deliver tznd acknon�icdge, ii�r �nd on behnH'ofstfid Companies, �s si�r�tics, honds, undcrtal�in�;s �nd cuntracts
��f suret��sHi�� giving w�d �r.uriind unto said Attomcy-in-l�act luli po�vcr and ;�uthority to dn r,nd it� pzrlorm e�very �ci neccssary, requisife or proper Ic, he donc in
cunnec[ion thrre���itii as cach oPs3id company cuuld do, but reserving to each of said compauy< tti(I power of st�bsiituti�n aaid n�voca[ion, and al! uf the acts ot said
ilYtur�uy-in-Fact; pursuant to thus� Exesents, are hcreby ratified and �onfinned. 'I�his Power uf Aflomey is el'iective JUt12 21, 2024 and
sha!I t�pire on De�cmber .i I, 7.U?,>.
'l�his P�'i�ecr oi'Attorney is gr.nried am9 is signed under nnd by tiutharity ol [he li711owing msoluUons adopted 6y thi [3oa�id o! [)ircctor, ofCORL?POti�'`['13 (?�lSUR�W CE
COA4PANY anil UL:VGL(3PC RS SURE"('Y AND INUt�:ii�1N17'Y CC)IviYANY (eollectively,,:Company��) on Pelxuary IQ.202;.
R(iSOI.Vlil). Ihat Snn l.az.±,_f'r�sident. Suretv l;adcr�4�riting, J<rmes Bcll Vice Piesident. Suretv tJncicrtvritinf�; aud Ciaig Da�a�on. C�ecutive_1lndeil��riter.
Suret�-. cach an cmpluyee of Aiu'I'iutt Nurth .�mcrica, [nc., an atfiliate ofthe Company (Uie "Authorired Signors"), are hereby authoriied tn execute a Po�ti�er
oi iAttorncy, qualiCyuin auomcy(s)-m-tnc[ named in th� Po�vcr oC r\ttumcy to e�ecute, on hclr�H' of tl�e Cimipun}�. bcmils, undert�kings and cnniracts uf
surutyship, or c,ther suretyship obli�ations, �uid that the Sacr�tan� or airl' nssistfuit Secre[a�� ofthe Company be, and caeh of them hereby is, auihorizcd to attest
the c�ecutinn oFanV �uch !'o�aer of�A[torney
RGS(.)L\i1:D, th�t the signniure of�am� onc o(the Authorized Si�nors and �fie Secretnry or any tlssistant Secretary of [he CompanY. anti ihe seid ui�thc C:ompxna�
inust %i aifixed t« any uich Po�ver ��f Atiorney, anJ any sueh signatiire r�r se�il may be nefi�:ed h�� lacsinyile; aud such Power of'rlhornc:�r tih�li be ��alid and
bindin� upon tl7e (:otnpany �vhen so alli�ed and in thc luturc tvith resp�rt to �m�� hond, undrrtuking or rontract ol'stuetyihiFt to ���hi�h it is aUached.
IN 1�'tTNG$ti Vr'11GRGOP, CO213t�OINCF� INSURANCCi COIv1PAN� mlci Di:UL'l.Ql'I-:2� St:(2CiCY AN[7 INE�rMI�I'('Y C(7�dPAN\' hxvc raiuii �hese pre�,enls tu ix;
si�ied by the Authorir.�d Si��or and altesled by their Secretary or Assist.int S�cretury this Mtirch 27, 202_i .
--- — -- —
�/ � �-j %
\ : ..-�"_'..
� ,
�y: _— " �
['rinlad Tlaitti �m 7.,v��—"`� �--_,,-/ —
I iili: Presidc.nt Surct� l,'nder��Tiline
.�Cl<NO\i� LEDGE�9ENT:
,�,��N099ti0/d6
o°° NS U Rq �°�
e�� �,� � ,.;UQ'o
s� Q� ; �0,¢p0 f�,4�,� ��`�"o
d O';����: � �
- � �,•��
`; �'�F<AWP�' • �`"q•:
�s���e1aoaa � �ty�0eeae0�
C —
f� notary public or other officer completing this ceriiticaYe verifies onfy the
identity� of the individual �vho si�ned the cioc�imenrto which this certiiica[e is
aUached, and not the tr�ithftilness, accuracy, or validity c�f that document.
5('A"I'I� Or C,dilbrnia C(7UNll' OP Oran�e
`npOt8t0l681j�t
�a`° ,��( �ND I� �08a
`°�JQ-�oa�P���r l%r :
� � �� ��+.�� m
=�� 1936 :��
tl�e Q-���Qm
o> `•, �, � ' s~
� y . �4(/�'C�R�;•'�a �
�amg�3p • ... � � ��� ,�a
��s� �- �
��000686�`�te`
On ihis 27 day of `�9�irch ,?U 2 i . betixc mc. Hoang-ni��n Phu Ph_un_ personalll� appeare<t Sam J.aza .
__ — _ ____ __
�vho �iro��ed tu me cm the. basis of'snusiitctoiy c�-idcnec to t�e the person �vhose mm�e Is suhscribtd ti� s��ithin the instrument and .iekno���ledgee( to me fhat lhet� e�eculed
thc sanic in their ��uthrn�ized ��pncity, and thai bv the signauirc ��n the instrument the entities u��on beh�ll'�vhich the person actcd, cxeaated this insrrwncnt.
t certil'v.. under pen�ity of perjtny, under thc la�vs of the Staie of Calil'orni� that the Ihregoing paragraph is true and correct.
\�rIThF.SS iny htmd and oi'ticial seal u, ,�.. ,,�.�,, �. •
� ��...a, .�. a,�
+,� y� ur ry WQ�hlG-QUYEN P. �3iAA9
j � � �S' � Wotary Public California �
Signatur� _.-- ��:�s `�.-_ {����.-Lt.r J..L E i( i� a� .� Orart�e County �
�— — � -- -���,,.:,�' —. .___.__.__._ = Gommission # 2A32970 �
T
,--- <-� <,�o� �,y com�. e�;��s o�� a�, ao26
CORPOR;4'I'IC CliR1'(I�IC��'19pN
1�hc undersirned, the Sccreta�rY or Assislant Sceretary <�F C012fiP01N1'li I���URnNC:L C:OMP:�Nl' �.i�xl DFV1:I.OPERS SURG"1'Y A;�O INOf.in4N1'i�Y
('O��iP,1N1", does hcreby eertily (I�at the }�rovisiuns of thc resolutitan� oE the raspecti��c Boards nf Oirerh�is oC saic! nor�.io!ations set forth in this Power of Attcttnea�
arc in lbroc as of the datc t7f`ihis Ccrtitication. �
'(his Cerii firition is cxerutcd in the City oCCle��eliand. Ohiu, this M<trch 19. ;?0?3.
OocuSignnd by;
Sy: �(_["��y�'�_1�.�@,.�------- --- Liarrl W. ;�4uscs, Assistaet ti, Cr�tar},
`�—� 68G4 75E7AD654t3G..
OocuSignEnvelopelD:3352BFD6-5E9D-4796-837E-C1 E455EG530F
POt1 ido. N!A
Iid. 0323
�oRO� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDD/YYYY)
� 7/12/2024
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PflODUCER
AssuredPartners of Texas
500 N. Central Expressway
Suite 550
Plano TX 75074
INSURED
WILLCO Underground, LLC
PO Box 1807
Mansfield TX 76063
COVERAGES
NAME�V' Judith Webb
PHONE
rai . No, ex : 972 331
E-M AI L
ADDRESS: UdItI1.W@bb
INSUf
INSURER A : NBYIOf18I AI
WILLUND-02 INSURER B: TBXBS MU1
CERTIFICATE NUMBER:1943636996
com
23663
REVISION NUMBER:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR pOLICYNUMBER MMIDD YYYY MM DD/VYYY LIMITS
LTR
A X COMMERCIAL GENERALLIABILITY MP20490542 7/19/2023 7I19I2024 EACH OCCUFRENCE $ 1,000,000
DAMAGE TO RENTED
CLAIMS-MADE � OCCUR PREMISES jEa occurrencel $ 100,000
MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000
PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000
POLICY � jE � � LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000
OTHER: $
A AUTOMOBILELIABILITY MP20490542 7119/2023 7I19I2024 COMBINEDSINGLELIMIT $�,000,000
(Ea acciden1
ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $
OWNEO i SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accidenl) $
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS
X HIRED x NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY jPer accideng _
— $
A UMeRELLA LIAB X pCCUR M653500542 7/19/2023 7/19/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000
X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000
DED RETENT�ON $
g WORKERS COMPENSATION 0002004880 10/17/2023 10/17I2024 X PER I— OTH-
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y� N _ STATUTE j ER
ANWFOPRIETOR/PARTNERIEXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000
OFFlCER/MEMBEREXCLUDED? � N�A
�Mandatory In NH) EL OISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 1,000,000
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. OISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000
A LeasedlRenled Equipment PR24010242 7/19/2023 7/19I2024 LeasedlRented Limit 400,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCA710NS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Addltlonal Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space Is requlred)
The general liability policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only
when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status. The general liability policy contains a special
endorsement with "primary and non-contributory" wording. The general liability and workers compensation policies include a blanket automatic waiver of
subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires it. A
request has been submitted to the respective carriers on the General Liability, Workers Compensation, and Excess Liability policies to include an endorsement
providing that 30 days' notice of cancellation or material coverage change will be furnished to the certificate holder.
Project: 105248 - BWA Water Connection
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
City of Fort Worth
200 Texas Street
Fort Worth TX 76102
ACORD 25 (2016I03)
CANCELLATION
SHOl1LD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICV PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
�y KC�,,
,
OO 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
AmTrust Surety
Ar� t�n�Trusk �inanci��l C:�mpar�y
[�evelopers Surety and Indemnity Company
CorePointe Insurance Company
.�. � �
To obtain information or make a complaint:
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies,
coverages, rights, or complaints at:
'' :11 . .;
You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at:
P.O. Box 149104
Austin, TX 78714-9104
Fax: (512) 475-1771
E-mail: �onsumerProtectian�a,,tdi.state,fx.us
For any complaints you may also contact AmTrust Customer Service at:
Telephone:
C�:�t�•i'�c�f:3f;�
Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the surety company that
issued the bond by sending it by mail to the following address:
Mailing Address
Physical Address:
Email:
AmTrust Financial Services, Inc.
P.O. Box 5939
Cleveland, OH 4410
,�ttention: Surety Claims
AmTrust Financial Services, Inc.
800 Superior Ave
Cleveland, OH 44114
suret�andclaims am�rus%_e�rau�.cam
Nate: ihe maximum size for any single email message including attachments is 20MB.
Please send any correspondence in excess of this size to the P.O. Box noted above.
.. �. , , .
If you have a dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a
dispute concerning a claim, you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not
resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance.
Al"1'ACF9 THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BONCD:
This notice is for information only and cloes not become a part or condition of the attached
document.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 11 00 - 1
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 - General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Work Covered by Contract Documents
1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing
all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and
Specifications.
B. Subsidiary Work
1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the
project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in
which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is
not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall
be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in
the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items.
C. Use of Premises
1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City.
2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and
equipment stored on the Site.
3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places
or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the
Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City.
a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction
purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid
delay in the construction operations.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 11 00 - 2
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere
with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed
and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property.
c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such
manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad.
1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in
Division 0 as well as the railroad permit.
D. Work within Easements
1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously
obtained permission from the owner of such property.
2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the
specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the
Contractor and a copy furnished to the City.
3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of
obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the
Work as a part of the project construction operations.
4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants,
lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements,
to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or
appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all
other public or private property adjacent to the Work.
5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private
lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work.
a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the
Work.
b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any
corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants,
whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work.
c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting
from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or
execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or
equipment.
6. Fence
a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project
to the original or a better than original condition.
b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is
not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to
provide site security.
c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary
closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the
project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 11 00 - 3
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 25 00 - 1
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not
equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or
defined by reference to 1 or more of the following:
a. Name of manufacturer
b. Name of vendor
c. Trade name
d. Catalog number
2. Substitutions are not "or-equals".
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Request for Substitution - General
1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will
consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of
those specified.
2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by
means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or
catalog numbers.
a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from
consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names,
trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as
determined by City.
3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions
under the following conditions:
a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products
meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor;
or,
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 25 00 - 2
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached)
B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution
1. Substitution shall be considered only:
a. After award of Contract
b. Under the conditions stated herein
2. Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including:
a. Documentation
1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
Contract Documents
2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is
proposed
3) Data relating to changes in cost
b. For products
1) Product identification
a) Manufacturer's name
b) Telephone number and representative contact name
c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified
product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original
product in the Contract Documents
2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed
product with Contract Documents
3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product
characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to:
a) Size
b) Composition or materials of construction
c) Weight
d) Electrical or mechanical requirements
4) Product experience
a) Location of past projects utilizing product
b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced
projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product
c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product
5) Samples
a) Provide at request of City.
b) Samples become the property of the City.
c. For construction methods:
1) Detailed description of proposed method
2) Illustration drawings
C. Approval or Rejection
1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City
2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern
of specified product if necessary to secure design intent.
3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction
will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 25 00 - 3
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution.
5. Substitution will be rejected if:
a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval
b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section
c. In the Cit opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original
design
d. In the opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function
consistent with the design intent
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor
represents that the Contractor:
1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or
superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which
it is intended
2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified
3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building
modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be
complete in all respects
4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently
arise
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 25 00 - 4
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
EXHIBIT A
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM:
TO:
PROJECT: DATE:
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for
the above project:
SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Reason for Substitution:
Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed
substitution will require for its proper installation.
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering
and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution?
B. What effect does substitution have on other trades?
C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item?
D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time?
E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are:
Equal Better (explain on attachment)
The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the
specified item.
Submitted By: For Use by City
Signature Recommended Recommended
as noted
Firm Not recommended Received late
Address By
Date
Date Remarks
Telephone
For Use by City:
Approved Rejected
City Date
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 31 19 - 1
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 17, 2012
SECTION 01 31 19
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to
clarify construction contract administration procedures
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination
1. Attend preconstruction meeting.
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded.
a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for
future reference.
B. Preconstruction Meeting
1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the
Agreement and before Work is started.
a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City.
2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the
meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully
completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting.
3. Attendance shall include:
a. Project Representative
b. Contractor's project manager
c. Contractor's superintendent
d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire
to invite or the City may request
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 31 19 - 2
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 17, 2012
e. Other City representatives
f. Others as appropriate
4. Construction Schedule
a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and
provide at Preconstruction Meeting.
b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of
Preconstruction Meeting.
5. Preliminary Agenda may include:
a. Introduction of Project Personnel
b. General Description of Project
c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits
d. k plan and schedule
e. Contract Time
f. Notice to Proceed
g. Construction Staking
h. Progress Payments
i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures
j. Field Orders
k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material
l. Insurance Renewals
m. Payroll Certification
n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing
o. Public Safety and Convenience
p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions
q. Weekend Work Notification
r. Legal Holidays
s. Trench Safety Plans
t. Confined Space Entry Standards
u. g water
systems
v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
w. Coordination with other Contractors
x. Early Warning System
y. Contractor Evaluation
z. Special Conditions applicable to the project
aa. Damages Claims
bb. Submittal Procedures
cc. Substitution Procedures
dd. Correspondence Routing
ee. Record Drawings
ff. Temporary construction facilities
gg. M/WBE or MBE/SBE procedures
hh. Final Acceptance
ii. Final Payment
jj. Questions or Comments
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 31 19 - 3
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 17, 2012
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -1
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 1of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
SECTION 01 32 16 1
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and 6
management of the Construction Progress Schedule 7
2. Specific requirements are presented in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance 8
Document 9
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
D. Purpose 15
The City of Fort Worth (City) is committed to delivering quality, cost-effective 16
infrastructure to its citizens in a timely manner. A key tool to achieve this purpose is a 17
properly structured schedule with accurate updates. This supports effective monitoring 18
of progress and is input to critical decision making by the project manager throughout 19
the life of the project. Data from the updated project schedule is utilized in status 20
reporting to various levels of the City organization and the citizenry. 21
22
This Document complements the City's Standard Agreement to guide the construction 23
contractor (Contractor) in preparing and submitting acceptable schedules for use by the 24
City in project delivery. The expectation is the performance of the work follows the 25
accepted schedule and adhere to the contractual timeline. 26
27
The Contractor will designate a qualified representative (Project Scheduler) responsible 28
for developing and updating the schedule and preparing status reporting as required by 29
the City. 30
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 31
A. Measurement and Payment 32
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 33
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 34
2. Non-compliance with this specification is grounds for City to withhold payment of 35
the Contractor’s invoices until Contractor achieves said compliance.36
1.3 REFERENCES 37
A. Project Schedules 38
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -2
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 2of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
Each project is represented by City’s master project schedule that encompasses the 1
entire scope of activities envisioned by the City to properly deliver the work. When the 2
City contracts with a Contractor to perform construction of the Work, the Contractor3
will develop and maintain a schedule for their scope of work in alignment with the 4
City’s standard schedule requirements as defined herein. The data and information of 5
each such schedule will be leveraged and become integral in the master project 6
schedule as deemed appropriate by the City’s Project Control Specialist and approved 7
by the City’s Project Manager. 8
9
1. Master Project Schedule10
The master project schedule is a holistic representation of the scheduled activities 11
and milestones for the total project and be Critical Path Method (CPM) based. The 12
City’s Project Manager is accountable for oversight of the development and 13
maintaining a master project schedule for each project. When the City contracts for 14
the design and/or construction of the project, the master project schedule will 15
incorporate elements of the Design and Construction schedules as deemed 16
appropriate by the City’s Project Control Specialist. The assigned City Project 17
Control Specialist creates and maintains the master project schedule in P6 (City’s 18
scheduling software). 19
20
2. Construction Schedule 21
The Contractor is responsible for developing and maintaining a schedule for the 22
scope of the Contractor’s contractual requirements. The Contractor will issue an 23
initial schedule for review and acceptance by the City’s Project Control Specialist 24
and the City’s Project Manager as a baseline schedule for Contractor’s scope of 25
work. Contractor will issue current, accurate updates of their schedule (Progress 26
Schedule) to the City at the end of each month throughout the life of their work. 27
B. Schedule Tiers 28
The City has a portfolio of projects that vary widely in size, complexity and content 29
requiring different scheduling to effectively deliver each project. The City uses a 30
“tiered” approach to align the proper schedule with the criteria for each project. The 31
City's Project Manager determines the appropriate schedule tier for each project, and 32
includes that designation and the associated requirements in the Contractor’s scope of 33
work. The following is a summary of the “tiers”. 34
35
1. Tier 1: Small Size and Short Duration Project (design not required) 36
The City develops and maintains a Master Project Schedule for the project. No 37
schedule submittal is required from Contractor. City’s Project Control Specialist 38
acquires any necessary schedule status data or information through discussions with 39
the respective party on an as-needed basis. 40
41
2. Tier 2: Small Size and Short to Medium Duration Project42
The City develops and maintains a Master Project Schedule for the project. The 43
Contractor identifies “start” and “finish” milestone dates on key elements of their 44
work as agreed with the City’s Project Manager at the kickoff of their work effort. 45
The Contractor issues to the City, updates to the “start” and “finish” dates for such 46
milestones at the end of each month throughout the life of their work on the project. 47
48
3. Tier 3: Medium and Large Size and/or Complex Projects Regardless of Duration 49
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -3
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 3of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
The City develops and maintains a Master Project Schedule for the project. The 1
Contractor develops a Baseline Schedule and maintains the schedule of their 2
respective scope of work on the project at a level of detail (generally Level 3) and in 3
alignment with the WBS structure in Section 1.4.H as agreed by the Project 4
Manager. The Contractor issues to the City, updates of their respective schedule 5
(Progress Schedule) at the end of each month throughout the life of their work on the 6
project. 7
C. Schedule Types 8
Project delivery for the City utilizes two types of schedules as noted below. The City 9
develops and maintains a Master Project Schedule as a “baseline” schedule and issue 10
monthly updates to the City Project Manager (end of each month) as a “progress” 11
schedule. The Contractor preparesand submits each schedule type to fulfill their 12
contractual requirements. 13
14
1. Baseline Schedule 15
The Contractor develops and submits to the City, an initial schedule for their scope 16
of work in alignment with this specification. Once reviewed and accepted by the 17
City, it becomes the “Baseline” schedule and is the basis against which all progress 18
is measured. The baseline schedule will be updated when there is a change or 19
addition to the scope of work impacting the duration of the work, and only after 20
receipt of a duly authorized change order issued by the City. In the event progress is 21
significantly behind schedule, the City’s Project Manager may authorize an update 22
to the baseline schedule to facilitate a more practical evaluation of progress. An 23
example of a Baseline Schedule is provided in Specification 01 32 16.1 24
Construction Project Schedule Baseline Example.25
26
2. Progress Schedule 27
The Contractor updates their schedule at the end of each month to represent the 28
progress achieved in the work which includes any impact from authorized changes 29
in the work. The updated schedule must accurately reflect the current status of the 30
work at that point in time and is referred to as the “Progress Schedule”. The City’s 31
Project Manager and Project Control Specialist reviews and accepts each progress 32
schedule. In the event a progress schedule is deemed not acceptable, the 33
unacceptable issues are identified by the City within 5 working days and the 34
Contractor must provide an acceptable progress schedule within 5 working days 35
after receipt of non-acceptance notification. An example of a Progress Schedule is 36
provided in Specification 01 32 16.2 Construction Project Schedule Progress 37
Example. 38
D. City Standard Schedule requirements 39
The following is an overview of the methodology for developing and maintaining a 40
schedule for delivery of a project. 41
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -4
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 4of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
1. Schedule Framework - The schedule will be based on the defined scope of work 1
and follow the (Critical Path Methodology) CPM method. The Contractor’s 2
schedule will align with the requirements of this specification and will be cost 3
loaded to reflect their plan for execution. Compliance with cost loading can be 4
provided with traditional cost loading of line items OR a projected cost per 5
month for the project when the initial schedule is submitted, updated on a 6
quarterly basis is significant change is anticipated. Overall schedule duration 7
will align with the contractual requirements for the respective scope of work and be 8
reflected in City’s Master Project Schedule. The Project Number and Name of the 9
Project is required on each schedule and must match the City’s project data. 10
11
E. Schedule File Name 12
All schedules submitted to the City for a project will have a file name that begins with 13
the City’s project number followed by the name of the project followed by baseline (if 14
a baseline schedule) or the year and month (if a progress schedule), as shown below. 15
16
Baseline Schedule File Name 17
Format: City Project Number_Project Name_Baseline 18
Example: 101376_North Montgomery Street HMAC_Baseline 19
20
Progress Schedule File Name 21
Format: City Project Number_Project Name_YYYY-MM 22
Example: 101376_North Montgomery Street HMAC_2018_01 23
24
Project Schedule Progress Narrative File Name 25
Format: City Project Number_Project Name_PN_YYYY-MM 26
Example: 101376_North Montgomery Street HMAC_PN_2018_01 27
28
F. Schedule Templates 29
The Contractor will utilize the relevant sections from the City’s templates provided in 30
the City’s document management system as the basis for creating their respective 31
project schedule. Specifically, the Contractor’s schedule will align with the layout of 32
the Construction section. The templates are identified by type of project as noted 33
below. 34
Arterials 35
Aviation 36
Neighborhood Streets 37
Sidewalks (later) 38
Quiet Zones (later) 39
Street Lights (later) 40
Intersection Improvements (later) 41
Parks 42
Storm water 43
Street Maintenance 44
Traffic 45
Water 46
47
G. Schedule Calendar 48
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -5
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 5of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
The City’s standard calendar for schedule development purposes is based on a 5-day 1
workweek and accounts for the City’s eight standard holidays (New Years, Martin 2
Luther King, Memorial, Independence, Labor, Thanksgiving, day after Thanksgiving, 3
Christmas). The Contractor will establish a schedule calendar as part of the schedule 4
development process and provide to the Project Control Specialist as part of the basis 5
for their schedule. Variations between the City’s calendar and the Contractor’s 6
calendar must be resolved prior to the City’s acceptance of their Baseline project 7
schedule. 8
9
H. WBS & Milestone Standards for Schedule Development 10
The scope of work to be accomplished by the Contractor is represented in the schedule 11
in the form of a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS). The WBS is the basis for the 12
development of the schedule activities and shall be imbedded and depicted in the 13
schedule. 14
15
The following is a summary of the standards to be followed in preparing and 16
maintaining a schedule for project delivery. 17
18
1. Contractor is required to utilize the City’s WBS structure and respective 19
project type template for “Construction” as shown in Section 1.4.H below. 20
Additional activities may be added to Levels 1 - 4 to accommodate the needs 21
of the organization executing the work. Specifically the Contractor will add 22
activities under WBS XXXXXX.80.83 “Construction Execution” that 23
delineates the activities associated with the various components of the work. 24
25
2. Contractor is required to adhere to the City’s Standard Milestones as shown 26
in Section 1.4.I below. Contractor will include additional milestones 27
representing intermediate deliverables as required to accurately reflect their 28
scope of work. 29
30
I. Schedule Activities 31
Activities are the discrete elements of work that make up the schedule. They will be 32
organized under the umbrella of the WBS. Activity descriptions should adequately 33
describe the activity, and in some cases the extent of the activity. All activities are 34
logically tied with a predecessor and a successor. The only exception to this rule is for 35
“project start” and “project finish” milestones. 36
37
The activity duration is based on the physical amount of work to be performed for the 38
stated activity, with a maximum duration of 20 working days OR a continuous activity 39
in one location. If the work for any one activity exceeds 20 days, break that activity 40
down incrementally to achieve this duration constraint. Any exception to this requires 41
review and acceptance by the City’s Project Control Specialist. 42
43
J. Change Orders 44
When a Change Order is issued by the City, the impact is incorporated into the 45
previously accepted baseline schedule as an update, to clearly show impact to the 46
project timeline. The Contractor submits this updated baseline schedule to the City for 47
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -6
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 6of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
review and acceptance as described in Section 1.5 below. Updated baseline schedules 1
adhere to the following:2
3
1. Time extensions associated with approved contract modifications are limited to the 4
actual amount of time the project activities are anticipated to be delayed, unless 5
otherwise approved by the Program Manager. 6
7
2. The re-baselined schedule is submitted by the Contractor within ten workdays after 8
the date of receipt of the approved Change Order. 9
10
3. The changes in logic or durations approved by the City are used to analyze the impact 11
of the change and is included in the Change Order. The coding for a new activity(s) 12
added to the schedule for the Change Order includes the Change Order number in the 13
Activity ID. Use as many activities as needed to accurately show the work of the 14
Change Order. Revisions to the baseline schedule are not effective until accepted by 15
the City. 16
K. City’s Work Breakdown Structure 17
18
WBS Code WBS Name 19
XXXXXX Project Name 20
XXXXXX.30 Design 21
XXXXXX.30.10 Design Contractor Agreement 22
XXXXXX.30.20 Conceptual Design (30%) 23
XXXXXX.30.30 Preliminary Design (60%) 24
XXXXXX.30.40 Final Design 25
XXXXXX.30.50 Environmental 26
XXXXXX.30.60 Permits 27
XXXXXX.30.60.10 Permits - Identification 28
XXXXXX.30.60.20 Permits - Review/Approve 29
XXXXXX.40 ROW & Easements 30
XXXXXX.40.10 ROW Negotiations 31
XXXXXX.40.20 Condemnation 32
XXXXXX.70 Utility Relocation33
XXXXXX.70.10 Utility Relocation Co-ordination 34
XXXXXX.80 Construction 35
XXXXXX.80.81 Bid and Award 36
XXXXXX.80.83 Construction Execution 37
XXXXXX.80.85 Inspection 38
XXXXXX.80.86 Landscaping 39
XXXXXX.90 Closeout 40
XXXXXX.90.10 Construction Contract Close-out 41
XXXXXX.90.40 Design Contract Closure 42
L. City’s Standard Milestones 43
The following milestone activities (i.e., important events on a project that mark critical 44
points in time) are of particular interest to the City and must be reflected in the project 45
schedule for all phases of work. 46
47
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -7
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 7of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
Activity ID Activity Name1
Design 2
3020 Award Design Agreement 3
3040 Issue Notice to Proceed - Design Engineer4
3100 Design Kick-off Meeting 5
3120 Submit Conceptual Plans to Utilities, ROW, Traffic, Parks, Storm Water, 6
Water & Sewer 7
3150 Peer Review Meeting/Design Review meeting (technical) 8
3160 Conduct Design Public Meeting #1 (required) 9
3170 Conceptual Design Complete 10
3220 Submit Preliminary Plans and Specifications to Utilities, ROW, Traffic, 11
Parks, Storm Water, Water & Sewer 12
3250 Conduct Design Public Meeting #2 (required) 13
3260 Preliminary Design Complete 14
3310 Submit Final Design to Utilities, ROW, Traffic, Parks, Storm Water, 15
Water & Sewer 16
3330 Conduct Design Public Meeting #3 (if required) 17
3360 Final Design Complete 18
ROW & Easements 19
4000 Right of Way Start 20
4230 Right of Way Complete 21
Utility Relocation 22
7000 Utilities Start 23
7120 Utilities Cleared/Complete 24
Construction 25
Bid and Award 26
8110 Start Advertisement 27
8150 Conduct Bid Opening 28
8240 Award Construction Contract 29
Construction Execution 30
8330 Conduct Construction Public Meeting #4 Pre-Construction 31
8350 Construction Start 32
8370 Substantial Completion33
8540 Construction Completion 34
9130 Notice of Completion/Green Sheet 35
9150 Construction Contract Closed 36
9420 Design Contract Closed 37
38
1.4 SUBMITTALS 39
A. Schedule Submittal & Review 40
The City’s Project Manager is responsible for reviews and acceptance of the Contractor’s 41
schedule. The City’s Project Control Specialist is responsible for ensuring alignment of 42
the Contractor’s baseline and progress schedules with the Master Project Schedule as 43
support to the City’s Project Manager. The City reviews and accepts or rejects the 44
schedule within ten workdays of Contractor’s submittal. 45
46
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -8
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 8of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
1. Schedule Format 1
The Contractor will submit each schedulein two electronic forms, one in native file 2
format (.xer, .xml, .mpx) and the second in a pdf format, in the City’s document 3
management system in the location dedicated for this purpose and identified by the 4
Project Manager. In the event the Contractor does not use Primavera P6 or MS 5
Project for scheduling purposes, the schedule information must be submitted in .xls or 6
.xlsx format in compliance with the sample layout (See Specification 01 32 16.1 7
Construction Project Schedule Baseline Example), including activity predecessors, 8
successors and total float. 9
10
2. Initial & Baseline Schedule11
The Contractor will develop their schedule for their scope of work and submit their 12
initial schedule in electronic form (in the file formats noted above), in the City’s 13
document management system in the location dedicated for this purpose at least 5 14
working days prior to Pre Construction Meeting. 15
16
The City’s Project Manager and Project Control Specialist review this initial schedule 17
to determine alignment with the City’s Master Project Schedule, including format & 18
WBS structure. Following the City’s review, feedback is provided to the Contractor 19
for their use in finalizing their initial schedule and issuing (within five workdays) their 20
Baseline Schedule for final review and acceptance by the City. 21
22
3. Progress Schedule 23
The Contractor will update and issue their project schedule (Progress Schedule) by the 24
last day of each month throughout the life of their work on the project. The Progress 25
Schedule is submitted in electronic form as noted above, in the City’s document 26
management system in the location dedicated for this purpose. 27
28
The City’s Project Control team reviews each Progress Schedule for data and 29
information that support the assessment of the update to the schedule. In the event 30
data or information is missing or incomplete, the Project Controls Specialist 31
communicates directly with the Contractor’s scheduler for providing same. The 32
Contractor re-submits the corrected Progress Schedule within 5 workdays, following 33
the submittal process noted above. The City’s Project Manager and Project Control 34
Specialist review the Contractor’s progress schedule for acceptance and to monitor 35
performance and progress. 36
37
The following list of items are required to ensure proper status information is 38
contained in the Progress Schedule. 39
Baseline Start date 40
Baseline Finish Date 41
% Complete 42
Float 43
Activity Logic (dependencies) 44
Critical Path 45
Activities added or deleted 46
Expected Baseline Finish date 47
Variance to the Baseline Finish Date 48
49
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -9
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 9of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
B. Monthly Construction Status Report 1
The Contractor submits a written status report (referred to as a progress narrative) at the 2
monthly progress meeting (if monthly meetings are held) or at the end of each month to 3
accompany the Progress Schedule submittal, using the standard format provided in 4
Specification 01 32 16.3 Construction Project Schedule Progress Narrative. The content 5
of the Construction Project Schedule Progress Narrative should be concise and complete 6
to include only changes, delays, and anticipated problems. 7
8
C. Submittal Process 9
Schedules and Monthly Construction Status Reports are submitted in in the City’s 10
document management system in the location dedicated for this purpose. 11
Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the 12
City, no further progress schedules or construction status reports are required from 13
the Contractor. 14
1. 15
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19
A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be 20
experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. 21
B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, 22
updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. 23
C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the 24
standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 25
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 26
1.10 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 27
1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 28
1.12 ATTACHMENTS29
Spec 01 32 16.1 Construction Project Schedule Baseline Example 30
Spec 01 32 16.2 Construction Project Schedule Progress Example 31
Spec 01 32 16.3 Construction Project Schedule Progress Narrative 32
33
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 16 -10
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised August 13, 2021
1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3
END OF SECTION 4
5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/13/2021 Michael Owen Revised to update specification requirements and eliminate duplicate schedule
specifications.
6
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 33 - 1
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 32 33
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Administrative and procedural requirements for:
a. Preconstruction Videos
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preconstruction Video
1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the
vicinity of and to be affected by construction.
a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City.
2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety
period.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 32 33 - 2
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 33 00 - 1
SUBMITTALS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following
Work-related submittals:
a. Shop Drawings
b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals)
c. Samples
d. Mock Ups
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 – General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination
1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the
submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Coordination of Submittal Times
a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time
specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications.
b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by
processing times including, but not limited to:
a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required)
b) Coordination with other submittals
c) Testing
d) Purchasing
e) Fabrication
f) Delivery
g) Similar sequenced activities
c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to
transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 33 00 - 2
SUBMITTALS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such
sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other
contractor.
B. Submittal Numbering
1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross-
reference identification numbering system in the following manner:
a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number.
b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each
initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number.
c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e.
A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical
submittal number would be as follows:
03 30 00-08-B
1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete
2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section
3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop
drawing
C. Contractor Certification
1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by
subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following:
a. Field measurements
b. Field construction criteria
c. Catalog numbers and similar data
d. Conformance with the Contract Documents
2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor
with a Certification Statement affixed including:
a. The Contractor's Company name
b. Signature of submittal reviewer
c. Certification Statement
1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified
field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions,
catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each
item with other applicable approved shop drawings."
D. Submittal Format
1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches.
2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together.
3. Order
a. Cover Sheet
1) Description of Packet
2) Contractor Certification
b. List of items / Table of Contents
c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations
E. Submittal Content
1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 33 00 - 3
SUBMITTALS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
2. The Project title and number
3. Contractor identification
4. The names of:
a. Contractor
b. Supplier
c. Manufacturer
5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and
paragraph(s)
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such
7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials
8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers
9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents
10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals
11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps
F. Shop Drawings
1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working)
drawings
b. Scheduled information
c. Setting diagrams
d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions
e. Custom templates
f. Special wiring diagrams
g. Coordination drawings
h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including:
1) Performance curves and certifications
i. As applicable to the Work
2. Details
a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure
b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements
1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting
for approval.
G. Product Data
1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Standard Product
List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project.
2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Standard
Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to:
a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as
catalog data)
1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation
instructions
2) Availability of colors and patterns
3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability
4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates
5) Catalog cuts
6) Product photographs
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 33 00 - 4
SUBMITTALS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
7) Standard wiring diagrams
8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams
9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications
10) Mill reports
11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended
spare-parts listing and printed product warranties
12) As applicable to the Work
H. Samples
1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to:
a. Physical examples of the Work such as:
1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work
2) Small cuts or containers of materials
3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches
and range sets
4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect
5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent
inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work
I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to
be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item.
1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished
which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's
risk.
2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies
required to accomplish conformity.
3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance
with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data.
J. Submittal Distribution
1. Electronic Distribution
a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be
uploaded to City’s Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the
City.
b. Shop Drawings
1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate
City representatives via email of submittal posting.
2) Hard Copies
a) 3 copies for all submittals
b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings
returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed
above.
c. Product Data
1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate
City representatives via email of submittal posting.
2) Hard Copies
a) 3 copies for all submittals
d. Samples
1) Distributed to the Project Representative
2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 33 00 - 5
SUBMITTALS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
a. Shop Drawings
1) Distributed to the City
2) Copies
a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals
b) 7 copies for all other submittals
c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned,
Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above.
b. Product Data
1) Distributed to the City
2) Copies
a) 4 copies
c. Samples
1) Distributed to the Project Representative
2) Copies
a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections.
3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved
product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as
directed by the City.
a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number
previously specified.
K. Submittal Review
1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance
with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as:
a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements
b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details,
dimensions, and materials
c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise
provided herein
2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City
does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the
fulfillment of the terms of the Contract.
a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will
have no responsibility therefore.
3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the
Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes,
for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner.
4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a
departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of
the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for
performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an
exception.
5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes:
a. Code 1
1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or
comments on the submittal.
a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the
equipment and/or material for manufacture.
b. Code 2
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 33 00 - 6
SUBMITTALS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of
the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor.
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the
final product.
c. Code 3
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is
assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a
resubmittal of the package.
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the
final product.
b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and
non-conforming items that were noted.
c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of
the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal.
d. Code 4
1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the
intent of the Contract Documents.
a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the
submittal into conformance.
b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor
to meet the Contract Documents.
6. Resubmittals
a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals
1) Corrections other than requested by the City
2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method
a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked
b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s
expense.
1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City
and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City
Representative’s then prevailing rates.
2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for
all such fees invoiced by the City.
c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's
review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract
Time.
7. Partial Submittals
a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s
discretion.
b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the
Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted.
c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the
Contractor to the areas that are incomplete.
8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to
constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be
provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for
manufacture.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 33 00 - 7
SUBMITTALS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the
Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further
changes therein except upon written instructions from the City.
10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days
following receipt of submittal by the City.
L. Mock ups
1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily
limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be
used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed.
M. Qualifications
1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E.
Certification for each item required.
N. Request for Information (RFI)
1. Contractor Request for additional information
a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents
b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents
c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and
Specifications
1) Identify the conflict and request clarification
2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City.
3. Numbering of RFI
a. Prefix with “RFI” followed by series number, “-xxx”, beginning with “01” and
increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal.
4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further
information.
5. The City will log each request and will review the request.
a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the
Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change
Order, as appropriate.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 33 00 - 8
SUBMITTALS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 45 23
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 9, 2020
SECTION 01 45 23
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all
Quality Control testing.
b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality
Assurance testing.
1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the
Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance
testing until a passing test occurs.
a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments
for testing by Contractor have been paid in full.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Testing
1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. Coordination
a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently
in advance, when testing is needed.
b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City,
sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed.
3. Distribution of Testing Reports
a. Electronic Distribution
1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be
uploaded to the document management system, or another external
FTP site approved by the City.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 45 23
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 9, 2020
2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate
City representatives via email of submittal posting.
3) Hard Copies
a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative
b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
1) Tests performed by City
a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor
2) Tests performed by the Contractor
a)
4. ickets for each delivered load of
Concrete or Lime material including the following information:
a. Name of pit
b. Date of delivery
c. Material delivered
B. Inspection
1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to
perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3/9/2020 D.V. Magaña Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that electronic submittals be uploaded
management system.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 50 00 - 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not
necessarily limited to:
a. Temporary utilities
b. Sanitary facilities
c. Storage Sheds and Buildings
d. Dust control
e. Temporary fencing of the construction site
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Temporary Utilities
1. Obtaining Temporary Service
a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services.
b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities
having jurisdiction.
c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final
Acceptance.
1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for
execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work.
2. Water
a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be
performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as
required for the completion of the Work.
b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic
c. Coordination
1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 50 00 - 2
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water
1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City
established rates.
3. Electricity and Lighting
a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including
testing of Work.
1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use.
b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to
maintain operations during scheduled shutdown.
4. Telephone
a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel
and others performing work or furnishing services at Site.
5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation
a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work.
b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions.
B. Sanitary Facilities
1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site.
a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health.
2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site.
a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities.
b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities.
c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health
problem.
d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly
dispose in accordance with applicable regulation.
3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project.
4. Remove facilities at completion of Project
C. Storage Sheds and Buildings
1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor
above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage.
2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off
ground.
3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner.
a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification,
inspection and inventory.
4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for
equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage
environments acceptable to specified manufacturers.
5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from
temporary and existing buildings.
6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance.
D. Temporary Fencing
1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract
documents
E. Dust Control
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 50 00 - 3
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the
project.
a. Contractor remains on-call at all times
b. Must respond in a timely manner
F. Temporary Protection of Construction
1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due
to weather.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Facilities
1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed.
3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Temporary Facilities
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 50 00 - 4
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a
condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work.
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 55 26 -1
STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 22, 2021
SECTION 01 55 261
STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL3
1.1 SUMMARY4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Administrative procedures for: 6
a. Street Use Permit 7
b. Modification of approved traffic control 8
c. Removal of Street Signs 9
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
3. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 18
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19
1.3 REFERENCES20
A.Reference Standards 21
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 22
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 23
specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 24
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 25
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS26
A. Traffic Control 27
1. General 28
a. Contractor shall minimize lane closures and impact to vehicular/pedestrian 29
traffic. 30
b. When traffic control plans are included in the Drawings, provide Traffic 31
Control in accordance with Drawings and Section 34 71 13. 32
c. When traffic control plans are not included in the Drawings, prepare traffic 33
control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13 and submit to City for 34
review. 35
1) Allow minimum 10 working days for review of proposed Traffic Control. 36
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 55 26 -2
STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 22, 2021
2) A traffic control “Typical” published by City of Fort Worth, the Texas 1
Manual Unified Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) or Texas Department 2
of Transportation (TxDOT) can be used as an alternative to preparing 3
project/site specific traffic control plan if the typical is applicable to the 4
specific project/site. 5
B. Street Use Permit 6
1. Prior to installation of Traffic Control, a City Street Use Permit is required.7
a. To obtain Street Use Permit, submit Traffic Control Plans to City 8
Transportation and Public Works Department. 9
1) Allow a minimum of 5 working days for permit review. 10
2) It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control 11
plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. 12
C. Modification to Approved Traffic Control 13
1. Prior to installation traffic control: 14
a. Submit revised traffic control plans to City Department Transportation and 15
Public Works Department. 16
1) Revise Traffic Control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 17
2) Allow minimum 5 working days for review of revised Traffic Control. 18
3) It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control 19
plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. 20
D. Removal of Street Sign 21
1. If it is determined that a street sign must be removed for construction, then contact 22
City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division to 23
remove the sign. 24
E. Temporary Signage 25
1. In the case of regulatory signs, replace permanent sign with temporary sign meeting 26
requirements of the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control 27
Devices (MUTCD). 28
2. Install temporary sign before the removal of permanent sign. 29
3. When construction is complete, to the extent that the permanent sign can be 30
reinstalled, contact the City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs 31
and Markings Division, to reinstall the permanent sign. 32
F. Traffic Control Standards 33
1. Traffic Control Standards can be found on the City’s website. 34
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]35
A. Submit all required documentation to City’s Project Representative. 36
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 55 26 -3
STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 22, 2021
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]1
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]2
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]3
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]4
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]5
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]6
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]8
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]9
END OF SECTION10
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3/22/2021 M Owen
1.4 A. Added language to emphasize minimizing of lane closures and impact to
traffic.
1.4 A. 1. c. Added language to allow for use of published traffic control “Typicals” if
applicable to specific project/site.
1.4 F. 1) Removed reference to Buzzsaw
1.5 Added language re: submittal of permit
12
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 57 13 - 1
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 57 13
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the
Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
3. Section 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance
a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance
a. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with Section 31 25 00.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
1. Notice of Intent: NOI
2. Notice of Termination: NOT
3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP
4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ
5. Notice of Change: NOC
A. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction
Controls
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. General
1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated
with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 57 13 - 2
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
B. Construction Activities resulting in:
1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance
a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 00 and
Drawings.
2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
Permit is required
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit
TXR150000
a) Sign and post at job site
b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of
Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-
6088.
2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
a) Section 31 25 00
b) The Drawings
c) TXR150000 General Permit
d) SWPPP
e) TCEQ requirements
3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
Permit is required
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee
a) Sign and post at job site
b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088.
2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI
3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
a) Section 31 25 00
b) The Drawings
c) TXR150000 General Permit
d) SWPPP
e) TCEQ requirements
4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of
TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted.
a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. SWPPP
1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein.
a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City
as follows:
1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager
a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of
Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 57 13 - 3
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
B. Modified SWPPP
1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City
in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 58 13 - 1
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 58 13
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS
A. Design Criteria
1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign in accordance with
Details for project signs.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 58 13 - 2
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
B. Materials
1. Sign
a. Constructed of ¾-inch fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project.
2. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City.
B. Mounting options
a. Skids
b. Posts
c. Barricade
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE
A. General
1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City.
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 58 13 - 3
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 9, 2020
SECTION 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED]
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. A list of City approved products for use is available :
https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ and following the directory path;
02 - Construction Documents/Standard Products List
B.
Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project.
1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific
approval by the City.
C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar
1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even
D.
products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that
E.
Standard Product List.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 9, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
10/12/12 D. Johnson
3/9/2020 D.V. Magaña Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that the City approved products list is
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 66 00 - 1
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 66 00
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Scheduling of product delivery
2. Packaging of products for delivery
3. Protection of products against damage from:
a. Handling
b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
A. Delivery Requirements
1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation
and to avoid prolonged storage.
2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries.
3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site
for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 66 00 - 2
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other
containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or
environmental damage.
5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation
location.
6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling.
B. Handling Requirements
1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and
C. Storage Requirements
1.
requirements of these Specifications.
2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment.
a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent
damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at
all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in
vicinity of Work.
3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will
cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners,
tenants and occupants.
a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection.
4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and
equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by
5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate.
a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by
epresentative.
6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without
written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises.
7.
8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of
Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public
and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant.
9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open.
10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to
satisfaction of .
a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at
one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by
Project Representative.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 66 00 - 3
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED]
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections
1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading.
B. Non-Conforming Work
1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way
unsatisfactory for use on the project.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION
A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions.
B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in
storage.
C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by
the manufacturer.
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 66 00 - 4
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
BWA Water Connection
105248
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 1 of 22
Section 01 71 23.01 - Attachment A
Survey Staking Standards
February 2017
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 2 of 22
These procedures are intended to provide a standard method for construction staking services
associated with the City of Fort Worth projects. These are not to be considered all inclusive, but only as
a general guideline. For projects on TXDOT right-of-way or through joint TXDOT participation,
adherence to the TXDOT Survey Manual shall be followed and if a discrepancy arises, the TXDOT
manual shall prevail. (http://onlinemanuals.txdot.gov/txdotmanuals/ess/ess.pdf)
If you have a unique circumstance, please consult with the project manager, inspector, or survey
department at 817-392-7925.
Table of Contents
I. City of Fort Worth Contact Information
II. Construction Colors
III. Standard Staking Supplies
IV. Survey Equipment, Control, and Datum Standards
V. Water Staking
VI. Sanitary Sewer Staking
VII. Storm Staking
VIII. Curb and Gutter Staking
IX. Cut Sheets
X. As-built Survey
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 3 of 22
I. Survey Department Contact Information
Physical and mailing address:
8851 Camp Bowie West Boulevard
Suite 300
Fort Worth, Texas 76116
Office: (817) 392-7925
Survey Superintendent, direct line: (817) 392-8971
II. Construction Colors
The following colors shall be used for staking or identifying features in the field. This
includes flagging, paint of laths/stakes, paint of hubs, and any identification such as pin flags
if necessary.
Utility Color
PROPOSED EXCAVATION WHITE
ALL ELECTRIC AND CONDUITS RED
POTABLE WATER BLUE
GAS OR OIL YELLOW
TELEPHONE/FIBER OPTIC ORANGE
SURVEY CONTROL POINTS, BENCHMARKS,
PROPERTY CORNERS, RIGHT-OF-WAYS, AND
ALL PAVING INCLUDING CURB, SIDEWALK, BUILDING CORNERS
PINK
SANITARY SEWER GREEN
IRRIGATION AND RECLAIMED WATER PURPLE
III. Standard Staking Supplies
Item Minimum size
Lath/Stake 36" tall
Wooden Hub (2"x2" min. square preferred) 6" tall
Pin Flags (2.5" x 3.5" preferred) 21" long
Guard Stakes Not required
PK or Mag nails 1" long
Iron Rods (1/2” or greater diameter) 18” long
Survey Marking Paint Water-based
Flagging 1" wide
Marking Whiskers (feathers) 6" long
Tacks (for marking hubs) 3/4" long
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 4 of 22
IV. Survey Equipment, Control, and Datum Standards
A. City Benchmarks
All city benchmarks can be found here: http://fortworthtexas.gov/itsolutions/GIS/
Look for ‘Zoning Maps’. Under ‘Layers’ , expand ‘Basemap Layers’, and check on
‘Benchmarks’.
B. Conventional or Robotic Total Station Equipment
I. A minimum of a 10 arc-second instrument is required.
II. A copy of the latest calibration report may be requested by the City at any time.
It is recommended that an instrument be calibrated by certified technician at
least 1 occurrence every 6 months.
C. Network/V.R.S. and static GPS Equipment
I. It is critical that the surveyor verify the correct horizontal and vertical datum
prior commencing work. A site calibration may be required and shall consist of
at least 4 control points spaced evenly apart and in varying quadrants.
Additional field checks of the horizontal and vertical accuracies shall be
completed and the City may ask for a copy of the calibration report at any time.
II. Network GPS such as the Western Data Systems or SmartNet systems may be
used for staking of property/R.O.W, forced-main water lines, and rough-grade
only. No GPS staking for concrete, sanitary sewer, storm drain, final grade, or
anything that needs vertical grading with a tolerance of 0.25’ or less is
allowed.
D. Control Points Set
I. All control points set shall be accompanied by a lath with the appropriate
Northing, Easting, and Elevation (if applicable) of the point set. Control points
can be set rebar, ‘X’ in concrete, or any other appropriate item with a stable
base and of a semi-permanent nature. A rebar cap is optional, but preferred if
the cap is marked ‘control point’ or similar wording.
II. Datasheets are required for all control points set.
Datasheet should include:
A. Horizontal and Vertical Datum used, Example: N.A.D.83, North Central Zone
4202, NAVD 88 Elevations
B. Grid or ground distance. – If ground, provide scale factor used and base
point coordinate, Example: C.S.F.=0.999125, Base point=North: 0, East=0
C. Geoid model used, Example: GEOID12A
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 5 of 22
E. Preferred Grid Datum
Although many plan sets can be in surface coordinates, the City’s preferred grid datum
is listed below. Careful consideration must be taken to verify what datum each project is
in prior to beginning work. It is essential the surveyor be familiar with coordinate
transformations and how a grid/surface/assumed coordinate system affect a project.
Projected Coordinate
System:NAD_1983_StatePlane_Texas_North_Central_FIPS_4202_Feet
Projection: Lambert_Conformal_Conic
False_Easting: 1968500.00000000
False_Northing: 6561666.66666667
Central_Meridian: -98.50000000
Standard_Parallel_1: 32.13333333
Standard_Parallel_2: 33.96666667
Latitude_Of_Origin: 31.66666667
Linear Unit: Foot_US
Geographic Coordinate System: GCS_North_American_1983
Datum: D_North_American_1983
Prime Meridian: Greenwich
Angular Unit: Degree
Note: Regardless of what datum each particular project is in, deliverables to the City
must be converted/translated into this preferred grid datum. 1 copy of the deliverable
should be in the project datum (whatever it may be) and 1 copy should be in the NAD83,
TX North Central 4202 zone. See Preferred File Naming Convention below
F. Preferred Deliverable Format
.txt .csv .dwg .job
G. Preferred Data Format
P,N,E,Z,D,N
Point Number, Northing, Easting, Elevation, Description, Notes (if applicable)
H. Preferred File Naming Convention
This is the preferred format: City Project Number_Description_Datum.csv
Example for a project that has surface coordinates which must be translated:
File 1: C1234_As-built of Water on Main Street_Grid NAD83 TXSP 4202.csv
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 6 of 22
File 2: C1234_As-built of Water on Main Street_Project Specific Datum.csv
Example Control Stakes
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 7 of 22
V. Water Staking Standards
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 8 of 22
A. Centerline Staking – Straight Line Tangents
I. Offset lath/stakes every 200’ on even stations
II. Painted blue lath/stake only, no hub is required
III. Grade is to top of pipe (T/P) for 12” diameter pipes or smaller
IV. Grade to flow line (F/L) for 16” and larger diameter pipes
V. Grade should be 3.50’ below the proposed top of curb line for 10” and smaller
diameter pipes
VI. Grade should be 4.00’ below the proposed top of curb line for 12” and larger
diameter pipes
VII. Cut Sheets are required on all staking and a copy can be received from the
survey superintendent
Optional: Actual stakes shall consist of a 60D nail or hub set with a whisker
B. Centerline Staking - Curves
I. If arc length is greater than 100’, POC (Point of Curvature) offset stakes should
be set at a 25’ interval
II. Same grading guidelines as above
III. Staking of radius points of greater than 100’ may be omitted
C. Water Meter Boxes
I. 7.0’ perpendicular offset is preferred to the center of the box
II. Center of the meter should be 3.0’ behind the proposed face of curb
III. Meter should be staked a minimum of 4.5’ away from the edge of a driveway
IV. Grade is to top of box and should be +0.06’ higher than the proposed top of
curb unless shown otherwise on the plans
D. Fire Hydrants
I. Center of Hydrant should be 3.0’ behind proposed face of curb
II. Survey offset stake should be 7.0’ from the center and perpendicular to the curb
line or water main
III. Grade of hydrants should be +0.30 higher than the adjacent top of curb
E. Water Valves & Vaults
I. Offsets should be perpendicular to the proposed water main
II. RIM grades should only be provided if on plans
Example Water Stakes
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 9 of 22
VI. Sanitary Sewer Staking
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 10 of 22
A. Centerline Staking – Straight Line Tangents
I. Inverts shall be field verified and compared against the plans before staking
II. Painted green lath/stake WITH hub and tack or marker dot, no flagging required
III. 1 offset stake between manholes if manholes are 400’ or less apart
IV. Offset stakes should be located at even distances and perpendicular to the
centerline
V. Grades will be per plan and the date of the plans used should be noted
VI. If multiple lines are at one manhole, each line shall have a cut/fill and direction
noted
VII. Stakes at every grade break
VIII. Cut sheets are required on all staking
Optional: Actual stakes shall consist of a 60D nail or hub set with a whisker
B. Centerline Staking – Curves
I. If arc length is greater than 100’, POC (Point of Curvature) offset stakes should
be set at a 25’ interval
II. Staking of radius points of greater than 100’ may be omitted
C. Sanitary Sewer Manholes
I. 2 offset stakes per manhole for the purpose of providing alignment to the
contractor
II. Flowline grade should be on the lath/stake for each flowline and direction noted
III. RIM grade should only be on the stake when provided in the plans
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 11 of 22
Example Sanitary Sewer Stakes
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 12 of 22
VII. Storm Sewer & Inlet Staking
A. Centerline Staking – Straight Line Tangents
I. 1 offset stake every 200’ on even stations
II. Grades are to flowline of pipe unless otherwise shown on plans
III. Stakes at every grade break
IV. Cut sheets are required on all staking
Optional: Actual stakes shall consist of a 60D nail or hub set with a whisker
B. Centerline Staking – Curves
I. If arc length is greater than 100’, POC (Point of Curvature) offset stakes should
be set at a 25’ interval
II. Staking of radius points of greater than 100’ may be omitted
C. Storm Drain Inlets
I. Staking distances should be measured from end of wing
II. Standard 10’ Inlet = 16.00’ total length
III. Recessed 10’ Inlet = 20.00’ total length
IV. Standard double 10’ inlet = 26.67’ total length
V. Recessed double 10’ inlet = 30.67’ total length
D. Storm Drain Manholes
I. 2 offset stakes per manhole for the purpose of providing alignment to the
contractor
II. Flowline grade should be on the lath/stake for each flowline and direction noted
III. RIM grade should only be on the stake when provided in the plans
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 13 of 22
Example Storm Inlet Stakes
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 14 of 22
VIII. Curb and Gutter Staking
A. Centerline Staking – Straight Line Tangents
V. 1 offset stake every 50’ on even stations
VI. Grades are to top of curb unless otherwise shown on plans
VII. Stakes at every grade break
VIII. Cut sheets are required on all staking
Optional: Actual stakes shall consist of a 60D nail or hub set with a whisker
B. Centerline Staking – Curves
III. If arc length is greater than 100’, POC (Point of Curvature) offset stakes should
be set at a 25’ interval
IV. Staking of radius points of greater than 100’ may be omitted
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 15 of 22
Example Curb & Gutter Stakes
Example Curb & Gutter Stakes at Intersection
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 16 of 22
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 17 of 22
IX. Cut Sheets
A. Date of field work
B. Staking Method (GPS, total station)
C. Project Name
D. City Project Number (Example: C01234)
E. Location (Address, cross streets, GPS coordinate)
F. Survey company name
G. Crew chief name
H. A blank template can be obtained from the survey superintendent (see item I above)
Standard City Cut Sheet
Date:
City Project
Number:
Project Name:
Staking Method:GPS
TOTAL
STATION OTHER
LOCATION:
CONSULTANT/CONTRACTOR
SURVEY CREW INITIALS
ALL GRADES ARE TO FLOWLINE OR TOP OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
PT # STATION
OFFSET DESCRIPTION PROP. STAKED - CUT + FILL-LT/+RT GRADE ELEV.
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 18 of 22
X. As-built Survey
A. Definition and Purpose
The purpose of an as-built survey is to verify the asset was installed in the proper location
and grade. Furthermore, the information gathered will be used to supplement the City’s GIS
data and must be in the proper format when submitted. See section IV.
As-built survey should include the following (additional items may be requested):
Manholes
Top of pipe elevations every 250 feet
Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All Fittings)
Cathodic protection test stations
Sampling stations
Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes)
Fire lines
Fire hydrants
Gate valves (rim and top of nut)
Plugs, stub-outs, dead-end lines
Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe)
Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid)
Pressure plane valves
Cleaning wyes
Clean outs
Casing pipe (each end)
Inverts of pipes
Turbo Meters
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 19 of 22
B. Example Deliverable
A hand written red line by the field surveyor is acceptable in most cases. This should be
a copy of the plans with the point number noted by each asset. If the asset is missing,
then the surveyor should write “NOT FOUND” to notify the City.
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 20 of 22
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 21 of 22
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 22 of 22
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 23 of 23
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 24 of 24
Obviously the .csv or .txt file cannot be signed/sealed by a surveyor in the format
requested. This is just an example and all this information should be noted when
delivered to the City so it is clear to what coordinate system the data is in.
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 25 of 25
C. Other preferred as-built deliverable
Some vendors have indicated that it is easier to deliver this information in a different
format. Below is an example spreadsheet that is also acceptable and can be obtained by
request from the survey superintendent.
O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71
23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx
Page 26 of 26
01 71 23 - 1
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised February 14, 2018
SECTION 01 71 23
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Requirements for construction staking and construction survey
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Construction Staking
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
2)
prorated by work completed compared to total work included in the lump
sum item.
c. The price bid shall include, but not be limited to the following:
1) Verification of control data provided by City.
2) Placement, maintenance and replacement of required stakes and markings
in the field.
3) Preparation and submittal of construction staking documentation in the
2. Construction Survey
a. Measurement
1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be
allowed.
3. As-Built Survey
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
-
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 71 23 - 2
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised February 14, 2018
2) tial payments
prorated by work completed compared to total work included in the lump sum
item.
c. The price bid shall include, but not be limited to the following::
1) Field measurements and survey shots to identify location of completed
facilities.
2) Documentation and submittal of as-built survey data onto contractor redline
plans and digital survey files.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Definitions
1. Construction Survey - The survey measurements made prior to or while
construction is in progress to control elevation, horizontal position, dimensions and
configuration of structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings.
2. As-built Survey The measurements made after the construction of the
improvement features are complete to provide position coordinates for the features
of a project.
3. Construction Staking The placement of stakes and markings to provide offsets
and elevations to cut and fill in order to locate on the ground the designed
structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings. Construction staking
shall include staking easements and/or right of way if indicated on the plans.
4. Measurements made after construction staking is
completed and before construction work begins to ensure that structures marked on
the ground are accurately located per Project Drawings.
B. Technical References
1. City of Fort Worth
website) 01 71 23.16.01_ Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards
2. City of Fort Worth - Standard Survey Data Collector Library (fxl) files (available
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Survey Manual, latest revision
4. Texas Society of Professional Land Surveyors (TSPS), Manual of Practice for Land
Surveying in the State of Texas, Category 5
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Code 2254 (qualifications based selection) for this project.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
B. All submittals shall be received and reviewed by the City prior to delivery of work.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Field Quality Control Submittals
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 71 23 - 3
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised February 14, 2018
1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work, including coordinate
conversions if plans do not indicate grid or ground coordinates.
2. -
(refer to 01 71 23.16.01 Attachment A Survey Staking Standards).
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
B. As-built Redline Drawing Submittal
1. Submit As-Built Survey Redline Drawings documenting the locations/elevations of
constructed improvements signed and sealed by Registered Professional Land
Surveyor (RPLS) responsible for the work (refer to 01 71 23.16.01 Attachment A
Survey Staking Standards) .
2. Contractor shall submit the proposed as-built and completed redline drawing
submittal one (1) week prior to scheduling the project final inspection for City
review and comment. Revisions, if necessary, shall be made to the as-built redline
drawings and resubmitted to the City prior to scheduling the construction final
inspection.
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Construction Staking
1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor.
2. Coordination
a. at least one week in advance notifying
the City of when Construction Staking is scheduled.
b.
construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted.
3. General
a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes. If City
surveyors are required to re-stake for any reason, the Contractor will be
responsible for costs to perform staking. If in the opinion of the City, a
sufficient number of stakes or markings have been lost, destroyed disturbed or
omitted that the contracted Work cannot take place then the Contractor will be
required to stake or re-stake the deficient areas.
B. Construction Survey
1. Construction Survey will be performed by the Contractor.
2. Coordination
a. Contractor to verify that horizontal and vertical control data established in the
design survey and required for construction survey is available and in place.
3. General
a. Construction survey will be performed in order to construct the work shown
on the Construction Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents.
b. For construction methods other than open cut, the Contractor shall perform
construction survey and verify control data including, but not limited to, the
following:
1) Verification that established benchmarks and control are accurate.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 71 23 - 4
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised February 14, 2018
2) Use of Benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades
for tunneling.
3) Use of line and grades to establish the location of the pipe.
4) Submit to the City copies of field notesused to establish all lines and
grades, if requested, and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior
to beginning each tunneling drive.
5) Provide access for the City, if requested, to verify the guidance system and
the line and grade of the carrier pipe.
6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and
correction of it, as required.
7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction.
8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe
joint and submit daily records to the City.
9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances (as outlined in
Sections 33 05 23 and/or 33 05 24), immediately notify the City and correct
the installation in accordance with the Contract Documents.
C. As-Built Survey
1. Required As-Built Survey will be performed by the Contractor.
2. Coordination
a. Contractor is to coordinate with City to confirm which features require as-
built surveying.
b. It is the Contractor as-built survey and
required measurements for items that are to be buried such that construction
activities are not delayed or negatively impacted.
c. and under in diameter, it is acceptable
to physically measure depth and mark the location during the progress of
construction and take as-built survey after the facility has been buried. The
Contractor is responsible for the quality control needed to ensure accuracy.
3. General
a. The Contractor shall provide as-built survey including the elevation and
location (and provide written documentation to the City) of construction
features during the progress of the construction including the following:
1) Water Lines
a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following
locations:
(1) Minimum every 250 linear feet, including
(2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature,
etc.
(3) Fire line tee
(4) Plugs, stub-outs, dead-end lines
(5) Casing pipe (each end) and all buried fittings
2) Sanitary Sewer
a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for force mains and siphon
sanitary sewer lines (non-gravity facilities) at the following locations:
(1) Minimum every 250 linear feet and any buried fittings
(2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature,
etc.
3) Stormwater Not Applicable
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 71 23 - 5
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised February 14, 2018
b. The Contractor shall provide as-built survey including the elevation and
location (and provide written documentation to the City) of construction
features after the construction is completed including the following:
1) Manholes
a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole
2) Water Lines
a) Cathodic protection test stations
b) Sampling stations
c) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes)
d) Fire hydrants
e) Valves (gate, butterfly, etc.)
f) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe)
g) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid)
h) Pressure plane valves
i) Underground Vaults
(1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each
Underground Vault.
3) Sanitary Sewer
a) Cleanouts
(1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each
b) Manholes and Junction Structures
(1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each
manhole and junction structure.
4) Stormwater Not Applicable
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. A construction survey will produce, but will not be limited to:
1. Recovery of relevant control points, points of curvature and points of intersection.
2. Establish temporary horizontal and vertical control elevations (benchmarks)
sufficiently permanent and located in a manner to be used throughout construction.
3. The location of planned facilities, easements and improvements.
a. Establishing final line and grade stakes for piers, floors, grade beams, parking
areas, utilities, streets, highways, tunnels, and other construction.
b. A record of revisions or corrections noted in an orderly manner for reference.
c. A drawing, when required by the client, indicating the horizontal and vertical
location of facilities, easements and improvements, as built.
4. Cut sheets shall be provided to the City inspector and Survey Superintendent for all
construction staking projects. These cut sheets shall be on the standard city template
which can be obtained from the Survey Superintendent (817-392-7925).
5. Digital survey files in the following formats shall be acceptable:
a. AutoCAD (.dwg)
b. ESRI Shapefile (.shp)
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 71 23 - 6
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised February 14, 2018
c. CSV file (.csv), formatted with X and Y coordinates in separate columns (use
standard templates, if available)
6. Survey files shall include vertical and horizontal data tied to original project
control and benchmarks, and shall include feature descriptions
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS
A. Tolerances:
1. The staked location of any improvement or facility should be as accurate as
practical and necessary. The degree of precision required is dependent on many
factors all of which must remain judgmental. The tolerances listed hereafter are
based on generalities and, under certain circumstances, shall yield to specific
requirements. The surveyor shall assess any situation by review of the overall plans
and through consultation with responsible parties as to the need for specific
tolerances.
a. Earthwork: Grades for earthwork or rough cut should not exceed 0.1 ft. vertical
tolerance. Horizontal alignment for earthwork and rough cut should not exceed
1.0 ft. tolerance.
b. Horizontal alignment on a structure shall be within .0.1ft tolerance.
c. Paving or concrete for streets, curbs, gutters, parking areas, drives, alleys and
walkways shall be located within the confines of the site boundaries and,
occasionally, along a boundary or any other restrictive line. Away from any
restrictive line, these facilities should be staked with an accuracy producing no
more than 0.05ft. tolerance from their specified locations.
d. Underground and overhead utilities, such as sewers, gas, water, telephone and
electric lines, shall be located horizontally within their prescribed areas or
easements. Within assigned areas, these utilities should be staked with an
accuracy producing no more than 0.1 ft tolerance from a specified location.
e. The accuracy required for the vertical location of utilities varies widely. Many
underground utilities require only a minimum cover and a tolerance of 0.1 ft.
should be maintained. Underground and overhead utilities on planned profile,
but not depending on gravity flow for performance, should not exceed 0.1 ft.
tolerance.
B.
specifications or in compliance to standards. The City reserves the right to request a
calibration report at any time and recommends regular maintenance schedule be
performed by a certified technician every 6 months.
1. Field measurements of angles and distances shall be done in such fashion as to
satisfy the closures and tolerances expressed in Part 3.1.A.
2. Vertical locations shall be established from a pre-established benchmark and
checked by closing to a different bench mark on the same datum.
3. Construction survey f
or conflicts found shall be reported promptly to the City.
4. Revisions, corrections and other pertinent data shall be logged for future reference.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 71 23 - 7
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised February 14, 2018
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 APPLICATION
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION
A.
monuments/points set by the City, the monuments shall be adequately referenced for
expedient restoration.
1. Notify City if any control data needs to be restored or replaced due to damage
caused during construction operations.
a. Contractor shall perform replacements and/or restorations.
b.
or benchmarks that are set be verified by the City surveyors before further
associated work can move forward.
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
City in accordance with this Specification. This includes easements and right of way, if
noted on the plans.
B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Survey Checks
1. The City reserves the right to perform a Survey Check at any time deemed
necessary.
2. Checks by City personnel or 3rd party contracted surveyor are not intended to
relieve the contractor of his/her responsibility for accuracy.
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 71 23 - 8
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised February 14, 2018
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/31/2012 D. Johnson
8/31/2017 M. Owen
Added instruction and modified measurement & payment under 1.2; added
definitions and references under 1.3; modified 1.6; added 1.7 closeout submittal
requirements; modified 1.9 Quality Assurance; added PART 2 PRODUCTS ;
Added 3.1 Installers; added 3.5 Repair/Restoration; and added 3.8 System Startup.
2/14/2018 M Owen
tions for Construction
Staking and As-Built Survey; added reference to selection compliance with TGC
2254; revised action and Closeout submittal requirements; added acceptable depth
measurement criteria; revised list of items requiring as-
; and revised acceptable digital survey file format
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 74 23 - 1
CLEANING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 74 23
CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed
systems specified elsewhere
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
3. Section 32 92 13 Hydro-Mulching, Seeding and Sodding
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Scheduling
1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by
cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces.
2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final
inspection.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for
those materials.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 74 23 - 2
CLEANING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents
1. Compatible with surface being cleaned
2. New and uncontaminated
3. For manufactured surfaces
a. Material recommended by manufacturer
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED]
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING
A. General
1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions.
2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of
governing authorities.
3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in
storm or sanitary drains or sewers.
4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site.
5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an
alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 74 23 - 3
CLEANING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible.
7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with
this project.
8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction
of required permanent Work.
9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to
have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor.
10. Do not burn on-site.
B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction
1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of
personnel in existing facility operations.
2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s):
a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind
b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities
c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week
4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting.
a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance.
5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which
may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm.
C. Interior Final Cleaning
1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other
foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces.
2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean.
3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
5. Ventilating systems
a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated
during construction.
b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during
construction.
6. Replace all burned out lamps.
7. Broom clean process area floors.
8. Mop office and control room floors.
D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning
1. Remove trash and debris containers from site.
a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance
with Section 32 92 13.
2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object
that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway.
3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures,
junction boxes and inlets.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 74 23 - 4
CLEANING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by
City, remove erosion control from site.
5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc.
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 77 19 -1
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 22, 2021
SECTION 01 77 191
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL3
1.1 SUMMARY4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedure for closing out a contract 6
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 14
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS17
A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 18
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, 19
certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are 20
satisfactorily filed with the City. 21
B. Release of Liens or Claims 22
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of 23
release of liens has been submitted to the City.24
1.5 SUBMITTALS25
A. Submit all required documentation to City’s Project Representative. 26
27
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]28
29
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]30
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]31
32
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 77 19 -2
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 22, 2021
PART 3 - EXECUTION1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]4
3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE5
A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 6
1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39 7
2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23 8
B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 9
01 74 23. 10
C. Final Inspection11
1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work 12
is completed. 13
a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. 14
b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in 15
writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection 16
reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 17
2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work 18
required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the 19
City. 20
3. The Right-of-way shall be cleared of all construction materials, barricades, and 21
temporary signage. 22
4. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written 23
notice, inform the City that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt of 24
this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent Final 25
Inspection of the project. 26
5. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full 27
operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: 28
a. Specified spare parts 29
b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment 30
c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks 31
d. Light bulbs 32
e. Fuses 33
f. Vault keys 34
g. Handwheels 35
h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all 36
equipment 37
D. Notice of Project Completion 38
1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection 39
to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet). 40
E. Supporting Documentation 41
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 77 19 -3
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised March 22, 2021
1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following 1
additional forms:2
a. Final Payment Request3
b. Statement of Contract Time 4
c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens 5
d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment 6
e. Pipe Report (if required) 7
f. Contractor’s Evaluation of City 8
g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor 9
F. Letter of Final Acceptance 10
1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting 11
Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of 12
Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 13
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]14
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]15
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]16
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]17
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]18
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]19
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]20
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]21
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]22
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]23
END OF SECTION24
25
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3/22/2021 M Owen 3.4 C. Added language to clarify and emphasize requirement to “Clearing ROW”
26
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 78 23 - 1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
SECTION 01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and
operation of products furnished under Contract
2. Such products may include, but are not limited to:
a. Traffic Controllers
b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City)
c. Butterfly Valves
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Schedule
1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product
shipment to the project site.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 . All submittals shall be
approved by the City prior to delivery.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Form
1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel.
2. Format
a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches
b. Paper
1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages
2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal
c.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 78 23 - 2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
d. Drawings
1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text
2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages.
e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating
equipment.
1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of
equipment.
2) Provide indexed tabs.
f. Cover
1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
2) List:
a) Title of Project
b) Identity of separate structure as applicable
c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual
3. Binders
a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers
b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
groupings.
4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual.
B. Manual Content
1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order
a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number
b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume
c. List, with each product:
1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer
2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the
volume
3) Identify area of responsibility of each
4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement
d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set
forth in Contract Documents.
2. Product Data
a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
b. Annotate each sheet to:
1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed
2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation
3) Delete references to inapplicable information
3. Drawings
a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems
2) Control and flow diagrams
b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure
correct illustration of completed installation.
c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings.
4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 78 23 - 3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued
a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving:
1) Proper procedures in event of failure
2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds
C. Manual for Materials and Finishes
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form.
2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
1) Catalog number, size, composition
2) Color and texture designations
3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products
b. Instructions for care and maintenance
1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods
2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to
product
3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance
3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products:
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
1) Applicable standards
2) Chemical composition
3) Details of installation
b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair
D. Manual for Equipment and Systems
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form.
2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
a. Description of unit and component parts
1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
b. Operating procedures
1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions
2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions
3) Summer and winter operating instructions
4) Special operating instructions
c. Maintenance procedures
1) Routine operations
2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
4) Alignment, adjusting and checking
d. Servicing and lubrication schedule
1) List of lubricants required
e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions
f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer
1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear
2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts
g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer
h. Each contractor's coordination drawings
1) As installed color coded piping diagrams
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 78 23 - 4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve
j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
a. Description of system and component parts
1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
b. Circuit directories of panelboards
1) Electrical service
2) Controls
3) Communications
c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams
d. Operating procedures
1) Routine and normal operating instructions
2) Sequences required
3) Special operating instructions
e. Maintenance procedures
1) Routine operations
2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
4) Adjustment and checking
f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions
g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent
during instruction of City's personnel.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria:
1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products
2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data
3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 78 23 - 5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised December 20, 2012
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/31/2012 D. Johnson 1.5.A.1 title of section removed
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 78 39 - 1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
SECTION 01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project
documents, including:
a. Record Drawings
b. Water Meter Service Reports
c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports
d. Large Water Meter Reports
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division 1 General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to
.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Accuracy of Records
1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate
and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and
other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly.
2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract
Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project
Record Documents.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 78 39 - 2
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of
information that the change has occurred.
4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and
visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and
expensive site measurement, investigation and examination.
1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration
and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded
data to the final Project Record Documents.
2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data
to the City's approval.
a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the
Contract Documents.
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Job set
1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no
charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract.
B. Final Record Documents
1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide
the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Job Set
1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the
title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET".
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 78 39 - 3
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
2. Preservation
a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions
upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination,
and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a
suitable method for protecting the job set.
b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review
by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents.
c. Maintain the job set at the site of work.
3. Coordination with Construction Survey
a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23,
clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with
installation of the infrastructure.
4. Making entries on Drawings
a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents.
b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the
change by graphic line and note as required.
c. Date all entries.
d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected.
e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping
changes.
5. Conversion of schematic layouts
a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping,
ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to
portray precise physical layout.
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
City's approval.
2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require
accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are
shown only schematically on the Drawings.
b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1
inch, the centerline of each run of items.
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
City's approval.
2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in
ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like).
3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related
reliably to the Specifications.
c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts
where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However,
do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing
by the City.
B. Final Project Record Documents
1. Transfer of data to Drawings
a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the
corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required.
b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of
changes made during construction, and the actual location of items.
BWA Water Connection
105248
01 78 39 - 4
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number]
Revised July 1, 2011
c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas
affected.
d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure
longevity and clear reproduction.
2. Transfer of data to other Documents
a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of
the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City,
the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final
Record Documents.
b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that
Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and
handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval
of the City.
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
BWA Water Connection
105248
PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
SECTION 01560
PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.
1.02
CONTRACTOR, in executing Work, shall maintain Work areas on- and off-site free from
environmental pollution that would be in violation of federal, state or local regulations.
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This item is considered subsidiary to the structure or items being placed
2. Payment
a. All work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item are
subsidiary to the structure or items being placed and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03
A.
1.04
A.
B.
PROTECTION OF STORM SEWERS
Prevent construction material, pavement, concrete, earth or other debris from entering existing
storm or sanitary sewer structure.
PROTECTION OF WATERWAYS
Observe rules and regulations of State of Texas and agencies of U.S. government prohibiting
pollution of lakes, streams, rivers or wetlands by dumping of refuse, rubbish, dredge material or
debris.
1. Any permits required shall be obtained by CONTRACTOR at CONTRACTOR'S cost.
Provide holding ponds or approved method which will divert flows, including storm flows and
flows created by construction activity, to prevent excessive silting of waterways or flooding
damage to property.
C. Comply with procedures outlined in the most current versions of U.S. EPA manuals entitled,
"Guidelines for Erosion and Sedimentation Control Planning and Implementation," Manual
EPA-72-015 and "Processes, Procedures, and Methods to Control Pollution Resulting from All
Construction Activity," Manual EPA 43019-73-007.
1.05 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY
A. Minimize air pollution by requiring use of properly operating combustion emission control
devices on construction vehicles and equipment and encourage shutdown of motorized
equipment not in use.
'L-�
08/05/22
Do not burn trash on construction site.
Page 1 of 2 01560
S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\01560.doc
PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
C. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of Work, they shall not cause air
pollution.
1.06 USE OF CHEMICALS
A. Chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether herbicide,
pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, shall be approved by U.S.
EPA or U.S. Department of Agriculture or any other applicable regulatory agency.
B. Use and disposal of chemicals and residues shall comply with manufacturer's instructions.
1.07 NOISE CONTROL
A. Conduct operations to cause least annoyance to residents in vicinity of Work, and comply with
applicable local ordinances.
B. Equip compressors, hoists, and other apparatus with mechanical devices necessary to minimize
noise and dust. Equip compressors with silencers on intake lines.
C. Equip gasoline or oil-operated equipment with silencers or mufflers on intake and exhaust lines.
D. Line storage bins and hoppers with material that will deaden sounds.
E. Route vehicles carrying rock, concrete or other material over such streets as will cause least
annoyance to public and do not operate on public streets between hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00
a.m., or on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays unless approved by Engineer or Owner.
1.08 DUST CONTROL
A. Due to close geographic location of Project to other off-site facilities take special care in
providing and maintaining temporary site roadways, Owner's existing roads, and public roads
used during construction operations in clean, dust free condition.
B. Comply with local environmental regulations for dust control. If Contractor's dust control
measures are considered inadequate by Engineer or Owner, Engineer or Owner may require
Contractor to take additional dust control measures.
PART2 PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not Used)
END OF SECTION
Page 2 of 2 01560
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\01560.doc
CONTROL OF GROUND
WATER AND SURFACE WATER
SECTION 01563
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and shaft excavations and
foundation beds in dry and stable condition, and controlling ground water conditions for tunnel
excavations.
B. Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters.
C. Disposing of removed water.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This item is considered subsidiary to the structure or items being placed
2. Payment
a. All work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item are
subsidiary to the structure or items being placed and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate
Mixtures, Using 5.5-Ib (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-inch (304.8 mm) Drop.
B. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA).
C. Federal Register 40 CFR (Vol. 55, No. 222) Part 122, EPA Administered Permit Programs
(NPDES), Para.122.26(b)(14) Storm Water Discharge.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water-bearing soil
layers.
1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would
otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations, or into tunnels and shafts,
and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of
tunnel excavations and excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from
slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing;
improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent
failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for
placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations.
Page 1 of 6 01563
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\01563.doc
CONTROL OF GROUND
WATER AND SURFACE WATER
Depressurization includes reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not
controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of
excavation bottom or instability of tunnel excavations.
B. Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water and may
be achieved by placement of drainage layer and sump pumping.
C. Surface drainage includes use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of
temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from
any source of surface water.
D. Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system
includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and
recording flow rates.
1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters
for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems.
B. Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29
CFR Part 1926 and City of Fort Worth Specifications, to produce the following results:
Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting:
a. Excavations.
b. Tunnel excavation, face stability or seepage into tunnels.
2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations.
3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities,
and other work.
4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation
strata.
5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations.
C. Provide ground water control systems which may include single-stage or multiple-stage well
point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these
equipment types.
D. Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source
entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials,
such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping.
E. Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water
from excavation and other work areas.
F. Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities,
construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells.
G. Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage
resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant
damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems
Page 2 of 6 01563
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\01563.doc
CONTROL OF GROUND
WATER AND SURFACE WATER
H
1.06
A
�
C«
D
1.07
A.
or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site
improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated
areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the
system to protect property as required.
Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as
required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent
structures, and water wells.
Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required
to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport
from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system.
Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left
for CONTRACTOR'S monitoring and use.
SUBMITTALS
Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01 33 00 - Submittals.
Submit the following records upon completed installation:
1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells.
2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells.
3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells.
4. Initial flow rates.
Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations:
1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of
dewatering and depressurization. Refer to Paragraph 3.02, Requirements for Eductor,
Well Points, or Deep Wells.
2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring
wel Is.
Submit the following records at end of work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for
monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for
CONTRACTOR's monitoring and use.
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction.
B. Comply with Texas Commission on Environmental Quality regulations and Texas Water Well
Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering
system.
C
C
08/05/22
Obtain permit from EPA under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES),
for storm water discharge from construction sites.
Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and
matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural
Page 3 of 6 01563
S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\01563.doc
CONTROL OF GROUND
WATER AND SURFACE WATER
water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to
pursue and submit for the required approvals.
E. Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of
potentially contaminated sites.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results
for dewatering.
B. Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by
an experienced Contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design,
installation, and operation.
C. All equipment must be in good repair and operating order.
D. Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous
operation, where required.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL
A. Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers,
piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control
systems. PerForm pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the
waterbearing layers.
B. Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle
ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor
effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property.
C. Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems.
D. Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for
appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system.
E. Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate
required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of
subsequent operations.
F. Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation,
depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed
works.
G. Maintain water level below subgrade elevation, or to elevations indicated on Drawings, unless a
higher level is authorized by Engineer. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has
achieved its design strength.
Page 4 of 6 01563
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\01563.doc
CONTROL OF GROUND
WATER AND SURFACE WATER
H. During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet
below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift
pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or
backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48
hour after placement.
Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe
drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections
at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout when pipe is
removed from service.
Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated
underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand
hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground
system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove
it when no longer required.
K. Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or
ground water is no longer required.
L. Replace any excavation performed for convenience of dewatering in foundation beds with
materials as impermeable as original foundation material. Compact backfill to not less than 95
percent of the maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D698, or as indicated on
Drawings.
3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS
A. Submit a certification that the ground water control system including eductors, well points, or
deep well is in compliance with the criteria of Governing Agencies.
B. For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of
clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that
discharge from each installation can be visually monitored.
C. Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in
water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for
monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and
monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work.
D. Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the
associated excavation.
E. Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where
auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing
system such that the criteria of the ground water control plan are satisfied.
F. Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development.
G. Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, in the event that
the installations according to the ground water control plan does not provide satisfactory results
based on the perFormance criteria defined by the plan and by the specification.
Page 5 of 6 01563
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\01563.doc
CONTROL OF GROUND
WATER AND SURFACE WATER
3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE
A. CONTRACTOR may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained
conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabric,
and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain
stable excavation and backfill conditions.
3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION
A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground
water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area or seepage into
tunnel is occurring. Keep system in good condition.
B. Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or
wells as necessary to meet observation schedule.
C. Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as
necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make
observations, as specified.
D. Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control
operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer.
3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING
A. Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or
eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground
water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved and
twice weekly thereafter.
B. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in
operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are
removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are
required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take
measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose.
3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL
A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb
walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requirement includes temporary works
required to protect adjoining properties from surFace drainage caused by construction
operations.
B. Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm
drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling basins when required
by such agencies.
END OF SECTION
Page 6 of 6 01563
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\01563.doc
SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Clearing and grubbing.
2. Stripping topsoil.
SECTION 02100
SITE PREPARATION
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item shall
be paid for under the lump sum price bid for "Site Preparation", and no other
compensation will be allowed.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Structures and Surface Features: Existing structures and surface features including buildings,
pavements, curb and gutter, signs, posts, fences, trees, shrubs, landscaped surface features,
and other miscellaneous items.
B. Utilities: Existing gas mains, water mains, steam lines, electric lines and conduits, telephone
and other communication lines and conduits, sewer pipe, cable television, other utilities, and
appurtenances.
C. Clearing and Grubbing: Cutting and disposing of trees, brush, windfalls, logs, and other
vegetation, and removing and disposing of roots, stumps, stubs, grubs, logs, and other timber.
D. Salvaged Topsoil: Natural loam, sandy loam, silt loam, silty clay loam, or clay loam humus-
bearing soils available from overlying portions of areas to be excavated for construction.
PART2 PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Provide 48 hours notice, prior to beginning construction, to owners of existing utilities.
B. Provide protection and support during construction for existing utilities, structures, and surface
features at no separate pay.
3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Clear and grub areas specified on the Drawings.
Page 1 of 2 02100
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\02100.doc
SITE PREPARATION
B. Remove shrubs, trees, stumps, vegetation, rubbish, and other perishable or objectionable
matter. during clearing and grubbing operations.
C. Grub to depth of not less than 12 in. below original ground surface or subgrade not less than 36
in. where roots and stumps exist.
D. Dispose of materials removed by clearing and grubbing in accordance with applicable
regulations.
3.03 STRIPPING TOPSOIL
A. Cut or mow and remove grass, weeds, and other vegetation before stripping topsoil.
B. Remove topsoil to entire depth in areas where grade is to be raised and in areas to be covered
by structure, walk or paving. Stockpile area to be arranged with Engineer. Stockpile for proper
drainage.
C. Strip stockpile areas of vegetation prior to stockpiling.
D. Stripped topsoil shall be free from clay, stones, vegetation, and debris.
END OF SECTION
Page 2 of 2 02100
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\02100.doc
PAINTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
Surface preparation, priming, and finishing of interior and exterior of existing and proposed
items and surfaces including the fence.
B. All painting in connection with this project shall meet the requirements of this Section of the
Specifications. In case of conflict between the painting requirement of this Section and other
Sections of the Specifications, the requirements of this Section shall prevail.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This item is considered subsidiary to the structure or items being placed
2. Payment
a. All work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item are
subsidiary to the structure or items being placed and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Paint: The term "painY' as used herein includes emulsions, enamels, stains, varnishes, sealers,
and other coatings, organic or inorganic, whether they be used as prime, intermediate, or finish
coats. This definition does not include troweled or metal-sprayed coating.
B. Shop Painting. The term "shop painting" as referred to herein and/or on the drawings, covers
operations and paint used in painting material or equipment in a shop or plant before shipment
to the job site for erection or installation.
C. Field Painting. The term "field painting" as referred to herein and/or on the drawings covers the
application of paint coats at the construction site. Field painting shall normally be accomplished
after erection except for surfaces to be coated which are inaccessible after erection.
D. New Surfaces. New surfaces refers to unpainted surfaces of newly fabricated structures and
items which are to receive paint coats.
E. Touch-up Painting. Touch-up painting refers to the application of paint on small areas of painted
surfaces to repair mars and scratches and to restore the coating to an unbroken condition.
F. Repainting. Repainting designates the cleaning and recoating of extensive areas on which the
existing coatings have deteriorated or otherwise do not provide adequate surface protection.
G. Blast Cleaning. Blast cleaning designates the cleaning of surfaces by forceful impingement of
abrasive particles thereon by clean, dry and oil free air blast or centrifugal action and includes
sandblasting and grit blasting.
Page 1 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
H. Architectural Surfaces. Architectural surfaces refers to the exteriors of buildings, the interior of
buildings (finish spaces) for the occupancy of people such as office and laboratory space (not
mechanical equipment), and wood, masonry, plaster, stucco, and wall board regardless of where
located.
Mechanical Surfaces. Mechanical surfaces refers to all submerged surfaces, all machinery and
piping, the interior of all mechanical building (except wood, masonry, plaster, stucco, or wall
board) subject to environmental contaminations such as pump rooms, sludge handling buildings,
etc.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit for approval by the Engineer the paint manufacturer's technical
information including, specifications and data on the proposed paints and detailed surface
preparation, application procedures, dry mil thickness, certificates and test reports, as required
by Method 1031.2, Federal Test Method Standard 141. All suppliers shall be notified of the
Paint Manufacturer selected, and all shop-supplied paint shall also meet these specifications.
After approval of the Paint Manufacturer, substitutions will not be considered.
B. Contact with Potable Water. Any surface to be coated which will be in contact with potable
water shall receive coatings which meet the F.D.A. requirements for accepted ingredient
materials, and which are listed by the U.S. Public Health Service as acceptable for Potable
Water Tank Linings for Interstate Carrier use. Coating shall also meet EPA, National Sanitation
Foundation (NSF), and ANSI/NSF Standard 61 requirements for coatings in contact with potable
water. Certify in writing, by an organization accredited by ANSI, that these requirements have
been met. Such certification shall be furnished to the ENGINEER as a prerequisite to final
acceptance of the Project by the Owner.
C. Submit six (6) complete sets of paint color charts for all colors manufactured or available from
the paint supplier.
Color selection shall be made by Owner.
1.05 QUALITY CONTROL
A. The paints and the paint products mentioned in the following specifications are set up as
standards of quality. Other top-of-the-line paints of nationally known and reputable
manufacturers comparable in quality and type to those specified will be considered if said paints
are offered by the Contractor with satisfactory data on past performance, composition, directions
for use and other information required, and if approved by the Engineer. Technical bulletins
alone will not be considered as sufficient proof of equality. As a part of the proof of equality, the
Engineer may require at the cost of the Contractor, certified reports from a nationally known
reputable and independent testing laboratory conducting comparative tests as directed by the
Engineer between the product specified and the requested substitution. The comparative tests
shall have been made within two years prior to award of Contract.
B. All materials shall be brought to the job site in clean, original, sealed and labeled containers
bearing the following information:
1. Name or title of material.
2. Fed. Spec. number if applicable.
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4. Manufacturer's name.
5. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents.
6. Thinning and mixing instructions.
Page 2 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
7. Application instructions.
8. Color name and number.
9. Batch numbers.
10. Shelf life.
C. The Owner may have the cleaning and painting tested by an independent testing laboratory
during the cleaning and painting process. Any test revealing surface preparation or painting not
meeting the requirements of this Section of the Specifications will be at the expense of the
Contractor.
D. Contractor shall coordinate to assure surface preparation and prime coat applied by equipment
manufacturers are compatible with finish coat.
1.06 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor shall guarantee all paint and painting under this Contract for a minimum of
twelve (12) consecutive calendar months beginning with the date of final acceptance of this
Contract. Any part or all of any paint surface which, in the opinion of the Engineer, reveals any
blister, peel, flake, bubble, rust or other imperfections within the 12-month period specified
above, shall be, if the Engineer or Owner so directs, cleaned by abrasive blast to white metal as
specified in SSPC-SP-5, and shall be primed and painted at no expense to the Owner. Such
cleaning and painting shall be accomplished within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on
which the Contractor is notified by the Engineer or Owner that such cleaning and painting is
required. If the original paint was a substitution for that shown in the paint schedule, and the
paint failure is general over two large portions of the surface, then the surface shall be primed
and repainted with a paint of the Owner's choice.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PAINTS TO BE APPLIED
A. General. All paint and paint products furnished or applied in fulfilling the requirements of this
section of the Specifications shall be products of one paint manufacturer, except where
otherwise specified, such as Architectural finishes. The surface preparation and paints required
for various types of surFace and exposure are shown in the Paint Systems. The Contractor shall
coordinate to assure surface preparation and prime coat applied by equipment manufacturers
are compatible with the finish coat.
B. Fabricated and Assembled Items. Fabricated and assembled items which are normally painted
with special coatings in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice shall be touched
up in the field with the manufacturer's recommended touch-up procedures and paints to provide
an appearance satisfactory to the Engineer.
C. Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards. The safety color selected for the marking of
physical hazards and safety, fire fighting and protective equipment shall be in accordance with
OSHA 1910.144.
2.02 MANUFACTURERS
A. Ameron International
B. Carboline
C. Tnemec Company, Inc.
08/05/22
Page 3 of 12 09900
S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
D. The Sherwin — Williams Company
E. Or pre-approved equal — see City of Fort Worth Standard Products List.
2.03 SCHEDULE
A . General
1. Top-of-line products of the referenced manufacturer shall be used. Equivalent materials of
other manufacturers may be substituted upon written approval of the Engineer or Owner.
No submittals for substitution will be considered by the Engineer prior to bid date.
Requests for substitution must include manufacturer's literature for each product giving the
name, product number, generic type, descriptive information, solids by volume,
recommended dry film thickness and certified test reports showing results equal to the
performance of the products listed herein. Only those thinners recommended by the
manufacturer shall be used.
2. AWWA C104, C203, and C205 linings and coatings for cast iron and for steel pipe shall
apply for piping except where specifically indicated otherwise in individual sections of
these Specifications.
3. For purposes of determining coatings required where not specified, surfaces which are
intermittently submerged shall be considered as submerged.
4. Surfaces of piping, structures, and other items requiring a schedule for buried service and
another schedule for aboveground service shall be coated as follows:
The specified underground coating shall extend a minimum of 6 inches
aboveground.
The specified aboveground coating shall extend a minimum of 6 inches below the
ground and shall be applied over the underground coating.
5. Primer, Intermediate, and finish coats on a given item shall be provided by the same
manufacturer. No mixing of coating systems will be allowed.
B. PAINT SYSTEMS
Pipina, Normal Interior Exposure (Paintinp Svstem No. 1)
General. Ferrous surfaces subject to normal dry exposure conditions above grade
where corrosive atmosphere is light to moderate. This includes the following items:
exposed surfaces of ductile iron and steel piping, including fittings, valves, flanges,
bolts, supports, accessories; pipe hanger brackets; electrical conduit, boxes,
electrical supports, outlets (aluminum color); pipe to be later insulated; copper
tubing, fittings and valves; exposed ductwork and louvers. Galvanized surfaces are
not to be painted.
Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP6/NACE-3 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Reference
Cleaning System No. 1 for description.
Page 4 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
c. Coating (Alkyd System)
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-
Williams
Carbocoat Kem Kromik
Primer (3 mils) 115SG Amercoat 185 37-77 Chem-Prime Universal Primer
HS
Finish Coats (2 or Carbocoat Amercoat 5450 Series 23 - Endura- Industrial Enamel
more to a dry film 2900 Tone or Series 2H
thickness of 4
mils)
Total dry film thickness = 7 mils
All surfaces shall be shop primed with a primer of the Paint Manufacturer selected so that the primer will be compatible
with the finished paint surface.
2. Metal, Non-Immersed, Interior Exposure (Paintinq Svstem No. 2)
a. General. All non-immersed ferrous surfaces subject to moderately severe abrasive
conditions. This includes and is limited to non-submerged ladders, grates,
checkered deck plates and access covers; air transfer piping; interiors of steel dry
chemical storage silos and day tanks; pumps, motors, blowers, speed reducers,
grilles, curbs, hoists, and other machines and equipment. Galvanized surfaces are
not to be painted.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Metal Blast Cleaning.
Reference Cleaning System No. 2 for description.
c. Coating (Epoxy Resin System)
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Prime Coat (2 mils) Carboguard 890 Amerlock 2 Epoxo-line 66- Epolon II Rust
1211 Inhibitive Primer
Finish Coat(s) (5 Series 66, Hi-Build Epolon II Multi-Mil
mils) Carboguard 890 Amerlock 2 Epoxo-line Finish Coat
Total minimum dry film thickness = 7 mils
3. Metal. Immersed, Subiect to Abrasive Conditions (Paintinq System No. 3)
General. All immersed ferrous surfaces, subject to moderately severe abrasive
conditions. This includes and is limited to submerged surfaces of all pumps, flow
developers, aerators, lime slakers and feeders, flash mixers, scum baffles,
clariflocculator mixers, sludge collectors, sludge mixers and filter vessel interior and
internals, sluice gates, exterior of submerged valves and piping, submerged pipe
sleeves, brackets, gates, etc. All these surfaces except field inaccessible surfaces
shall be prepared and coated in the field. Galvanized surfaces are not to be
painted.
Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Metal Blast Cleaning.
Reference Cleaning System No. 2 for description.
Page 5 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
c. Coating. (Epoxy System)
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Two or more coats to a minimum Carboguard Amercoat Series 20 Macropoxy 646
dry film thickness of 12 to 14 mils 891 395FD
4. Metal, Buried in Contact with Soil (Paintinq Svstem No. 4)
a. General. All ferrous surfaces in contact with backfill includes, but is not limited to all
buried valves, valve boxes, exteriors of package Lift Stations, treatment units, etc.,
and miscellaneous buried metals. Galvanized surfaces are not to be painted.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Reference
Cleaning System No. 1 for description.
c. Coating. Two coats of Bureau of Reclamation CA-50 or MIL-0018480A coal tar
coating.
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Two or more coats to a minimum Amercoat 46-465
dry film thickness of 30 mils Bitumastic 50 78HB Coal Heavy Hi-Mil Sher-Tar
Tar Epoxy Tnemecol
5. Canvas, Cloth, or Fiberqlass Surface on Pipe Insulation (Paintinq Svstem No. 5)
a. Surface Preparation. Clean of all dust, dirt, grease and foreign matter.
b. Coating (Acrylic latex).
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-
Williams
Two coats to match Carbocrylic Amercoat 220 Series 6 Tneme- DTM Acrylic
uninsulated pipe 3350 cryl Coating
6. Steel, Galvanized, (Paintina Svstem No. 6)
a. Surface (when directed) Preparation. SSPC-SP-1 Solvent Cleaning, SP-7 sweep
blast.
b. Coating. (Epoxy Urethane System)
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Intermediate Coat (4 to 6 Carboguard Amercoat
mils) 893 SG 385 or 20-1255 Macropoxy 646
Amerlock 400
Series 73
Finish Coat (1.5 to 2.5 mils) Carbothane Amercoat Endura- Hi-Solids
133 HB 450H Shield Polyurethane
7. Metal, Exterior Exposure (Paintinq Svstem No. 7)
a. General. Exterior of steel tanks, above ground steel and cast iron piping, valves,
fittings, supports and accessories.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Reference
Cleaning System No. 1 for description.
c. Coating. (Epoxy Urethane System).
Page 6 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Prime (First) Coat (2 to 3 mils) Carboguard Amercoat 66-1211 Epolon II-Primer
890 385PA
Intermediate Coat (4 to 6 mils) Carboguard Amercoat 20-1255 Epolon II Multi-Mil
890 385 To Coat
Series 73
Finish Coat (1.5 to 2.5 mils) Carbothane Amercoat Endura- Hi-Solids
133 HB 450H Shield Polyurethane
Total minimum dry film thickness = 7.5 mils to 11.5 mils
Conform to ANSI/AWWA D102-latest edition for coating exterior of steel elevated water storage tanks.
8. Metal, Interior Potable Water Service (Paintinq Svstem No. 8)
a. General. Interior of potable water tanks, access manways.
b. Surface Preparation. SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Metal Blast Cleaning.
Reference Cleaning System No. 2 for description.
c. Coating. (Epoxy System).
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
3 Coats (5 mils per coat Carbo uard 891 Amerlock 2 or 20-AA90
min) g Amerlock 400 Tank Clad HS
Total minimum dry film thickness = 15 mils
First coat shall be haze gray or beige. Finish coat shall be white. Conform to NSF standards and ANSI/AWWA D102-
latest edition for coating interior of steel elevated water storage tanks.
C. ARCHITECTURAL
9. CMU (Concrete Block Buildinal Interior & Exterior (Paintina Svstem No. 9)
a. Surface Preparation: Clean off all dust, dirt, grease & foreign matter.
b. Coating: Acrylic Latex.
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Prime Coat Sanitile 100 Amerlock 400 130 Envirofill Heavy Duty Block
BF Filler
Finish Coats Carbocrylic 3350 Amercoat 220 Series 6 DTM Acrylic
10. Drvwall (Interior) (Paintinq Svstem No. 10)
a. Surface Preparation: Clean off all dust, dirt, grease & foreign matter.
b. Coating: Acrylic Latex
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-Williams
Prime Coat Carbocr lic 120 Amercoat 220 51-792 Pre Rite 200
Finish Coat (2 or Carbocrylic 3350 Amercoat 220 (1 Coat) 6 Series DTM Acrylic
more)
Page 7 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
11. Wood (Interior & Exterior) (Paintinq Svstem No. 11)
Surface Preparation: Clean off all dust, dirt, grease & foreign matter. Sand smooth
to remove rough edges, etc.
Coating: Acrylic Latex.
mfg Carboline Ameron Tnemec Sherwin-
Williams
Prime Coat Carbocrylic 120 Amercoat 220 36-603 A-100 Exterior Oil
Wood Primer
Finish Coat (2 or Carbocrylic 3350 Amercoat 220 (1 Series DTM Acrylic
more) Coat) 23
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEANING AND PREPARATION OF SURFACES.
A.
0
General
1. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of
obtaining a clean and dry surface. No more abrasive blast or surface preparation than can
be coated or painted in a normal working day will be permitted.
2. The preparation of steel surfaces shall be in accordance with the applicable specifications
prepared by the Society of Protective Coatings (SPC).
3. Extra precaution shall be required in the preparation of any existing surfaces for repaint
that contains lead. The Contractor shall meet the latest criteria of the Texas Air Control
Board and the Environmental Protection Agency as it pertains to surface preparation and
painting procedures, for the referenced condition.
4. Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent work during abrasive blast operations.
Surfaces not intended to be painted shall be suitably protected from the effects of cleaning
and painting operations. Fabricated, assembled items which are normally cleaned and
painted in the shop in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice will be
considered for exemption from the detailed cleaning and painting requirement set forth
herein. Removable equipment adjacent to surfaces to be painted shall if necessary, be
disconnected and moved to permit cleaning and painting of said surfaces, and replaced by
workmen skilled in the trades involved.
5. Prime and finish coats which are listed in the Painting Schedule are compatible finishes.
The Contractor shall follow the recommendations of the paint manufacturers, subject to
the approval of the Engineer, to insure a good bond between coats.
6. The standard of cleanliness for the surface preparation shall be evaluated with the use of:
S.S.P.C. Pectoral SSPC-VIS 1, Guide and Reference Photographs for Steel Surfaces, or
Swedish Pectoral Standards.
7. Remove all dust and abrasives from freshly blasted surfaces by brushing, blowing or
vacuuming with clean dry air, paying special attention to corners and joints of connecting
members.
Cleaning and Preparation of Ferrous Surfaces
Surface in Exterior or Interior Atmospheric Exposure (Cleaning System No. 1) Ferrous
surfaces which will be completely and continuously in normal exterior or interior
atmospheric exposure (see schedule for description) shall be cleaned in the following
manner.
08/05/22
Page 8 of 12 09900
S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
a. Oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other containments shall be
removed in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning.
b. After oil and surface contaminants have been removed, and before sandblasting, all
weld splatter must be removed. All rough welds and sharp edges must be ground to
give a smooth rounded corner.
c. The surface shall be blast cleaned to a Commercial finish by removing mill scale,
rust, rust scale, paint or foreign material by any of the recommended methods
outlined in SSPC-SP 6/NACE 3, Commercial Blast Cleaning. Mechanical
equipment and surfaces inaccessible to blast cleaning shall be cleaned in
accordance with SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning.
d. The blast cleaned surface shall be primed with primer specified for atmospheric
exposed steel before any rust bloom forms. Weathering of fabricated unpainted
steel for any purpose will not be permitted unless the surface is to be subsequently
blast cleaned off all mill scale and rust to base metal.
2. Welds and Damaged Areas. All welds and all damaged areas of shop-primed surfaces
and of field-primed surfaces shall be field cleaned, including blast cleaning, and reprimed
as specified.
3. Cleaning and Pretreatment of Ferrous Surfaces in Underwater Exposure (Cleaning
System No. 2). SurFaces of structural components which will be subject to extended
periods of immersion or otherwise as required shall be cleaned in the following manner:
a. Oil, grease, soil drawing and cutting compounds, and other contaminants shall be
removed in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning.
b. After oil and surface contaminants have been removed, and before abrasive
blasting, all weld splatter must be removed. All rough welds and sharp edges must
be ground to give a smooth rounded contour.
c. The surface shall be blast cleaned to a Near-White Metal finish, removing of all mill
scale, rust, rust scale, chlorine contamination, paint or foreign matter by any of the
recommended methods outlined in SSPC-SP 10/NACE 2, Near White Blast
Cleaning.
d. Surfaces to be coated which will not be accessible after erection shall be cleaned
and painted before becoming inaccessible. In no event shall blast cleaned surfaces
stand overnight without having received the specified pretreatment and the first coat
of paint prescribed by the schedule. Structural features or components which are
subject in part to atmospheric exposure and in part to immersion in water shall be
prepared and painted as though the entire component were subject to immersion.
Pre-erected or construction period coatings shall be maintained in good condition by
recleaning and touching up any areas damaged during the construction period.
Prior to the field application of subsequent coats to obtain the prescribed total film
thickness, soiled areas of the pre-erection coating shall be thoroughly cleaned with
mineral spirits and all welds or other unpainted or damaged areas shall be cleaned,
including blast cleaning, and primed as specified and in such a manner as to make
them equivalent to adjacent, undamaged paint surfaces.
C. Cleaning of Copper, Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steel Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Surfaces.
Unless otherwise specifically provided, galvanized, stainless steel and aluminum surfaces shall
not be painted, but shall be washed with clean mineral spirits per SSPC-SP 1, Solvent Cleaning
to remove oil and grease. Exposed copper surfaces shall be buffed or polished to bright color,
the surface cleaned with mild phosphoric acid cleaner and the finish coat applied. The
preparation of copper surfaces apply only if they are to be painted.
D. Inspection of Surface Preparation. The Engineer or Inspector may inspect all details of surface
preparation to insure that surfaces have been properly cleaned, that treating solutions are of the
Page 9 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
specified type and concentration, and have been properly applied, that treated surfaces are free
from unneutralized residue, and that surfaces are dry and ready to receive paint.
E. Machined Surfaces. Machine finished and other bare metal surfaces which are not to be
painted, but which will require temporary protection during construction, shall be treated with a
rust preventative compound as approved by the Engineer unless otherwise specifically
indicated.
3.02 PAINT APPLICATION
A. General. All work shall be done in a workmanlike manner, so that the finished coating will be free
from holidays, pin holes, bubbles, runs, drips, ridges, waves, laps, unnecessary brush marks
and variations in color, texture and gloss. All coats shall be applied in such a manner as to
produce an even film of uniform thickness. The Painting Contractor shall furnish workers who
perform quality work and who are experienced and knowledgeable in the surface preparation
and application of high performance industrial coatings.
Painting application procedures shall conform to the standards of craftsmanship discussed in the
Society for Protective Coatings Painting Manual, Volume 1, Good Paintinq Practice. These
techniques include, but are not limited to, multiple passes of the spray gun, with each pass
overlapped 50%, and "Cross Hatching" successive coats of paint.
B. Labeling, Storage, Mixing, and Film Thickness. All materials shall be brought to the painting job
site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the paint manufacturer and shall be subject
to inspection by the Engineer. The painter shall apply each coating at the rate and in the
manner specified by the manufacturer. If material has thickened or must be diluted for
application by spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same film thickness achieved with
undiluted material. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of
additional coats of paint. Paints which can be harmed by exposure to cold weather shall be
stored in heated shelters. During application, the paint in the spray tank or other working
container shall be not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit.
Coating materials shall be stored in a location approved by the Engineer for that purpose. The
storage areas shall be kept clean and any damage caused by the Painting Contractor shall be
repaired. Oil rags and waste or other fire hazards shall be removed from the storage areas each
night and disposed of or stored in closed metal containers in accordance with applicable fire and
safety regulations.
C. Safety. The Painting Contractor shall diligently observe all rules of safety, ventilation, fire
hazards, and shall identify by signs or marking all physical hazards as required by OSHA, and
described in the Federal Register, Volume 37, No. 202 under Paragraph 1901.44 "Safety Color
Code, for Marking Physical Hazards," and EPA regulations, and in particular as spelled out in
Section 7"Safety Precautions" of the AWWA Standard for Paintinq Steel Water Storaqe Tanks,
D102-latest edition.
Paints and coatings specified herein are hazardous materials. Vapors may be toxic or
explosive. Protective equipment, approved by the appropriate regulatory agency, is mandatory
for all personnel involved in the painting and coatings operations.
D. Atmospheric Conditions. No paint shall be applied when the surrounding air temperature, as
measured in the shade, is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. No paint shall be applied when the
temperature of the surface to be painted is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. No paint shall be
applied when surface and air temperatures are less than 5 degrees Fahrenheit above the dew
point. Paint shall not be applied to wet or damp surfaces, and shall not be applied in rain, snow,
Page 10 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
fog or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 85% or when it can be anticipated that the air
temperature will drop below 40 degrees Fahrenheit within 18 hours after the application of the
paint. Dew or moisture condensation should be anticipated, and if such conditions are
prevalent, painting shall be delayed until mid-morning to be certain that the surfaces are dry.
The day's painting shall be completed well in advance of the probable time of day when
condensation will occur, in order to permit the film an appreciable drying time prior to the
formation of moisture. During periods of inclement weather, painting may be continued by
enclosing the surface with temporary shelters and applying artificial heat, provided the minimum
air, surface and paint temperatures prescribed are maintained. Paint shall not be applied to
surfaces which are hot enough to cause blistering or pinholing of the film.
E. Protection of Paint Surfaces. Where shelter or heat is provided for paint surfaces during
inclement weather, such protective measures shall be maintained until the paint film has dried,
or discontinuance of the measures is authorized. Items which have been painted shall not be
handled, worked on, or otherwise disturbed until the paint coat is completely dry and hard. After
delivery at the site of permanent erection or installation, all shop-coated metal work shall be
stored out of contact with the ground in such a manner as will minimize the formation of water-
holding pockets and in such a location as will minimize soiling, contamination and deterioration
of the paint film. Shop-coated metal shall be repainted or retouched from time to time with the
specified paint, whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, it becomes necessary to maintain the
integrity of the film.
F. Contacting Surfaces. When riveted or bolted contact is to exist between surfaces of ferrous or
other metal parts of substantially similar chemical composition, such surfaces will not be
required to be painted. Contacting surfaces formed by high-strength bolt connections shall not
be painted. Where an electrical potential is apt to exist between metal surfaces or unlike
chemical composition in riveted or bolted contact, each of the contacting surfaces shall be
cleaned, pretreated, and given one coat of primer, all as specified for the particular metals
involved. Where a non-metal surface is to be in riveted or bolted contact with a metal surface,
the contacting surfaces of the metal shall be cleaned, pretreated if required, and given three
coats of the specified primer.
G. Method of Paint Application. On metal surfaces, each coat of paint shall be applied at the rate
specified by the manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry mil thickness required. On concrete
and/or masonry, application rates will vary according to surface texture. However, in no case
shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, a protective
and decorative finish shall be achieved. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the
application of an additional coat(s) of paint. Where conditions are other than normal because of
the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be
necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be returned to service
until paints are thoroughly dry. Where thinning is necessary, only the products of the
manufacturer furnishing the paint, and for the particular purpose, shall be allowed, and all such
thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, as well as with
the full knowledge and approval of the Engineer.
Where two or more coats are specified, first coat shall be tinted a minimum of three shades
lighter than the color specified, and progressively to the final coat, and subject to approval.
H. Coating Progress. Where field painting on any type of surface has commenced on any portion of
the work, the complete painting operation, including priming and finishing coats, on that portion
of the work, shall be completed as soon as practicable without prolonged delays. Sufficient time
as recommended by the paint manufacturer shall elapse between successive coats to permit
them to dry properly for recoating and this minimum drying period shall be modified as
necessary to suit adverse weather conditions. Maximum elapsed time between successive
coats shall not exceed the time recommended by the coating manufacturer. The application of
another coat of paint shall not cause such film irregularities as lifting or loss of adhesion of the
undercoat, and the undercoat shall have dried sufficiently so as not to retard the drying of the
Page 11 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PAINTING
next coat. At all times prior to final acceptance of the work when, in the opinion of the Engineer,
it becomes necessary, the integrity and continuity of all coats, including coats which have
chalked unduly or otherwise deteriorated, shall be reestablished by retouching or repainting,
using paints identical with those maintained. At the time of application of each successive coat,
undercoats shall be cleaned of duct, grease or any foreign matter, which might adversely affect
intercoat adhesion, by means of air blast, solvent cleaning or other approved means. Field
coats on metal shall be applied after erection, except as otherwise specified and except for
surfaces to be painted which will become inaccessible after erection.
Drying Time Prior to Immersion. Drying time prior to immersion, installation or otherwise
handling painted surfaces shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer. Vinyl type paint
systems shall be allowed a final dry as long as practicable.
Coverage and Film Thickness. Coverage and film thickness shall be as recommended by the
paint manufacturer, unless otherwise prescribed in the schedule. On metal surfaces, the painter
shall apply each coat of paint at the rate specified or recommended by the manufacturer to
achieve the minimum dry mil thickness required.
K. Inspection. All painting will be inspected for applied coating thickness and for pinholes and
holidays. Such inspections will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing
qualified labor and materials in strict accordance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall
also furnish an AWWA approved type of low voltage dry mil gauge apparatus to measure the dry
film thickness. The Elcometer Thickness Gauge shall be furnished to the Engineer for their use.
The Contractor shall also furnish to the Engineer, for their use, holiday detector devices; sling
Pyschrometers; MOS and calibration standards. Holiday detector devices shall be approved low
voltage type. All of the above inspection gauges shall be furnished and on the job before the
Engineer will permit painting operations to proceed, and shall remain on the job until its
completion and acceptance. The Contractor or his representatives shall instruct the Engineer on
the proper use and care of all such gauges. The above-required testing gauges shall be
furnished to the Engineer and are returnable to the Contractor upon completion of the job. The
cost of furnishing all of the above required gauges to the Engineer for his use shall be borne by
the Contractor.
3.03 CLEANING
A. Touch up and restore finish where damaged.
B. Remove spilled, splashed or splattered paint from all surfaces.
C. Do not mar surface finish of items being cleaned.
D. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding and containers shall be removed from the
site.
END OF SECTION
Page 12 of 12 09900
08/05/22 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\09900.doc
PROCESS-MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS
SECTION 15059
PROCESS-MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section identifies process-mechanical piping systems to be provided, specifies unique
requirements for each system identified, and references other sections where detailed
requirements of piping components are specified.
B. Process-mechanical piping systems are shown on Process-Mechanical Drawings and on Civil
Site Piping Drawings. Civil Site Piping Drawings may also show site utility, plumbing, fire
protection, and HVAC piping systems which are specified in other sections.
C. Part 3 of this Section includes piping schedule which identifies process-mechanical piping
systems to be provided. Piping schedule includes application information and specifies unique
system requirements.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This item is considered subsidiary to the structure or items being placed.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item are
subsidiary to the structure or items being placed and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
Layout drawings for each process-mechanical piping system drawn to scale. Identify
each piping system with same flow stream identifier as shown on Drawings.
a. Double-line layout for each piping system 3-in. pipe size and larger. Minimum scale:
1/4 in.=1 ft.
b. Single-line or double-line layout for each piping system smaller than 3-in. pipe size.
Minimum scale: 1/4 in.=1 ft.
c. For each piping system include:
1) Size for each pipe and fitting.
2) Material, lining type, and system number for coating to be provided for each
pipe and fitting.
3) Pipe class, thickness or schedule for each pipe and fitting.
4) Pipe end connections (joint type) and couplings.
5) Location and type of supports, hangers, anchors, and expansion joints.
6) Pipe couplings, saddles, sleeves, clamps, adapters, and other piping
products.
7) Pipe mounted equipment and instrumentation identified by tag number
assigned on Drawings.
8) Insulation to be provided.
Page 1 of 4 15059
S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT\360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15059.doc
PROCESS-MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Provide pipe and fittings as shown on Drawings and as specified in sections identified in
Process-Mechanical Piping Schedule presented in Part 3 of this section.
2.02 PRODUCTS FOR PIPING SUPPORT, FLEXIBILITY, THERMAL EXPANSION, ANCHORAGE,
AND VIBRATION ISOLATION
A. Provide supports for all process piping per plans and/or support specifications.
B. Provide anchors, restraints, and concrete blocks as required to resist hydraulic thrust and forces
due to thermal expansion.
C. Piping system, including support and anchorage system, shall allow for thermal expansion and
contraction due to differences in operating temperatures and temperatures piping is exposed to
during construction. Provide piping system products to allow for and control movement of piping
due to thermal expansion and contraction.
D. No attempt has been made to show all pipe supports, hangers, anchors, expansion joints, and
other piping products required for piping support, thermal expansion, and anchorage. Absence
of these products on Drawings does not relieve Contractor of his responsibility for providing
them in accordance with these Specifications.
E. Provide joints, couplings, and expansion joints as shown on Drawings and as required for piping
flexibility and vibration isolation. No attempt has been made to show all joints, couplings,
expansion joints, and other piping products required for piping flexibility and vibration isolation.
2.03 OTHER PIPING PRODUCTS
A. For buried piping, furnish fill material and install piping in accordance with Sections 33 11 10, 33
11 11, 33 11 12, 15073, and 15078.
B. Provide insulation for all lines 3-inch diameter and smaller installed above ground, and for piping
systems identified to be insulated in remarks column of Process-Mechanical Piping Schedule in
Part 3 of this Section. Provide piping insulation in accordance with best practices and
manufacturer's recommendation.
C. Provide couplings, flanged coupling adapters, and service saddles in accordance with Sections
33 11 10, 33 11 11, 33 11 12, and 15123.
2.04 COATINGS
A. Coat exterior surfaces of non-insulated piping products with coating system numbers specified
in Specification Sections identified in Part 3 of this Section and in accordance with Section
09900.
B. Coat piping insulation in accordance with Section 09900.
Page 2 of 4
15059
S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT\360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15059.doc
PROCESS-MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Use implements, tools, and facilities for handling and protection of piping products to avoid
damage prior to installation.
B. Inspect piping products before installation. Provide new, repair or recondition damaged piping
products. Repair or reconditioning is subject to Engineer's approval. Patch damaged interior
linings and exterior coatings or replace damaged product with new product. Patching is subject
to Engineer's approval.
C. Clean ends of piping product before installation. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of
piping product and keep product clean until Work has been accepted.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Location:
1. Install piping parallel to structure lines unless shown otherwise on Drawings.
2. Do not install piping through beams, columns, or other structural members unless shown
on Drawings.
3. Locate valves in piping system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. In
horizontal piping runs, do not orient valves so operating stem is below horizontal
centerline.
B. Assembly:
1. Install piping without springing or forcing in manner which would cause stress in piping,
valves, or connected equipment.
2. Set pipe flanges level, plumb, and aligned. Set flanged fittings so flange is true and
perpendicular to pipe axis. Set flanges so bolt holes straddle vertical centerline of pipes.
3. For flanged connections, match bolt holes and obtain uniform contact over entire flange
area prior to installation of flange bolts. Tighten bolts to uniformly compress gaskets and
minimize flange stress. Tighten bolts to torque recommended by gasket manufacturer.
Coat nuts and bolts with anti-seize thread compound.
4. Machine off raised-face of steel flange when mating with flat-faced flange.
C. Pump and Equipment Connections:
1. Align pipe and equipment, so stresses are not transmitted to connections. Support piping
independently from equipment. Do not support piping from equipment. Anchor piping to
prevent transmission of hydraulic thrust load to equipment.
2. Install couplings, adapters, flanges, and unions so, equipment, valves, and in-line
instruments can be removed from service without disruption to other portions of piping
system.
3. Install couplings, expansion joints and other vibration isolation components to isolate
piping from equipment vibration.
4. For welded nozzle connections, allow for shrinkage during welding to prevent excessive
stresses on equipment.
5. Provide piping from equipment drains and overflows to drain system.
D. Install insulating flange, insulating coupling or dielectric union at each connection between
ferrous and non-ferrous metal piping.
Page 3 of 4 15059
S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT\360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15059.doc
PROCESS-MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed piping products for dents, kinks, abrupt changes of curvature, damage to lining,
and other damage. Repair or recondition damaged products as approved by Engineer or Owner
or replace damaged products with new products.
B. Inspect installed, unlined piping products for corrosion and scale on interior surfaces. Clean
products to remove corrosion and scale or replace with new products.
C. Test system in accordance with specification requirements.
3.04 CLEANING
A. After installation and before testing, remove dirt, rocks, debris and other foreign matter from
interior of each piping system.
B. Water flush each hydrostatically tested piping system unless specified otherwise.
1. Flushing velocities of 2.5 ft per sec shall be maintained until accumulated debris has been
removed.
2. Insert cone strainers at equipment connections prior to flushing. Remove cone strainers
after flushing is complete.
3. Remove accumulated debris through drains not less than 2 in. in dia or by temporarily
removing pipe spools, fittings, or valves.
4. Drain piping after flushing and immediately dry piping with compressed air.
C. Blow clean each pneumatically tested piping system with compressed air unless specified
otherwise.
END OF SECTION
Page 4 of 4 15059
S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT\360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15059.doc
GATE VALVES
SECTION 15101
GATE VALVES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Gate valves on exposed piping and buried piping.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement
1. Measurement for this item shall be as described in section 33 12 20.
B. Payment
1. Payment for this item shall be as described in section 33 12 20.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Most current version American Water Works Association (AWWA):
1. AWWA C500 - Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems.
2. AWWA C509 - Resilient Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewage Systems.
3. AWWA C111 - Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and
Fittings.
4. AWWA C115 - Standard for Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges.
B. Most current version American Standard Testing Methods (ASTM):
1. ASTM A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings.
2. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi,
Tensile Strength.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. 3 in. through 12. in.: 175 psi.
2. 14 in. through 48 in.: 150 psi.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
B. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 39.
Page 1 of 3 15101
10/02/03 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15101.doc
GATE VALVES
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Clow.
B. Kennedy.
C. American Darling.
D. Or equal.
2.02 CONSTRUCTION
A. Comply with AWWA C500.
B. Provide with clear water way equal to full nominal dia of valve.
C. For interior or exposed installations, provide handwheel with arrow cast in metal to indicate
direction of opening. Opening effort shall not exceed 80 Ibs. Provide enclosed spur or bevel
gearing as required with gear cases.
D. Provide bypasses on 14-in. and larger valves. Mount directly to valve body with cast iron
flanged connection.
E. End Connection:
1. Buried Installations: Mechanical joints in accordance with AWWA C111.
2. Interior or Exposed Installations: Flanged joint end connections in accordance with
AWWA C115.
F. Stuffing Boxes:
1. Provide O-ring seal type with two rings.
2. Upper ring serving as dust seal and lower ring as pressure seal.
G. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307, galvanized.
H. Non-Rising Stems: cast integral stem collar.
I. Gates and Gate Rings for C500 Valves.
1. Gates: Cast iron or bronze.
2. Gate Rings: Bronze.
J. Valve Boxes:
1. 3-piece assembly.
2. Provide 5-1/4-in. valve box dia.
3. Construct box and cover of cast iron in accordance with ASTM A48, Class B.
4. Provide valve with extended stem.
5. Stop stem 12 in. below box cover.
6. Provide one 4-ft long tee wrench for operating valve.
Page 2 of 3 15101
10/02/03 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15101.doc
GATE VALVES
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals.
B. Provide valve boxes for valves located outside buildings.
C. Install 14-in. and larger valves in horizontal pipe line with stem horizontal.
END OF SECTION
Page 3 of 3 15101
10/02/03 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15101.doc
PIPE HANGERS. SUPPORTS. AND ANCHORS
SECTION 15140
PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
System of pipe supports and anchors with necessary inserts, bolts, nuts, restraining and
hanger rods, washers, miscellaneous steel, and other accessories.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This item is considered subsidiary to the structure or items being placed
2. Payment
a. All work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item are
subsidiary to the structure or items being placed and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Submerged: At or below point 1 ft 6 in. above peak (maximum) water surface elevations in
water holding structure.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. Design, detail and installation of pipe support system shall be responsibility of Contractor.
2. Pipe support system components shall withstand dead loads imposed by weight of pipes
filled with water plus insulation, plus live loads due to thermal expansion, vibration,
internal test pressures, and have minimum safety factor of 5.
3. Absence of pipe supports and details on Drawings shall not relieve Contractor of
responsibility for providing them throughout plant.
4. Supply design loading criteria to manufacturer for piping supported from structural
members.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Pipe supporting system, including manufacturer's product data, dimensions, sizes, types,
location, maximum loadings, thrust anchorage, and installation instructions.
2. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
Page 1 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS. SUPPORTS. AND ANCHORS
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Fee and Mason.
B. Grinnell.
C. Carpenter-Patterson.
D. Unistrut.
E. Superstrut.
F. Or equal.
2.02 GENERAL
A. MSS types indicated are typical of types and quality of standard pipe supports and hangers to
be employed. Special support and hanger details are shown to cover locations where standard
catalog supports inapplicable.
B. Provide factory fabricated piping hangers and supports, clamps, hanger rod attachments,
building attachments, saddles, shields, thrust anchorage, and other miscellaneous products of
MSS SP-69 type indicated or shop fabricated supports; comply with MSS SP-58 and
manufacturer's published product information. Where MSS type not indicated, provide proper
selection for installation requirements and comply with MSS SP-69, MSS SP-89 and
manufacturer's published product information.
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Hangers, rods, clamps, protective shields, metal framing, support components, and hanger
accessories shall be galvanized unless otherwise noted.
B. Hangers, rods, clamps, protective shields, metal framing, support components, and hanger
accessories in submerged locations in wet wells, tanks, channels or tank covers shall be
Type 316 stainless steel.
2.04 HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General:
1. Unless otherwise shown or specified, hangers for 2 1/2 in. and smaller pipe shall be split-
ring, adjustable swivel, clevis or roller type, hangers for 3 in. pipe or greater shall be clevis
or roller type.
2. Hangers for use with spring supports shall be split-ring or clamp type.
3. Hangers for fiberglass reinforced pipe shall be saddle type.
4. Each hanger shall be designed to permit at least 1 1/2 in. vertical adjustment after
installation.
B. Adjustable Swivel Split-Ring Hanger: MSS Type 6.
C. Adjustable Clevis Hanger: MSS Type 1, fabricated from steel.
Page 2 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS
D. Adjustable Band Hanger: MSS Type 7, fabricated from steel.
E. Adjustable Swivel-Band Hanger: MSS Type 10.
F. Clamp: MSS Type 4.
G. Single Roll Support: MSS Type 41, including axle roller and threaded sockets.
H. Adjustable Roller Hanger: MSS Type 43, including axle roller and clevis.
I. Roll/Stand: MSS Type 44, including roller, stand, and axle.
J. Adjustable Roll/Base: MSS Type 46, including roller, adjustable base, and stand.
K. Steel Brackets: Welded structural steel shapes complying with following.
1. Light Duty: MSS Type 31.
2. Medium Duty: MSS Type 32.
3. Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33.
L. Adjustable Saddle Support:
1. MSS Type 38, including saddle, pipe, and reducer.
2. Fabricate base support from steel pipe and include cast iron flange or welded steel plate.
M. Stanchion Saddle Support:
1. MSS Type 37, including saddle and U-bolt.
2. Fabricate base support from steel pipe and include cast iron flange or welded steel plate.
N. Strap or wire hangers not acceptable.
2.05 VERTICAL PIPING CLAMPS
A. 2-Bolt Riser Clamp: MSS Type 8, galvanized or plastic coated.
B. 4-Bolt Riser Clamp: MSS Type 42, include pipe spacers at inner bolt holes, galvanized or
plastic coated.
Page 3 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS. SUPPORTS. AND ANCHORS
2.06 HANGER RODS AND ATTACHMENTS
A. Hanger Rods:
1. ASTM A36, threaded both ends or continuous threaded.
2. Rods shall conform to following sizes.
Pipe Size Minimum Rod Dia (in.)
U to 2 in. 3/8
2 1/2 in and 3 in. 1/2
4 in. 5/8
6 in. 3/4
8 in. to 12 in. 7/8
14 in. and U 1
Trapeze Hangers As Required
B. Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13.
C. Weldless Eye Nut: MSS Type 17.
D. Eye Socket: MSS Type 16.
E. Clevis: MSS Type 14.
2.07 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS
A. Individual Concrete Inserts:
1. MSS Type 18, malleable iron.
2. MSS Type 19, steel.
3. Minimum Safe Load: 1,100 Ibs.
B. Continuous Concrete Inserts:
1. Unistrut, P-3200 Series.
2. Fee and Mason, Figure 9000.
3. Superstrut.
4. Or equal.
C. Top Beam C-Clamp: MSS Type 19.
D. C-Clamps: MSS Type 23, steel.
E. Single-Side Clamp: MSS Type 25.
F. Top I-Beam Clamp: MSS Type 25.
Page 4 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS. SUPPORTS. AND ANCHORS
G. Side Beam Clamp: MSS Type 20.
H. Concrete Anchors:
1. Comply with Section 05500.
2. Minimum Safety Factor: 5.
2.08 SADDLES AND SHIELDS
A. Protection Saddles: MSS Type 39.
B. Protection Shields: MSS Type 40.
C. Wood Insulation Saddle:
1. Elcen Metal Products Company.
2. Or equal.
2.09 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Metal Framing Systems:
1. Unistrut, galvanized.
2. Fee and Mason, galvanized.
3. Or equal.
B. Shop-Fabricated Anchors and Supports:
1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36.
2. Restraining Rods: ASTM A307.
C. Concrete: Class B in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports, and anchors after required building structural
work is complete and concrete support structure has reached 28-day compressive strength as
specified in Section 03 30 00.
B. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments from building structure. Comply with
MSS SP-69. Group parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type
hangers where possible.
C. Install supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and maximum pipe deflections allowed by
ANSI B31.1 are not exceeded.
D. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of
same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping.
E. Do not support piping from other piping.
Page 5 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS. SUPPORTS. AND ANCHORS
F. Prevent contact between dissimilar metals. Where concrete or metal pipe support is used,
place 1/8 in. thick teflon, neoprene rubber or plastic strip under piping at point of bearing. Cut to
fit entire area of contact between pipe and support.
G. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are
copper plated, plastic coated or by other recognized industry methods. Electrician's tape not
acceptable isolation method.
H. Apply anti-seize compound to nuts and bolts.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS
A. Support piping from structural framing, unless otherwise noted.
B. Concrete Inserts:
1. Locate inserts so total load on insert does not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum load. Location of inserts shall be approved by Engineer.
2. Where necessary to anchor supports to hardened concrete or completed masonry, use
concrete anchors.
C. Attach to structural steel with beam clamps.
3.03 THRUST ANCHORS AND GUIDES
A. Thrust Anchors:
1. For suspended piping, center thrust anchors as closely as possible between expansion
joints and between elbows and expansion joints. Anchors shall hold pipe securely and be
sufficiently rigid to force expansion and contraction movement to take place at expansion
joints or elbows and preclude separation ofjoints.
2. Provide thrust anchors as required to resist thrust due to changes in dia or direction or
dead ending of pipe lines. Anchorage shall be required wherever bending stresses
exceed allowable for pipe. Wall pipes may be used as thrust anchors.
3. Restraining rod size and number shall be as shown on Drawings.
B. Pipe guides shall be provided adjacent to sliding expansion joints in accordance with
recommendations of National Association of Expansion Joint Manufacturers.
Page 6 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS. SUPPORTS. AND ANCHORS
3.04 PIPE SUPPORT
A. Spacing:
Type of Pipe Maximum Pipe Support Spacing (ft)
Steel
10 in. and over 22
8 in. 19
6 in. 17
5 in. 16
4 in. 14
3 1/2 in. 13
3 in. 12
2 1/2 in. 11
2 in. 10
1 1/2 in. 9
1 in. 7
3/4 in. 6
1/2 in. 5
Page 7 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS
Co er
4 in. 12
3 1/2 in. 11
3 in. 10
2 1/2 in. 9
2 in. 8
1 1/2 in. 8
1 1/4 in. 7
1 in. 5
3/4 in. 5
1/2 in. 5
Plastic Schedule 80 at 100 F
8 in. 9-1/2
6 in. 9
4 in. 7-1/2
3 in. 7
2 in. 6
1 1/2 in. 5-1/2
1 in. 5
3/4 in. 4-1/2
1/2 in. 4-1/2
(For plumbing application plastic piping shall be supported at maximum of 4 ft-0 in.
s acin .
Page 8 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS. SUPPORTS. AND ANCHORS
Stainless Steel
1 in. and smaller 6
1 1/2 in. throu h 4 in. 8
6 in. 8
8 in. and 10 in. 10
12 in. 10
14 in. 12
16 in. 12
18 in. and lar er 14
Cast Iron and Ductile Iron
1 in. and smaller 6
1 1/4 in. throu h 2 1/2 in. 8
3 in. and 4 in. 10
6 in. 12
8 in. 12
10 in. and 12 in. 14
14 in. 16
16 in. and 18 in. 16
20 in. 18
24 in. and lar er 18
(For cast iron soil pipe p/umbing applications, support at 5 ft-0 in. spacing.)
B. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together, space supports for smallest pipe size
or install intermediate supports for smaller dia pipe.
C. Provide minimum of 2 pipe supports for each pipe run.
D. Where piping connects to equipment, support by pipe support and not by equipment, unless
approved by equipment manufacturer.
E. Unless otherwise shown or authorized by Engineer, place piping running parallel to walls
approximately 1 1/2 in. out from face of wall and at least 3 in. below ceiling.
F. Pedestal pipe supports shall be adjustable with stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange.
Page 9 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS. SUPPORTS. AND ANCHORS
G. Piping supports for vertical piping passing through floor sleeves shall be galvanized steel riser
clamps.
H. Piping passing through sleeves or openings in interior wall sleeves shall be carried by supports
or hangers. Do not rest on wall.
Support piping in manner preventing undue strain on valve, fitting or equipment. Provide pipe
supports at changes in direction or elevation, adjacent to flexible couplings, adjacent to nonrigid
joints, and where otherwise shown. Do not install pipe supports and hangers in equipment
access areas.
J. Install supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems, permit freedom of movement
between pipe anchors, and facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion
bends, and similar units.
K. Piping shall be free to move when expands or contracts, except where fixed anchors are
indicated. Where adequate hanger rod swing length cannot be provided or where pipe
movement based on expansion of 1 in./100 ft for each 100 F change in temperature exceed
1/2 in., provide approved roller supports.
L. Support piping 6 in. and larger on trapeze hangers with rollers.
M. Stacked horizontal runs of piping along walls may be supported by metal framing system
attached to concrete insert channels.
N. Coat hangers, clamps, protective shields, metal framing support components, and hanger
accessories in accordance with Section 09900.
3.05 GALLERY AND TUNNEL PIPING
A. Support piping by metal framing system. Where possible, extend each insert channel
continuously over gallery or tunnel ceiling and down both walls to floor.
3.06 INSULATED PIPING
A. Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do
not exceed allowable pipe stresses.
B. Where low compressive strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated on cold or chilled
water piping, install coated protective shields. For pipe 8 in. and over, install wood insulation
saddles.
C. Where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated, install protection saddles on piping 2 in. and
larger.
3.07 BURIED PIPING
A. Provide unlugged bell and spigot or bell tees, Y-branches, and bends deflecting 11 1/4 degrees
or more and plugs with reaction blocking, anchors, joint harness or other acceptable means for
preventing movement of pipe and joints caused by internal pressure.
Page 10 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
PIPE HANGERS. SUPPORTS. AND ANCHORS
B. Concrete Blocking:
1. Extend from fitting to solid undisturbed earth and installed so joints accessible for repair.
2. Bearing area of concrete reaction blocking shall be as shown on Drawings.
3. If adequate support against undisturbed ground cannot be obtained, install metal harness
anchorages consisting of steel rods across joint and securely anchored to pipe and fitting
or other adequate anchorage facilities to provide necessary support.
4. Should lack of solid vertical excavation face be due to improper trench excavation, cost of
furnishing and installing metal harness anchorages in excess of Contract value of
concrete blocking replaced by such anchorages shall be borne by Contractor.
C. Provide reaction blocking, anchorages or other supports for fittings installed in fills or other
unstable ground or above grade as shown on Drawings.
END OF SECTION
Page 11 of 11 15140
03/10/98 S:\NTX-LAND\0002\300 SUPPORT�360 Water\Benbrook Connection\Specs\Misc\15140.doc
City of Fort Worth
Electrical Technical Specifications
(Division 16)
for Construction of
BWA Water Connection
Tarrant County, Texas
September 2022
TBPE Registration No. 16575
Baird Gilroy & Dixon, LLC
9711 S. Mason Rd. Ste 125 #326
Richmond, Texas 77407
(281) 529-5005
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ELECTRICAL
No. of
Section Title Pages
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16010 Basic Electrical Requirements .................................................... 4
16012 Electrical Work ........................................................................... 5
16110 Raceways and Boxes ............................................................... 31
16119 Underground Ducts and Pull Boxes ............................................ 5
16120 600-volt Building Wire and Cable ............................................... 5
16126 Instrumentation Cable ................................................................ 5
16131 Device, Pull and Junction Boxes ................................................ 3
16140 Wiring Devices ........................................................................... 3
16161 Panelboards 480v ...................................................................... 3
16165 Disconnect Switches .................................................................. 3
16170 Grounding and Bonding.............................................................. 6
16190 Supporting Devices .................................................................... 7
16195 Electrical Identification ................................................................ 8
16460 Transformers .............................................................................. 4
16470 Panelboards ............................................................................... 7
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 5 16010
SECTION 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Basic requirements specifically applicable to the work of Division 16 - Electrical
Requirements.
B. The Contractor shall furnish equipment, materials, and labor for assembly and
installation plus checkout and start-up of the complete electrical system as shown on the
Drawings and stipulated in the Specifications.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item
Work
3. The price bid shall include:
a. Furnishing and installing a complete electrical system
b. Wire
c. Cable
d. Conduit and related hardware
e. Panels and devices
f. Supports
g. Excavation
h. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
i. Hauling
j. Clean-up
1.03 REFERENCES
A. As a minimum requirement, the electrical system shall be constructed in accordance
with:
1. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association
(ANSI/NFPA), No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).
2. Local Building Code.
3. Other applicable Codes and Standards as referenced in other Master
Specifications.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 5 16010
B. Comply with local, county, state and federal regulations and codes in effect as of date of
purchase.
C. Equipment of foreign manufacture must meet U.S. codes and standards.
D. Equipment and materials shall conform to requirements of specification and to the
criteria provided in data sheets for the project.
1.04 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
A. All electrical work shall be performed only by a Texas State Licensed Electrical
Contractor.
B. Electrical Contractor shall have full-time Master Electrician License on staff for City or
County; in which project is located and shall have a State issued Master Electrician
License.
C. All electrical work must be completed with a State of Texas Licensed Electrical
Journeyman onsite at all times.
D. Assistant shall be familiar with types of electrical
construction required by this project in order to determine that all subcontractor and
E. Contractor shall have an established safety-training program in effect for the duration of
this project and will be required to submit proof of safety training for all employees
working on this project.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Conformance Certificate and Quality Assurance Release.
1. Submit an overall conformance certificate for electrical components signed by the
person responsible for product quality. Specifically identify the purchased
material or equipment by project name and location, purchase order number,
supplements, and item number where applicable, including materials and
services provided by others. Indicate that all requirements have been met and
identify any approved deviations.
2. Field Inspection:
a. Electrical work shall be inspected and approved by the local code
inspector and the Engineer.
b. Contractor shall give a minimum of one-day notice to the Inspector that
the installation is ready for inspection and two to the
Engineer.
c. Concealed work shall be inspected before it is covered:
(1) Conduit with stub-ups, underground in duct banks before concrete
is poured.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 5 16010
(2) Conduit in slabs, walls and ceilings, complete with boxes.
d. Electrical equipment and materials shall be inspected upon arrival by the
Engineer for compliance with specifications.
1.06 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Take the following site conditions into consideration when fabricating, erecting, installing
and wiring electrical equipment under this contract:
1. Seismic Zone Zone 0
2. Wind Velocity 90 mph
3. Temperature, Min/Max.:
a. Coldest Winter Month: High 60 degrees F Low 41 degrees F
b. Warmest Summer Month: High 94 degrees F Low 73 degrees F
c. Lowest Expected: 11 degrees F
d. Highest Expected: 107 degrees F
4. Rainfall:
a. Annual 45 inches
b. Design hours 3.4 inches/hour, 8.4 inches/24 hours
5. Design Relative Humidity: 98%
6. Station Barometric Pressure:
a. Average Annual 29.5 inches Hg Absolute.
7. Utility Water Systems:
Design Pressure Design Temp.
a. River Water _______ PSI ____ degrees F
b. Well Water _______ PSI ____ degrees F
c. City Water __55___ PSI _70_ degrees F
8. Electric Power Supply Characteristics (Available to Contractor):
Voltage Phase Hz Wire Delta or Wye
1 480 3 60 TBD TBD
2
3
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 5 16010
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 COMPONENT DESIGN
A. Components utilized in the construction of the material or equipment shall be of the
latest proven design, new and in current production. Do not use obsolete components
or components to be phased out of production.
2.02 FACTORY INSPECTION
A. Provide free access with prior notice for the Engineer at all times to the shop where the
material or equipment is being fabricated or tested. Provide reasonable facilities for
inspection, witnessing tests, and examining records. Give 7 days notice prior to starting
tests, which are scheduled for factory inspection.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Verify dimensions and ratings of equipment and materials to ensure proper fit and
performance.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment and materials in accordance with the Drawings and manufacturer's
written instructions. If field conditions necessitate changes in electrical installation,
obtain approval from the Engineer.
B. All electrical equipment shall be mounted at an elevation of twenty-four (24) inches
above the base water surface flood elevation (500 YR WSEL) of the construction site.
Should there be a difference in the mounting elevation on the construction Drawings that
is in conflict with the previous directive the Contractor shall immediately bring such
conflict to the attention of the Engineer for resolution.
3.03 DEMONSTRATION
A. Test the electrical system to specification requirements and to demonstrate correct
installation and operation of equipment.
B. Before 7-days test, demonstrate the system to the Engineer. Show the system to be
and locally
must operate in both full-automatic and back-up modes. Use fresh water in the test
medium.
C. Operate the system continuously for a period of 7 days in full automatic, without failure,
to qualify as acceptable. "Failure" is considered any problem that requires correction by
maintenance personnel, such as: high or low water level, any motor alarm, power failure,
phase failure, communication failure, PLC failure, or UPS failure. This would exclude
conditions not under the control of Contractor, such as: evident lightning strikes, 25-year
rains, purchased power failure longer than the specified duration of service from UPS.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 5 16010
Failures due to uncontrollable situations would allow the 7-day test to continue, as soon
as test conditions are restored and the Engineer is notified.
D. The existing station shall remain in service during this test.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL WORK
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 5 16012
SECTION 16012
ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work shall include providing materials and equipment required for installation of
complete and functioning electrical system as specified and as shown on the drawings.
B. This section is an integral part of all Specification Sections related to electrical, control and
instrumentation construction under this contract. Conditions of this section are paramount
to all other conditions in applicable sections and shall supercede all other conditions and
requirements.
C. Electrical Control and Instrumentation Plans & Specifications are representative of the
design intent and may not contain minute details normally associated with normally
accepted electrical construction, as described in applicable codes or as described in
with a particular equipment or device, and as required for a properly operating system.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item
Work
3. The price bid shall include:
a. Furnishing and installing a complete electrical system
b. Wire
c. Cable
d. Conduit and related hardware
e. Panels and devices
f. Supports
g. Excavation
h. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
i. Hauling
j. Clean-up
1.03 MAJOR ITEMS OF WORK AS FOLLOWS
A. Installation of Incoming Electrical Service
B. Installation of
ELECTRICAL WORK
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 5 16012
C. Installation of
D. Installation of City of Fort Worth and Benbrook RTU Panels
E. Installation of butterfly valve actuators & disconnects
F. Installation of Underground Ductbanks
G. Installation of Ground Systems
1.04 PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install added motor control center components and
sections, as indicated on the plans, by the same manufacturer and model of the existing
motor control center. Interrupting capacity, ratings, wiring method, and specific
starter/section options shall be identical to those components already installed unless
specifically directed otherwise by the Plans & Specifications. The added motor control
center components shall include but shall not be limited to all necessary circuit breakers,
motor starters, contactors, indicating lights, selector switches, lightning arrestor, surge
capacitor, phase failure relays, elapsed time meters, PLC I/O, alarm horn, push button,
control transformers, system monitor, power supplies, interlock wiring, control piping,
blocks, valves, nameplates, and all other associated items required to provide a complete
and workable system, without loss of existing functionality.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this specification for
B. Where submittals for a particular equipment, device or material item vary from that
specified or shown on plan drawings, and where that item is not specifically noted as
acceptable and, where installation of submitted item results in improper or undesirable
operation of the system, Contractor shall be liable for removal and/or replacement of that
item with the item specified or shown on plan drawings at no additional cost to Owner.
C. With each submittal include a copy of the applicable specification(s) Page(s) for the item
-
applicable paragraph. Identify applicable drawing sheet number and specification section
on front of each submittal cover.
1.06 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate electrical power, telephone, data or special purpose
line installation with utility companies. Within 30 days after award of contract, Electrical
contractor shall contact utility company and owner and shall request service needed.
B. It is Electrical Contractors sole responsibility to assure that utility company and owner are
notified and are kept aware of requirements.
ELECTRICAL WORK
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 5 16012
C. Contractor shall provide all conduit, conductors and termination equipment as needed for
utilities and shall coordinate with utility companies for installation requirements and shall
provide installation constructed according to the utility company standards whether or not
such is shown in detail or plans.
D. Electrical Contractor shall review all sections of the plans including Civil, Structural,
Mechanical, Instrumentation, Process, Architectural, and Electrical and shall note all
electrical and/or requirements for devices and equipment shown or implied, and shall
provide service accordingly for a complete operating electrical system.
E. Electrical Contractor shall provide all programming set-up, adjustments and testing of
devices or equipment included under this contract unless specifically excluded or unless
equipment is not provided by Electrical Contractor.
F. General Contractor is specifically responsible for coordination of all electrical systems,
devices and equipment provided or installed under this contract and shall assure that all
requirements by all trades are met such as to insure a complete and operating electrical,
control, process or instrumentation system.
G. Electrical Contractor shall be experienced with all types of electrical systems covered
project
supervisors and project electrical workers have not had recent experience in similar
projects in area or project location. Contractor will be required to furnish proof of
experience where requested by Owner or Engineer or their Representatives.
H. General Contractors Project Manager or his Assistant shall be familiar with types of
electrical construction required by this project in order to determine that all subcontractors
work in conformance with the plans and specifications.
I. Contractor shall assure that all systems have been properly installed, adjusted and tested
prior to final inspection, unless, Engineer has been duly notified in writing that certain
equipments are not ready for final testing and such is acceptable with Engineer.
J. Additional site visits, inspections, and tests conducted by Engineer due to systems not
being ready at designated time of final inspection may result in charges to Contractor by
Engineer to pay for additional time of electrical inspectors not covered in Electrical
Engineers scope of work. All charges will be at Engineers Standard rates.
K. Contractor shall fully inspect all motors and nameplates, controls, conduit, wiring devices
and other items before starting work, ordering materials or submitting shop drawings in
order to verify existing conditions are as shown on plans and shall immediately notify
Engineer of any discrepancies between plans & specifications and existing conditions.
Failure to do so may result in responsibility for any required changes in construction.
L. At completion of project and before final inspection, Contractor shall provide the Electrical
Engineer with full size blue prints, red-lined to reflect the As-Built electrical installation.
Any variation from plans shall be shown on each applicable plan sheet.
ELECTRICAL WORK
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 5 16012
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All materials provided under all sections of the specifications shall be new and the
standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such
equipment. All materials shall conform to the National Electrical Code and shall be
and quality to be required. There is not any intention to discriminate against a product of
another manufacturer, which is equally durable in construction, similar in design, and will
serve the purpose for which it is intended. Within 30 days after award of the contract and
before any materials and equipment are placed on order, the Contractor shall submit to
the Engineer for approval a complete list including catalog numbers and descriptive
matter, of all materials and equipment he proposes to provide.
B. Materials and equipment specifications are general in coverage and may contain
reference to construction items that apply in only particular situations and may not apply
as a general rule for materials installed on this project.
2.02 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Electrical plans and specifications are not intended to discriminate against any particular
manufacturer. Specific values shown for a particular product may vary
slightly for another product. The Electrical Engineer reserves the right to interpret the
electrical specifications and to make judgement as to acceptance of a product, regardless
of minute details in the specifications or on the Plans.
B. Specifications shall be reviewed for applicability of materials under certain conditions and
in certain environments and, where not shown otherwise on plan drawings. These
application directions shall be adhered to.
C. Where a particular reference on drawing plans does not conform to standard acceptable
construction methods for a particular type project, the Contractor shall immediately notify
the Engineer and request a clarification before ordering materials or starting construction.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. All wiring shall be installed in accordance with current NEC and local codes. Conduits
exposed to the weather shall be rigid galvanized steel (RGS) unless noted otherwise on
plans. Conduit placed underground shall be schedule 40 PVC unless noted otherwise on
plans.
B. A fish wire shall be left in all conduits in which the permanent wiring is not installed.
C. All fixtures, switch, and receptacle locations shall be approved by Engineer.
ELECTRICAL WORK
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 5 16012
D. Refer to other sections of this specification for controls. Under this section of the
specifications, the Contractor shall install the control devices and provide control wiring
switches, outlet boxes, and shall make all final connections. Control wiring and interlocks
shall conform to wiring diagrams furnished by equipment manufacturers.
E. The Contractor shall provide services of his Engineer or a factory trained technician to
instruct plant-operating personnel for a period of at least one (1) full day after completion
of the contract work.
3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. All underground conduits shall be buried to a minimum depth of 24-inches below finished
grade. All trenches shall be uniform width and shall be backfilled and compacted to 95%
that of original density. Any damage to underground conduits caused by other Contractors
shall be repaired by this Contractor and shall be compensated accordingly by the party or
parties responsible for the damage.
3.03 CLEAN UP
A. The Contractor shall upon completion of the work, remove all materials, empty containers,
and any other materials that are not incorporated into the work.
END OF SECTION
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 32 16110
SECTION 16110
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Material and installation requirements for:
a. Conduits.
b. Conduit fittings.
c. Conduit supports.
d. Wireways.
e. Outlet boxes.
f. Pull and junction boxes.
B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 1 General Requirements
2. Section 16119 Underground Ducts & Pull Boxes
3. Section 16140 Wiring Devices
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Underfloor Conduits.
1. Conduits which run underground within perimeter of building walls under building
floor. This may consist of one conduit, or several conduits grouped together.
B. Duct Bank Conduits
1. Conduits which run underground outside perimeter of building walls. This may
consist of one conduit, or several conduits grouped together.
C. Underground Conduits
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 32 16110
1. Underground conduits are both under floor conduits and duct bank conduits.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. See Division 1 General Requirements for requirements for mechanics and
administration of the submittal process.
2. Product technical data:
a. Provide submittal data for all products specified in PART 2 of this
Specification Section.
3. Fabrication and/or layout drawings:
a. Identify dimensional size of pull and junction boxes to be used.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
B. Referenced Standards:
1. Aluminum Association (AA).
2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI).
3. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
b. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
c. D2105, Standard Test Method for Longitudinal Tensile Properties of
-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe and
Tube.
d. D2564, Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Polyvinyl Chloride
(PVC) Plastic Piping Systems.
e. F512, Standard Specification for Smooth-Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 32 16110
Conduit and Fittings for Underground Installation.
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
b. RN 1, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel
Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC).
c. TC 2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit.
d. TC 3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit
and Tubing.
5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association/American National Standards
Institute (NEMA/ANSI):
a. C80.1, Electric Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC).
b. C80.3, Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT).
c. C80.5, Electrical Aluminum Rigid Conduit.
d. OS 1, Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box
Supports.
6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC)
7. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
a. 1, Standard for Flexible Metal Conduit.
b. 6, Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit Steel.
c. 50, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental
Considerations.
d. 360, Standard for Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit.
e. 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment.
f. 514A, Metallic Outlet Boxes.
g. 514B, Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings.
h. 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings.
i. 797 Electrical Metallic Tubing Steel.
j. 870, Standard for Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 32 16110
k. 886, Standard for Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous
(Classified) Locations.
l. 1660, Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit.
C. Comply with NECA "Standard of Installation."
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufactures are
acceptable:
1. Rigid metallic conduits:
a. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation.
b. Triangle PWC Inc.
c. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation.
d. Wheatland Tube Company.
e. LTV Steel Company.
f. EASCO Aluminum.
g. Indalex.
h. VAW of American, Inc.
2. PVC coated rigid metallic conduit and repair kits:
a. Calbond
b. KorKap
c. Perma-Cote
d. Rob-Roy Ind.
e.
f. Thomas & Betts O-Cal
g. NEC Black Guard
3. Rigid non-metallic conduit:
a. Carlon.
b. Cantex.
c. Heritage Plastics.
d. Osburn Associates.
e. Prime Conduit
f. Champion Fiberglass.
g. United Fiberglass of America, Inc.
4. Flexible metallic conduit:
a. AFC Cable Systems.
b. Anamet, Inc.
c. Carlon.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 32 16110
d. Electri-Flex.
e. Flexible Metal Hose Company.
f. International Metal Hose Company.
g. Triangle PWC Inc.
h. LTV Steel Company.
5. Flexible non-metallic conduit.
a. Carlon
b. Carflex.
6. Wireway:
a. Hoffman Engineering Company.
b. Weigmann.
c. Square D.
7. Conduit fittings and accessories:
a. Appleton.
b. Carlon.
c. Cantex.
d. Crouse-Hinds.
e. Killark.
f. Osburn Associates.
g. OZ Gedney Company.
h. RACO.
i. Steel City.
j. Thomas and Betts.
8. Support systems:
a. Unistrut Building Systems.
b. B-Line Systems Inc.
c. Kindorf.
d. Minerallac Fastening Systems.
e. Caddy.
9. Outlet, pull, and junction boxes:
a. Appleton.
b. Crouse-Hinds.
c. Killark.
d. OZ Gedney Company.
e. Steel City.
f. RACO.
g. Bell.
h. Hoffman Engineering Company.
i. Wiegmann.
j. B-Line Circle AW.
k. Adalet.
l. Rittal.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 6 of 32 16110
10. Anti-seize compound:
a. Crouse-Hinds
2.02 RIGID METALLIC CONDUITS
A. PVC-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit (PVC-RGS):
1. Nominal 40 mil Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) exterior coating:
a. Coating: Bonded to hot-dipped galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming
to NEMA/ANSI C80.1.
b. The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface: Greater than
the tensile strength of the coating.
2. Nominal 2 mil, minimum, urethane interior coating.
3. Urethane coating on threads.
4. Conduit: Epoxy prime coated prior to application of PVC and urethane coatings.
5. Female Ends:
a. Have a plastic sleeve extending a minimum of 1 pipe diameter or 2 in,
whichever is less beyond the opening.
b. The inside diameter of the sleeve shall be the same as the outside
diameter of the conduit to be used with it.
6. Standards: NEMA/ANSI C80.1, UL 6, NEMA RN 1.
B. PVC-Coated Rigid Aluminum Conduit (PVC-RAC):
1. Nominal 40 mil Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) exterior coating:
a. Coating: Bonded to rigid aluminum conduit conforming to NEMA/ANSI
C80.1.
b. The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface: Greater than
the tensile strength of the coating.
2. Nominal 2 mil, minimum, urethane interior coating.
3. Urethane coating on threads.
4. Conduit: Epoxy prime coated prior to application of PVC and urethane coatings.
5. Female Ends:
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 7 of 32 16110
a. Have a plastic sleeve extending a minimum of 1 pipe diameter or 2 in,
whichever is less beyond the opening.
b. The inside diameter of the sleeve shall be the same as the outside
diameter of the conduit to be used with it.
6. Standards: NEMA/ANSI C80.1, UL 6, NEMA RN 1.
C. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS):
1. Mild steel with continuous welded seam.
2. Metallic zinc applied by hot-dip galvanizing or electro-galvanizing.
3. Threads galvanized after cutting.
4. Internal coating: Backed lacquer, varnish, or enamel for smooth surface.
5. Standards: NEMA/ANSI C80.1, UL 6.
6. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) is an acceptable alternative to RGS.
D. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT):
1. Mild steel with continuous welded seam.
2. Metallic zinc applied by hot-dip galvanizing or electro-galvanizing.
3. Internal coating: Baked lacquer, varnish, or enamel for a smooth surface.
4. Standards: NEMA/ANSI C80.3, UL 797.
E. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC):
1. AA Type 6063 aluminum allow, T-1 temper.
2. Maximum copper content of 0.10 percent.
3. Extruded, seamless.
4. Standards: NEMA/ANSI C80.5, UL 6.
2.03 RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT
A. Schedules 40 (PVC-40) and 80 (PVC-80)
1. Polyvinyl-chloride (PVC) plastic compound which includes inert modifiers to
improve weatherability and heat distribution.
2. Rated for direct sunlight exposure.
3. Fire retardant and low smoke emission.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 8 of 32 16110
4.
5. Standards: NEMA TC 2, UL 651.
B. Fiberglass:
1. Epoxy based resin system using an anhydride curing agent.
2. Continuous E-glass roving.
3. Winding angle approximately 54.75 degrees.
4. Halogen free additive for flame spread and smoke control.
5. Ultraviolet inhibitor: Carbon black.
6. Two (2) step curing process.
7. Tensile strength: 9000 psi per ASTM D2105.
8. Integral bell and spigot.
9. Conduits and fittings to be joined with an epoxy adhesive creating a water tight
connection.
10. Standard: UL 1684.
2.04 Flexible Conduit
A. Flexible Galvanized Steel Conduit (FLEX):
1. Formed of continuous, spiral wound, hot-dip galvanized steel strip with
successive convolutions securely interlocked.
2. Standard: UL 360.
B. PVC-Coated Flexible Galvanized Steel (liquid-tight) Conduit (FLEX-LT):
1. Core formed of continuous, spiral wound, hot-dip galvanized steel strip with
successive convolutions securely interlocked.
2. Extruded PVC outer jacket positively locked to the steel core.
3. Liquid and vaportight.
4. Standard: UL 360.
C. Flexible non-metallic (liquid-tight) conduit (FLEX-NM):
1. Formed of a helically wound spiral of rigid PVC reinforcement embedded within a
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 9 of 32 16110
flexible PVC wall.
2. Layered construction with a smooth seamless inner core of flexible PVC that is
bonded to a covering of flexible PVC.
3. Between the layers is a woven nylon mesh for reinforcement.
4. Standard: UL1660
2.05 Wireway
A. General:
1. Suitable for lay-in conductors.
2. Designed for continuous grounding.
3. Covers:
a. Hinged or removable in accessible areas.
b. Non-removable when passing through partitions.
c. Finish: Rust inhibiting primer and
and out except for stainless steel type.
d. Standards: UL 870, NEMA 250.
B. General Purpose (NEMA 1 rated) Wireway:
1. 14 or 16 gage steel without knockouts.
2. Cover: Non-gasketed and held in place by captive screws.
C. Raintight (NEMA 3R rated) Wiring Trough:
1. 14 or 16 gage galvanized steel without knockouts.
2. Cover: Non-gasketed and held in place by captive screws.
D. Watertight (NEMA 4X rated) Wireway:
1. 14 gage type 304 or 316 stainless steel bodies and covers without knockouts and
10 gage stainless steel flanges.
2. Cover: Fully gasketed and held in place with continuous piano hinge with three-
point latch.
3. Flanges: Fully Gasketed and bolted.
E. Dusttight (NEMA 12 rated) Wireway:
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 10 of 32 16110
1. 14 gage steel bodies and covers without knockouts and 10 gage steel flanges.
2. Cover: Fully gasketed and held in place with continuous piano hinge with three-
point latch.
3. Flanges: Fully gasketed and bolted.
2.06 CONDUIT FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Fittings for use with RGS:
1. General:
a. In hazardous locations, provide fittings listed for use in Class I, Groups C
and D locations.
2. Locknuts:
a. Threaded steel or malleable iron.
b. Gasketed or non-gasketed.
c. Grounding or non-grounding type.
3. Bushings:
a. Threaded, insulated metallic.
b. Grounding or non-grounding type.
4. Hubs: Threaded, insulated and gasketed metallic for raintight connection.
5. Couplings:
a. Threaded straight type: Same material and finish as the conduit with
which they are used on.
b. Threadless type: Gland compression or self-threading type, concrete
tight.
6. Unions: Threaded galvanized steel or zinc plated malleable iron.
7. Conduit bodies (ells and tees):
a. Body: Zink plated cast iron with threaded hubs.
b. Standard and mogul size.
c. Cover:
1) Clip-on type with stainless steel screws.
2) Gasketed or non-gasketed galvanized steel, zinc plated cast iron.
8. Conduit bodies (round):
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 11 of 32 16110
a. Body: Zinc plated cast iron.
b. Cover: Threaded screw on type, gasketed, galvanized steel, zinc plated
cast iron.
9. Sealing fittings:
a. Body: Zinc plated cast iron with threaded hubs.
b. Standard and mogul size.
c. With or without drain and breather.
d. Fiber and sealing compound: UL listed for use with the sealing fitting.
B. Fittings for use with RAC:
1. General:
a. In hazardous locations, provide fittings listed for use in Class I, Groups C
and D locations.
2. Locknuts:
a. Threaded stainless steel.
b. Gasketed or non-gasketed.
c. Grounding or non-grounding type.
3. Bushings:
a. Threaded, insulated metallic.
b. Grounding or non-grounding type.
4. Hubs: Threaded, insulated and gasketed metallic for raintight connection.
5. Couplings:
a. Threaded straight type: Same material and finish as the conduit with
which they are used on.
6. Unions: Threaded copper free cast aluminum.
7. Conduit bodies (ells and tees):
a. Body: Copper free cast aluminum with threaded hubs.
b. Standard and mogul size.
c. Cover:
1) Clip-on type with stainless steel screws.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 12 of 32 16110
2) Gasketed or non-gasketed copper free cast aluminum.
8. Conduit bodies (round):
a. Body: Copper free cast aluminum.
b. Cover: Threaded screw on type, gasketed, copper free cast aluminum.
9. Sealing fittings:
a. Body: Copper free cast aluminum with threaded hubs.
b. Standard and mogul size.
c. With or without drain and breather.
d. Fiber and sealing compound: UL listed for use with the sealing fitting.
C. Fittings for use with PVC-RGS:
1. The same material and construction as those fittings listed under paragraph
Rigid Steel Conduit (PVC-RGS).
D. Fittings for use with PVC-RAC:
1. The same material and construction as those fittings listed under paragraph
Rigid Steel Conduit (PVC-RGS).
E. Fittings for use with EMT:
1. Connectors:
a. Straight, angle and offset types furnished with locknuts.
b. Zinc plated steel.
c. Insulated gland compression type.
d. Concrete and raintight.
2. Couplings:
a. Zinc plated steel.
b. Gland compression type.
c. Concrete and raintight.
3. Conduit bodies (ells and tees):
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 13 of 32 16110
a. Body: Copper free aluminum with threaded hubs.
b. Standard and mogul size.
c. Cover:
1) Screw down type with steel screws.
2) Gasketed or non-gasketed galvanized steel or copper free
aluminum.
4. Standard: UL 514B
F. Fittings for use with FLEX:
1. Connector:
a. Zinc plated malleable iron.
b. Squeeze or clamp type.
2. Standard: UL 514B.
G. Fittings for use with FLEX-LT and FLEX-NM:
1. Connector:
a. Straight or angle type.
b. Metal construction, insulated and gasketed.
c. Composed of locknut, grounding ferrule and gland compression nut.
d. Liquid tight.
2. Standards: UL 467, UL 514B.
H. Fittings for use with Rigid Non-Metallic PVC Conduit:
1. Coupling, adapters, and conduit bodies:
a. Same material, thickness, and construction as the conduits with which
they are used.
b. Homogeneous plastic free from visible cracks, holes, or foreign
inclusions.
c. Bore smooth and free of blisters, nicks or other imperfections which could
damage the conductor.
2. Solvent cement for welding fittings shall be supplied by the same manufacturer
as the conduit and fittings.
3. Standards: ASTM D2564, NEMA TC3, UL 651, UL 541B.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 14 of 32 16110
I. Fittings for use with Rigid Non-Metallic Fiberglass Conduit:
1. Coupling and adapters shall be of the same material, thickness, and construction
as the conduit.
2. Epoxy adhesive for joining conduits and fittings shall be supplied by the same
manufacturer as the conduit and fittings and shall provide a water tight
connection.
3. Standard: UL 1684.
J. Weather and Corrosion Protection Tape:
1. PVC based tape, 10 miles thick.
2. Protection against moisture, acids, alkalis, salts and sewage and suitable for
direct bury.
3. Used with appropriate pipe primer.
2.07 ALL RACEWAY AND FITTINGS
A. Mark Products:
1. Identify the nominal trade size on the product.
2. Stamp with the name or trademark of the manufacturer.
2.08 OUTLET BOXES
A. Metallic Outlet Boxes:
1. Hot-dip galvanized steel.
2. Conduit knockouts and grounding pigtail.
3. Styles:
a. 2 IN x 3 IN rectangle.
b. 4 IN square.
c. 4 IN octagon.
d. Masonry/tile.
4. Accessories:
a. Flat blank cover plats.
b. Barriers.
c. Extension, plaster or tile rings.
d. Box supporting brackets in stud walls.
e. Adjustable bar hangers.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 15 of 32 16110
5. Standards: NEMA/ANSI OS 1, UL 514A.
B. Cast Outlet Boxes:
1. Zinc plated cast iron or die-cast copper free aluminum with
standard finish.
2. Threaded hubs and grounding screw.
3. Styles:
a.
b. Single or multiple gang and tandem.
c.
4. Accessories: 40 mil PVC exterior coating and 2 mil urethane interior coating.
5. Standards: UL 514A, UL 886.
C. Non-metallic Outlet Boxes:
1. Polyvinyl-chloride (PVC) plastic compound.
2. Rated for direct sunlight exposure.
3. Fire retardant and low smoke emission.
4. Suitable for use with 90 DegC wire.
5. Styles:
a.
b. Single or multiple gang.
6. Standard: UL 514A, NEMA TC 3.
D. See Specification 16140 for wiring devices, wallplates, and cover plates.
2.09 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. NEMA 1 Rated:
1. Body and cover: 14 gage minimum, galvanized steel or steel finished with rust
2. With or without concentric knockouts on four (4) sides.
3. Flat cover fastened with screws.
B. NEMA 3R Rated:
1. Body and cover: 14 gage minimum steel finished with rust inhibiting primer and
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 16 of 32 16110
2. No knockouts.
3. Seams continuously welded and ground smooth.
4. Door with hinge and latch
C. NEMA 4X Rated (metallic):
1. Body and cover: 14 gage type 304 or 316 stainless steel.
2. Seams continuously welded and ground smooth.
3. No knockouts.
4. External mounting flanges.
5. Door with oil-resistant gasket.
D. NEMA 4X Rated (non-metallic):
1. Body and cover: Ultraviolet light protected fiberglass-reinforced polyester boxes.
2. No knockouts.
3. External mounting flanges.
4. Hinged door with quick release latches and padlocking hasp.
5. Door with oil resistant gasket.
E. NEMA 7 and NEMA 9 Rated:
1. Cast gray iron allow or copper-
2. Drilled and tapped openings or tapered threaded hub.
3. Cover bolted down with stainless steel bolts or threaded cover with neoprene
gasket.
4. External mounting flanges.
5. Grounding lug.
6. Accessories: 40 mil PVC exterior coating and 2 mil urethane interior coating.
F. NEMA 12 Rated:
1. Body and cover:
a.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 17 of 32 16110
standard paint inside and out.
b. Type 5052 H-32 aluminum, unpainted.
2. Seams continuously welded and ground smooth.
3. No knockouts.
4. External mounting flanges.
5. Non-hinged cover held closed with captivated cover screws threaded into sealed
wells or hinged cover held closed with stainless steel screws and clamps.
6. Flat door with oil resistant gasket.
G. Miscellaneous Accessories:
1. Rigid handles for covers larger than 9 SF or heavier than 25 LBS.
2. Split covers when heavier than 25 LBS.
3. Weldnuts for mounting optional panels and terminal kits.
4. Tamper proof screws.
5. Terminal blocks: Screw-post barrier-type, rated 600 volt and 20 ampere
minimum.
H. Standards: NEMA 250, UL 50
2.10 SPECIAL PURPOSE BOXES
A. Pedestal-Type Floor-Mounted or Counter-Mounted Duplex Receptacles:
1. Horizontal design housing with threaded conduit fittings in base with satin
chromium finish.
B. Flush in Floor Duplex Receptacles:
1. Dual level, full adjustable box with power fittings and brass carpet flange.
2.11 SUPPORT SYSTEMS
A. Multi-conduit Surface or Trapeze Type Support and Pull or Junction Box Supports:
1. Material Requirements.
a. Galvanized steel: ASTEM A123 or ASTM A153.
b. Stainless steel: AISI Type 304 or 316.
c. PVC coated galvanized steel: ASTM A123 or ASTM A153 and 20 mil
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 18 of 32 16110
PVC coating.
d. Aluminum: AA Type 6063-T6.
e. Fiberglass: Fire-retardant polyester or vinylester resin, ASTM E84, UL 94.
B. Single Conduit and Outlet Box Support Fasteners:
1. Material Requirements:
a. Zinc plated steel.
b. Stainless steel, Type 304 or 316.
c. Malleable iron.
d. PVC coated malleable iron or steel: 20 mil PVC coating.
e. Steel protected with zinc phosphate and oil finish.
2.12 RACEWAY/DUCT SEALING COMPOUND
A. Use with explosion-proof fittings to separate hazardous areas from non-hazardous
areas:
1. UL Listed compound
2. Crouse-Hinds Chico or approved equal.
3. Use fiber dam for vertical installation.
B. All other areas:
1. Non-hardening, putty-like consistency workable at temperatures as low as 35 F.
2. Compound shall not slump at temperature of 300 F and shall readily adhere to
clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete,
masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common
metals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 RACEWAY INSTALLATION GENERAL
A. Shall be in accordance with requirements of:
1. NFPA 70- NEC.
2.
B. Size of Raceways:
1. Raceway sizes are shown on Drawings. If not shown on the Drawings, then size
in accordance with NFPA 70.
2. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the minimum raceway size shall be:
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 19 of 32 16110
a. Conduit: 1 IN.
b. Wireway: 2-1/2 IN x 2-1/2 IN.
C. Field Bending and Cutting of Conduits:
1. Utilize tools and equipment recommended by the manufacturer of the conduit,
designed for the purpose and the conduit material to make all field bends and
cuts.
2. Do not reduce the internal diameter of the conduit when making conduit bends.
3. Prepare tools and equipment to prevent damage to the PVC coating. Use strap
wrenches only to tighten joints in PVC-RGS. Replace all conduit and fittings with
damage to the PVC coating, such as cuts, nicks, and threader chuck jaw marks.
4. Degrease threads after threading and apply a zinc rich paint.
5. Deburr interior and exterior after cutting.
D. Male threads of conduit systems shall be coated with an electrically conductive anti-
seize compound.
E. The protective coating integrity of conduits, fittings, outlet, pull and junction boxes and
accessories shall be maintained.
1. Repair galvanized components utilizing a zinc rich paint.
2. Repair painted components utilizing touch up paint provided by or approved by
the manufacturer.
3. Repair PVC coated components utilizing a patching compound, of the same
material as the coating, provided by the manufacturer of the conduit; or a self-
adhesive, highly conformable, cross-linked silicon composition strip, followed by
a protective coating of vinyl tape.
a. Total nominal thickness: 40 mil.
4. Repair surface which will be inaccessible after installation prior to installation.
F. Remove moisture and debris from conduit before wire is pulled into place.
1. Pull mandrel with diameter nominally ¼ IN smaller than the interior of the conduit,
to remove obstructions.
2. Swab conduit by pulling a clean, tight-fitting rag through the conduit.
3. Tightly plug ends of conduit with tapered wood plugs or plastic inserts until wire is
pulled.
G. Only nylon or polyethylene rope shall be used to pull wire and cable in conduit systems.
H. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Leave not less than 12 IN of slack at each end of
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 20 of 32 16110
the pull wire.
I. Where portions of a raceway are subject to different temperatures and where
condensation is known to be a problem, as in cold storage areas of buildings or where
passing from the interior to the exterior of a building, the raceway shall be sealed to
prevent circulation of warm air to colder section of the raceway.
J. Fill openings in walls, floor, and ceilings and finish flush with surface.
1. Where penetrating CMU block walls, repair with cementitious grout and paint to
match.
2. Where conduit terminates at a cable tray system, fit conduit with an insulated
bushing.
3. When conduits are passing through a firewall or fire-rated floor into different
rooms, cabinets, or enclosures, use a fire-rated seal.
K. Install explosion-proof seals in conduit runs crossing or entering a hazardous classified
area. Install CSBE removable sealing fittings to seal submersible pump cables in the
wet well and at the first junction box outside the well.
L. Conduit Stub-ups
1. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange
so curved portion of bends is not visible above finished slab.
2. Transition underground conduit to aboveground conduit at 90 DEG elbow where
conduit transitions from horizontal to vertical conduit.
3. Where RGC or RAC is in contact with earth or concrete, wrap conduit with
corrosion protective tap to 4 IN above finished grade.
4. Stub-up connections: Extend conduits for connection to freestanding equipment
with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs, and set flush with
finished floor.
3.02 RACEWAY ROUTING
A. Raceways shall be routed in the field unless otherwise indicated.
1. Conduit and fittings shall be installed, as required, for a complete system that has
a neat appearance and is in compliance with all applicable codes.
2. Run in straight lines parallel to or at right angles to building lines.
3. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate
headroom.
4. Do not route conduits:
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 21 of 32 16110
a. Through areas of high ambient temperature or radiant heat.
b. In suspended concrete slabs.
5. Conduit shall not interfere with, or prevent access to, piping, valves, ductwork, or
other equipment for operation, maintenance and repair.
6. Provide pull boxes or conduit bodies as needed so that there is a maximum of
270 degrees of bends or 3-90 degree bends in the conduit run or in long straight
runs to limit pulling tensions.
7. Make changes in direction of conduit using elbows or fittings. Do not use pull
boxes to make direction changes unless specifically designated otherwise.
B. All rigid conduits within a structure shall be installed exposed except as follows:
1. As indicated on the Drawings.
2. Concealed above gypsum wall board or acoustical tile suspended ceilings.
3. Concealed within stud frame, poured concrete, concrete block and brick walls of
an architecturally finished area.
4. Embedded in floor slabs or buried under floor serving equipment in non-
architecturally finished areas that are not locate on or near a wall or column and
the ceiling height is greater than 12 FT.
5. Embedded in floor slabs or buried under floor slabs where shown on the
C. Maintain minimum spacing between parallel conduit and piping runs in accordance with
the following when runs are greater than 30 FT:
1. Between instrumentation and telecommunication: 1 IN.
2. Between instrumentation and 125 V, 48 V, and 24 Vdc: 2 IN.
3. Between instrumentation and 600 V and less AC power or control: 12 IN.
4. Between instrumentation and greater than 600 Vac power: 12 IN.
5. Between telecommunication and 125 V, 48 V, and 24 Vdc: 2 IN.
6. Between telecommunication and 600 V and less AC power or control: 6 IN.
7. Between telecommunication and greater than 600 Vac power: 12 IN.
8. Between 125 V, 48 V, and 24 Vdc and 600 V and less AC power or control: 1 IN.
9. Between 125 V, 48 V, and 24 Vdc and greater than 600 V power or control: 2 IN.
10. Between process, gas, air, and water pipes: 6 IN.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 22 of 32 16110
D. Conduits shall be installed to eliminate moisture pockets.
1. Where water cannot drain to openings, provide drain fittings in the low spots of
the conduit run.
E. Conduit shall not be routed on the exterior of structures except as specifically indicated
on the Drawings.
F. Where sufficient room exists within the housing of roof-mounted equipment, the conduit
shall be stubbed up inside the housing.
G. Provide all required openings in walls, floors, and ceilings for conduit penetration.
1. Repair penetrations to existing condition or better.
H. Conduit embedded in columns and floor slabs or buried under slab-on-grade:
1. Run in the most direct, practical route.
2. Not to be installed under equipment pads unless approved by Engineer.
3. No crossovers unless approved by Engineer.
4. To be backfilled with concrete during the installation of the slab-on-grade or to be
placed, backfilled, and compacted in the slab subgrade, as indicated on
drawings.
5. Secured in place to prevent movement during the backfill and pour.
I. Conduits and accessories embedded in concrete where shown on the Drawings:
1. Shall not be considered to replace structurally the displaced concrete except as
indicated in the following:
a. Conduit and fittings shall not displace more than 4 percent of the area of
the cross-section of a column on which stress is calculated or which is
required for fire protection.
b. Size and locate sleeves or conduits passing through floors, walls, or
beams so as not to significantly impair the strength of the construction.
c. Sleeves or conduits passing through floors, walls or beams may be
considered as replacing the displaced concrete structurally in
compression.
1) Shall not be exposed to rusting or other deterioration.
2) Nominal inside diameter shall not exceed 2 IN.
3) Minimum spacing: 3 DIA OC.
2. Shall not be larger in outside diameter than one-third the thickness of the slab,
column, or beam.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 23 of 32 16110
3. Shall have a minimum spacing of 3 DIA OC.
4. In reinforced concrete construction:
a. Conduit shall not be run in beams.
b. Place conduit after reinforcing steel has been laid.
c. The reinforcement steel shall not be displaced by the conduit.
d. Provide a minimum of 1-1/2 IN of cover over conduit, excluding surface
finish.
e. Conduits parallel to main reinforcement shall be run near the center of the
wall.
f. Conduits perpendicular to main reinforcement shall be run midway
between wall or slab supports.
3.03 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS
A. Permitted Raceway Types Per Area Designations (unless specifically indicated on
Drawings):
1. Dry areas:
a. RGS.
b. RAC.
2. Wet areas:
a. RGS.
b. RAC.
3. Exterior Corrosive areas (includes, but not limited to wastewater project sites):
a. PVC-RGS.
b. PVC-RAC.
4. Interior Corrosive areas (includes, but not limited to chemical rooms):
a. PVC-40.
b. PVC-80.
c. Fiberglass.
d. As indicated on drawings.
B. Permitted Raceway types per Routing Locations:
1. In stud framed walls:
a. EMT.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 24 of 32 16110
2. In concrete block or brick walls:
a. PVC-40.
3. Above acoustical tile ceilings:
a. EMT.
b. NEMA 1 rated Wireway.
4. Embedded in poured concrete walls and floors:
a. PVC-40
b. PVC-80
c. Fiberglass
d. PVC-RGS when emerging from concrete into areas designated as
exterior and corrosive.
5. Beneath floor slab-on grade:
a. PVC-40
b. PVC-80
c. Fiberglass
6. Direct buried conduits and ductbanks:
a. PVC-40.
b. PVC-80.
c. Fiberglass.
d. 90 degree elbows for transition to above grade:
1) PVC-RGS.
2) Fiberglass.
e. Long sweeping bends greater than 15 degrees.
1) PVC-RGS.
2) Fiberglass.
7. Concrete encased ductbanks:
a. PVC-40.
b. PVC-80.
c. Fiberglass.
d. 90 degree elbows for transition to above grade:
1) PVC-RGS.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 25 of 32 16110
2) Fiberglass.
e. Long sweeping bends greater than 15 degrees.
1) PVC-RGS.
2) Fiberglass.
C. FLEX conduits shall be installed for connections to light fixtures, HVAC equipment and
other similar devices above the ceilings.
1. The maximum length shall not exceed:
a. 6 FT to light fixtures.
b. 3 FT to all other equipment.
D. FLEX-LT and FLEX-NM conduits shall be installed as the final conduit connection to light
fixtures, dry type transformers, motors, electrically operated valves, instrumentation
primary elements, and other electrical equipment that is liable to vibrate.
1. The maximum length shall not exceed:
a. 6 FT to light fixtures.
b. 3 FT to motors.
c. 2 FT to all other equipment.
E. NEMA 1 Rated Wireway:
1. Surface mounted in electrical rooms.
2. Surface mounted above removable ceilings tiles of an architecturally finished
area.
F. NEMA 3R Wiring Trough:
1. Surface mounted in exterior, non-corrosive locations.
G. NEMA 4X Rated Wireway:
1. Surface mounted in areas designated as corrosive.
H. NEMA 12 Rated Wireway:
1. Surface mounted in areas designated as dry in architecturally and non-
architecturally finished areas.
3.04 CONDUIT FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Conduit Seals:
1. Install in conduit systems located in hazardous areas as required by the NEC or
as shown on Drawings.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 26 of 32 16110
B. Rigid non-metallic conduit and fittings shall be joined utilizing solvent cement.
1. Immediately after installation of conduit and fitting, the fitting or conduit shall be
rotated ¼ turn to provide uniform contact.
C. Install Expansion Fittings:
1. Where conduits are exposed to the sun and conduit run is greater than 200 FT.
2. Elsewhere as identified on the Drawings.
D. Install Expansion/Deflection Fittings:
1. Where conduits enter a structure.
a. Except electrical manholes and handholes.
b. Except where the duct bank is tied to the structure with rebar.
2. Where conduits span structural expansion joints.
3. Elsewhere as identified on the Drawings.
E. Threaded connections shall be made wrench-tight.
F. Conduit joints shall be watertight:
1. Where subjected to possible submersion.
2. In areas classified as wet.
3. Underground.
G. Terminate Conduits:
1. In metallic outlet boxes:
a. RGS and RAC:
1) Conduit hub and locknut.
2) Insulated bushing and two (2) locknuts.
3) Use grounding type locknut or bushing when required by NEC.
b. EMT: Compression type connector and locknut.
2. In NEMA 1 rated enclosures:
a. RGS and RAC:
1) Conduit hub and locknut.
2) Insulated bushing and two (2) locknuts.
3) Use grounding type locknut or bushing when required by NEC.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 27 of 32 16110
b. EMT: Compression type connector and locknut.
3. In NEMA 12 rated enclosures:
a. Watertight, insulated and gasketed hub and locknut.
b. Use grounding type locknut or bushing when required by NEC.
4. In NEMA 3R, 4 and NEMA 4X rated enclosures:
a. Watertight, insulated and gasketed hub and locknut.
5. In NEMA 7 and NEMA 9 rated enclosures:
a. Into an integral threaded hub.
6. When stubbed up through the floor into floor mounted equipment:
a. With an insulated grounding bushing on metallic conduits.
b. With end bells on non-metallic conduits.
H. Threadless couplings shall only be used to join new conduit to existing conduit when the
existing conduit end is not threaded and it is not practical or possible to cut threads on
the existing conduit with a pipe threader.
3.05 CONDUIT SUPPORT
A. Permitted multi-conduit surface or trapeze type support system per area designations
and conduit types:
1. Dry or wet and/ or hazardous areas:
a. Galvanized system consisting of: Galvanized steel channels and fittings,
nuts and hardware and conduit straps.
b. Aluminum system consisting of: Aluminum channels, fittings and conduit
clamps with stainless steel nuts and hardware.
c. Stainless steel system consisting of: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel
channels and fittings, nuts and hardware and conduit straps.
2. Corrosive areas:
a. PVC coated steel system consisting of: PVC coated galvanized steel
channels and fittings and conduit clamps with stainless steel nuts and
hardware.
b. Fiberglass system consisting of: Fiberglass channel and fittings, and
conduit clamps with stainless steel nuts and hardware.
c. Stainless steel systems consisting of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel
channels and fittings, nuts and hardware and conduit straps.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 28 of 32 16110
3. Conduit type shall be compatible with the support system material.
a. Galvanized steel system may be used with RGS and EMT.
b. Stainless steel system may be used with RGS, PVC-RGS and RAC.
c. PVC coated galvanized steel system may be used with PVC-RGS, RAC,
PVC-40, PVC-80, and Fiberglass.
d. Aluminum system may be used with RAC and PVC-RGS.
e. Fiberglass system may be used with PVC-40, PVC-80, PVC-RGS, and
Fiberglass.
B. Permitted single conduit support fasteners per area designations and conduit types:
1. Architecturally finished areas:
a. Material: Zinc plated steel, or steel protected with zinc phosphate and oil
finish.
b. Types of fasteners: Spring type hangers and clips, straps, hangers with
bolts, clamps with bolts, and bolt on beam clamps.
c. Provide anti-rattle conduit supports when conduits are routed through
metal studs.
2. Dry or wet and/or hazardous areas:
a. Material: Zinc plated steel, stainless steel and malleable iron.
b. Types of fasteners: Straps, hangers with bolts, clamps with bolts, and bolt
on beam clamps.
3. Corrosive areas:
a. Material: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel or PVC coated malleable iron or
steel. For indoor corrosive areas, non-metallic PVC or fiberglass straps
may be used.
b. Types of fasteners: Straps, hangers with bolts, clamps with bolts, and bolt
on beam clamps.
4. Conduit type shall be compatible with the support fastener material.
a. Zinc plated steel, steel protected with zinc phosphate and oil finish and
malleable iron fasteners may be used with RGS and EMT.
b. Stainless steel system may be used with RGS, PVC-RGS, and RAC.
c. PVC coated fasteners may be used with PVC-RGS, RAC, PVC 40, and
PVC-80.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 29 of 32 16110
d. Non-metallic fasteners may be used with PVC-40, PVC-80, and
fiberglass.
C. Conduit Support General Requirements:
1. Maximum spacing between conduit supports per NEC.
2. Support conduit from the building structure.
3. Do not support conduit from process, gas, air, water piping or other conduits.
4. Provide hangers and brackets to limit the maximum uniform load on a single
support to 25 LBS or to the maximum uniform load. Recommended by the
manufacturer if the support is rated less than 25 LBS.
a. Do not exceed the maximum concentrated load recommended by the
manufacturer on any support.
b. Conduit hangers:
1) Continuous threaded rods combined with struts or conduit clamps:
Do not use perforated strap hangers and iron bailing wire.
c. Do not use suspended ceiling support systems to support raceways.
d. Hangers in metal roof decks:
1) Utilize fender washers.
2) Not extend above top of ribs.
3) Not interfere with vapor barrier, insulation, or roofing.
5. Conduit support system fasteners:
a. Use sleeve-type expansion anchors as fasteners in masonry wall
construction.
b. Do not use concrete nails and powder-driven fasteners.
3.06 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION
A. General:
1.
2. Install approved thread grease on all plugs prior to installation.
3. Fill unused punched-out tapped, or threaded hub openings with insert plugs.
Size boxes to accommodate quantity of conductors enclosed and quantity of
conduits connected to the box.
B. Outlet Boxes:
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 30 of 32 16110
1. Permitted uses of metallic outlet boxes:
a. Housing of wiring devices:
1) Recessed in all stud framed walls and ceilings.
2) Recessed in poured concrete, concrete block, and brick walls of
architecturally finished areas and exterior building walls.
b. Pull or junction box:
1) Above gypsum wall board or acoustical tile ceilings.
2) Above 10 FT in an architecturally finished area where there is no
ceiling.
2. Permitted uses of cast outlet boxes:
a. Housing of wiring devices surface mounted in non-architecturally finished
dry, wet, corrosive, and hazardous areas.
b. Pull and junction box surface mounted in non-architecturally finished dry,
wet, and corrosive areas.
3. Permitted uses of non-metallic outlet boxes:
a. Housing of wiring devices surface mounted in non-architecturally finished
corrosive areas.
b. Pull and junction boxes mounted in non-architecturally finished corrosive
areas.
4. Mount devices outlet boxes where indicated on the Drawings and at the following
heights:
a. Light switch (to center): 48 IN.
b. Receptacle in architecturally finished areas (to center): 18 IN.
c. Receptacle on exterior wall of building (to center): 18 IN.
d. Receptacle in non-architecturally finished areas (to center): 48 IN.
e. Telephone outlet in architecturally finished areas (to center): 18 IN.
f. Telephone outlet for wall-mounted phone (to center): 54 IN.
g. Pushbutton or selector switch control station (to center): 48 IN.
5. Set device outlet boxes plumb and vertical to the floor.
6. Outlet boxes recessed in walls:
a. Install with appropriate stud wall support brackets or adjustable bar
hangers so that they are flush with the face of the wall.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 31 of 32 16110
b. Locate in ungrouted cell of concrete block with bottom edge of box flush
with bottom edge of block and flush with the face of the block.
7. Place barriers between switches in boxes with 277 V switches on opposite
phases.
8. Back-to-back installations are not permitted.
9. When an outlet box is connected to a PVC coated conduit, the box shall also be
PVC coated.
C. Pull and Junction Boxes:
1. Install pull or junction boxes in conduit runs where indicated or required to
facilitate pulling of wires or making connections.
a. Make covers of boxes accessible.
2. Permitted uses of NEMA 1 enclosure:
a. Pull or junction box surface mounted above removable ceiling tiles of an
architecturally finished area.
b. Pull or junction box surface in a non-architecturally finished area.
3. Permitted uses of NEMA 3R enclosure:
a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in dry and wet areas, unless stated
otherwise in Drawings.
4. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X metallic enclosure:
a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in areas designated as wet and/or
corrosive.
5. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X non-metallic enclosure:
a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in indoor areas designated as wet
and/or corrosive where used with PVC-40 or PVC-80 conduit.
6. Permitted uses of NEMA 7 enclosure:
a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in Class I hazardous areas.
1) Provide PVC coating in corrosive areas when PVC-RGS conduit is
used.
7. Permitted uses of NEMA 9 enclosure:
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 32 of 32 16110
a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in Class II hazardous areas.
1) Provide PVC coating in corrosive areas when PVC-RGS conduit is
used.
8. Permitted uses of NEMA 12 enclosure:
a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in areas designated as dry.
END OF SECTION
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND PULL
BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 6 16119
SECTION 16119
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND PULL BOXES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Ducts
2. Duct banks
3. Pull Boxes
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
1. C2-93 - National Electrical Safety Code.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Duct: General term for electrical conduit and other raceway, either metallic or
nonmetallic, specified for use underground, embedded in earth or concrete.
B. Duct Bank: Group of two or more ducts in continuous run between two points.
C. Underfloor Conduits.
1. Conduits which run underground within perimeter of building walls under building
floor. This may consist of one conduit, or several conduits grouped together.
D. Duct Bank Conduits
1. Conduits which run underground outside perimeter of building walls may consist
of 1 conduit, or several conduits grouped together.
E. Underground Conduits
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND PULL
BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 6 16119
1. Underground conduits are both underfloor conduits and duct bank conduits.
F. Pull boxes: Below-the-surface enclosure in connection with ducts into which people
reach, but do not enter, for purpose of installing, operating, or maintaining equipment or
wiring.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all products covered under this
B. Submittals are not required if Contractor supplies materials or equipment of specified or
named manufacturers. If Contractor proposes substitutions to material or equipment of
specified or named manufacturers, submittals identified below are required.
1. Product data.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturers of precast pull boxes shall be firms regularly
engaged in manufacturing factory-fabricated pull boxes, of types and sizes required,
whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 yrs.
B. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
C. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store precast concrete units at site as recommended by manufacturer to prevent
physical damage. Arrange so identification markings are visible.
B. Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points.
1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordination of Work:
1. Coordinate layout and installation of pull boxes with final arrangement of ducts as
influenced by actual final location of other utilities in field.
2. Coordinate elevations of duct and raceway entrances into pull boxes with final
profiles of ducts and raceways as determined by coordination with other utilities,
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND PULL
BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 6 16119
underground obstructions, and buildings.
3. Establish locations and elevations to suit field conditions and assure duct banks
run drain to pull boxes, or as shown on Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. Conform to Raceways, Section 16110.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND PULL
BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 6 16119
2.02 DUCT BANK ACCESSORIES
A. Duct Supports: Rigid PVC spacers selected to provide minimum duct spacings and
concrete cover depths indicated, while rigidly supporting ducts during concreting.
2.03 PULL BOXES AND ACCESSORIES
A. Frames and Covers: Cast iron conforming to ANSI C2, Rule 323. Furnish with cast-in
legend, "Electric" or "Signal" as appropriate. Cover-to-frame bearing surfaces machined.
B. Sump Frame and Grate: Comply with FS RR-F-621, Type VII for frame, Type I for cover.
C. Pulling Eyes in Walls: Eyebolt with rebar fastening insert. 2-in. dia eye, 1-in. by 4-in.
long bolt. Working load embedded in 6-in., 4,000 psi concrete: 13,000-lbs. minimum
tension.
2.04 MASONRY (Not Applicable)
2.05 PRECAST MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES (Not Applicable)
2.06 RACEWAY/DUCT SEALING COMPOUND
A. Compound:
1. Non-hardening, putty-like consistency workable at temperatures as low as 35 F.
2. Compound shall not slump at temperature of 300 F and shall readily adhere to
clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete,
masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common
metals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WIRING METHOD
A. General: Install ducts for wiring runs indicated. Provide sizes as indicated.
3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Excavation: Cut trenches neatly and uniformly, and slope uniformly to required pitch.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF DUCTS
A. Slope: Pitch ducts to drain towards manholes and handholes and away from buildings
and equipment, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Minimum slope shall be 4-in. in
100-ft. Where necessary to achieve this between manholes, slope ducts from high point
in run to drain in both directions.
B. Curves and Bends: Use manufactured elbows for stub-ups at equipment and at building
entrances. For other curves and bends, except as otherwise indicated, use
manufactured long sweep bends with minimum radius of 25ft. in both horizontal and
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND PULL
BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 6 16119
vertical directions.
C. Make joints in ducts and fittings watertight in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in same plane.
D. Concrete-Encased Ducts: Support on plastic separators coordinated with duct size and
required duct spacing, and install in accordance with following:
1. Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and
deforming of ducts, and secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent
floating during concreting. Do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel in such way
as to form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups.
2. Reinforcing: Reinforce duct banks. Size and arrange reinforcing steel as
indicated on Drawings.
3. Concreting: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and
between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not use power-driven
agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct bank application. Pour
each run of envelope between manholes or other terminations in one continuous
operation unless approved by Engineer. Where more than one pour is
necessary, terminate each pour in vertical plane and continue duct bank
reinforcing minimum of 18-in. beyond termination of pour.
4. Forms: Walls of trench may be used to form side walls of duct bank provided soil
is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions.
Use forms where soil is not self-supporting.
5. Minimum Clearances: As Indicated on Drawings.
6. Depth: Except as otherwise indicated, top of duct bank shall be 24-in. below
finished grade, minimum, in non-traffic areas, and 30 in. below finished grade,
minimum, in vehicular traffic areas.
E. Stub-ups: Duct stub-ups to equipment shall be rigid steel, PVC-coated rigid steel, or rigid
aluminum type conduit matching the above ground conduit requirements for the
area. PVC conduit is not permitted to be used. For equipment mounted on outdoor
concrete pads, steel conduit shall extend minimum of 5-ft. away from edge of
pad. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations. Couple steel conduits to
ducts with adapters designed for purpose and encased concrete.
1. For galvanized rigid steel and aluminum conduit, wrap all portions of the conduit
exposed to soil or concrete to with corrosion protection
tape.
F. Sealing: For ducts to be wired in this Project, provide temporary closure at terminations.
For spare ducts, seal bore of ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs as
required to withstand 15 psi minimum hydrostatic pressure.
G. Pulling Cord: Provide 100-lb test nylon cord in ducts including spares.
H. Marker Tape: Provide plastic marker tape over ducts at 12 in. below finished grade.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND PULL
BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 6 of 6 16119
3.04 INSTALLATION OF PULL BOXES, GENERAL
A. General:
1. Provide pull boxes of sizes, shapes, and locations as indicated.
2. Determine final elevation of ducts as influenced by possible adjustments in other
utilities and surface features and discovery of underground obstructions before
installing pull boxes.
adjustments necessitated by obstructions.
3. Install units plumb and level and with orientation and depth coordinated with
arrangement of connecting ducts to minimize bends and deflections required for
proper entrances.
B. Elevation:
1. Pull Boxes: Install flush with grade.
C. Drainage: Install drains in bottom of units where indicated. Arrange to coordinate with
drainage provisions as indicated or specified.
3.05 CLEANING AND RESTORATION
A. Clean Ducts: Clean full length of ducts with a round bristle brush with dia ½-in. greater
than internal diameter of duct.
B. Clean Pull Boxes: Clean internal surfaces of manholes including sump. Remove foreign
material.
3.06 RESTORATION
A. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original
grades except as otherwise indicated.
B. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is
completed.
C. Restore all areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work to
their original condition.
D. Include necessary top soiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, or mulching.
E. Restore disturbed paving as indicated.
END OF SECTION
600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 6 160120
SECTION 16120
600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for 600-volt building wire and cable.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association
(ANSI/NFPA), NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 310 - Conductors for
General Wiring.
B. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL)
1. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables
2. UL 1063: Machine Tool Wires and Cables
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM B3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires
2. ASTM B8: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium Hard,
Soft
D. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA), ICEA S-61-402: Thermoplastic-Insulated
Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA
WC-5).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A.
600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 6 160120
1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data
2. Instruction for handling and storage
3. Dimensions and weight
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tests. Cable shall meet all the requirements of Part 6 of ICEA S-61-402.
600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 6 160120
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Ship wire and cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified.
Where cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain
one continuous length of cable. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable
barrier across the traverse of the reel. Provide moisture protection by using
manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable self-sealing end caps applied to
both ends of the cable.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Alan Wire
B. American Insulated Wire Corporation
C. Cerro Wire
D. General Cable Company
E. Houston Wire & Cable
F. Okonite Company
G. Interstate Wire Company
H. Southwire
I. Service Wire Company
J. Encore Wire
K. Republic Wire, Inc
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Design. Provide cable designated as THWN/THHN or XHHW single conductor type and
UL 83 and UL 1063 listed, rated 600 volts and certified for continuous operation at
maximum conductor temperature of 90 degrees C in dry locations and 75 degrees C in
wet locations while installed in underground duct, conduit or in control panels (MTW).
B. Conductors. Provide conductors which are Class B, concentric stranded, annealed un-
coated copper with physical and electrical properties complying with ASTM B3 and B8
and Part 2 of ICEA S-61-402.
C. Insulation. Each conductor shall be PVC insulated and nylon jacketed to meet the
requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402. The insulation thickness shall match the
dimensions listed in NEC Table 310-13 for type THHN and THWN wire.
600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 6 160120
D. Wire Marking
1. Wire marking shall be in accordance with NEC Article 310-11 and shall be
printed on the wire insulation at 2-foot intervals.
2. The printing method used shall be permanent and the color shall sharply contrast
with the jacket color.
E. The single conductor color coding shall be as follows:
System Voltage A B C Neutral
120/208 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Red Blue White
120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Orange Blue White
277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Purple Yellow Grey
Motor Control 1 Black
2 Red
3 Blue
Ground Green
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Complete the cable raceway systems and underground duct banks before installing
cables.
B. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables.
C. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the
selected reel.
D. Clean conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Wiring Methods
1. Use wiring methods indicated on the Drawings
2. In general, use THHN/THWN or XHHW building wire for lighting, power and
control wiring were conductors are enclosed in raceways such as above ground
conduit system, underground duct banks, or inside control panels.
3. Do not use solid conductors.
600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 6 160120
4. Use conductors not smaller than No. 12 AWG stranded for lighting circuits.
5. Use conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG for control circuits, except when
part of a multiconductor cable or internal panel wiring.
6. In general, do not splice conductors unless approved by the Engineer.
7. Splices associated with taps for lighting and control circuits are allowed without
approval.
8. Make splices in accessible junction boxes.
9. Use wire nuts with insulated caps for lighting wiring splices. Splice control circuit
with insulated crimp connectors.
B. Single Conductor in Conduit and Ductbank
1. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and NEC
Chapter 3 Wiring Methods and Materials. Do not exceed maximum wire
tension, maximum insulation pressure and minimum bending radius.
2. Pull cables into conduits using adequate lubrication to reduce friction. Lubricants
must not be harmful to the conductor insulation.
C. Preparation for Termination
1. Make 600-volt power cable terminations and splices with heat shrinkable sleeves
and seals.
2. Terminal lugs and connectors for all sizes of conductors shall be crimp-on type.
3. For size 1/0 AWG and larger, crimp-on lugs shall have the long barrel with 2-hole
tongues except in places where termination space is limited.
D. Tests
1. In general, test insulation integrity of the wiring system before terminating.
2. Make sure to disconnect sensitive electronic equipment before testing insulation.
3. Use a 500 VDC megohmmeter and perform the wire system insulation test in
accordance with the operating instructions.
E. Termination
1. After the 600-volt wiring system has been tested with satisfactory results,
reconnect wire.
600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 6 of 6 160120
END OF SECTION
INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 6 16126
SECTION 16126
INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for instrumentation cable.
B. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
1. ASTM B3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires.
2. ASTM B8: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium Hard,
Soft.
3. ASTM B33: Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes.
B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), IEEE 383-2.5: IEEE Standard for
Type Test of Class IE Electric Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations.
C. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA):
1. ICEA S-61-402: Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission
and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA WC-5).
2. ICEA S-66-524: Cross-Linked-Thermosetting-Polyethylene-Insulated Wire and
Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA WC-7).
3. ICEA S-68-516: Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA WC-8).
D. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL):
1. UL 44: Rubber Insulated Wires and Cables.
2. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and Cables.
E. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association
(ANSI/NFPA), NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Chapter No. 3 - Wiring
INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 6 16126
Methods and Materials, Article 725 - Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote Control,
Signaling, and Power-Limited Circuits.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following under the provisions of Section 01300 - Submittals:
1. Completed engineer's data sheets from this specification or manufacturer's data
sheets, cut sheets, and catalog data.
2. Installation, terminating and splicing procedure (including bending radius and
pulling tension data).
INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 6 16126
3. Instruction for handling and storage.
4. Dimensions and weight.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tests:
1. Cable shall be tested at the factory to confirm that the cable complies with
requirements of ICEA Section 7.7.9 of S-66-524 or 7.5.9 of S-68-516. Refer to
data sheet for additional test requirements.
2. Where applicable, the cable shall meet the requirements of the vertical tray flame
test as described in IEEE 383-2.5.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Ship cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified. Where cut
lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain one
continuous length of cable. Reels shall be of the type specified on the data sheets.
Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse of the
reel. Provide moisture protection by manufacturer's standard procedure or heat
shrinkable self-sealing end caps applied to both ends of the cable.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Alpha Wire Corporation
B. Belden Division, Cooper Industries, Inc.
C. Cablec Continental Cables Company
D. Dekoron Wire & Cable, LLC
E. General Cable Company
F. Manhattan Electric Cable Corporation
G. Okonite Company
H. Advanced Digital Cable Inc.
I. Priority Wire & Cable Inc.
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Design: Provide cable with the following design characteristics. The cable shall consist
of multiple conductors. The cable assembly shall be UL listed, flame, oil and sunlight
resistant, and certified for continuous operation at the temperature specified on the
Instrumentation Cable Data Sheets in wet or dry locations while installed in underground
duct, conduit, or cable tray. The number and size of conductors supplied in each cable
shall correspond to the quantities specified on the Instrumentation Cable Data Sheets.
Each conductor shall be individually insulated. Pairs and triads shall have conductors,
which are twisted together with a drain wire, shielded, and covered with a jacket. Multi-
pair/triad cables shall consist of the required number of electrically isolated, shielded
pairs or triads, which are bundled together and covered by an overall jacket as specified
on the Instrumentation Cable Data Sheets.
INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 6 16126
B. Conductors: Provide conductors which are Class B, concentric stranded, annealed
tinned copper whose physical and electrical properties comply with ASTM B3, B8 or B33
and Part 2 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524, or S-68-516, unless otherwise specified on the
Instrumentation Cable Data Sheets.
C. Insulation: Each conductor shall be insulated as specified on the Instrumentation Cable
Data Sheets in compliance the requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402, S-66-524, or
S-68-516. The average insulation thickness shall not be less than the dimensions
shown in Table 7-32 or 7.5.1 of ICEA S-66-524 or S-68-516 for 600-volt insulation
unless otherwise specified on the Instrumentation Cable Data Sheets. The minimum
insulation thickness shall not be less than 90 percent of the value given in the table.
D. Drain Wire: Provide drain wire which is Class B, seven-stranded, tin-coated copper in
accordance with ASTM B3, B8, or B33 and as specified on the Instrumentation Cable
Data Sheets. The drain wire shall not be less than two AWG sizes smaller than the
insulated conductor's size, except for multiple pair triad drain wires, which shall not be
less than the insulated conductor size.
E. Shielding: Provide shielding consisting of laminated, nonburning, mylar-backed
aluminum tape applied helically around a twisted pair or triad with the aluminum side in
continuous contact with the drain wire unless otherwise specified on the Instrumentation
Cable Data Sheet. Wrap the tape around each twisted pair or triad with a 25 percent
minimum overlap unless otherwise specified on the Instrumentation Cable Data Sheets.
F. Jacket: The physical and electrical properties of the jacket used to cover single or
multi-pair or triad cables shall meet the requirements of section 7.7.7 or ICEA S-66-524
or section 7.5.6 of ICEA S-68-516. Jacket material is specified on the Instrumentation
Cable Data Sheets. The jacket thickness shall be equal to the dimensions shown in
Table 7-33 or 7.5.2 of ICEA S-66-524 or S-68-516. The jacket material is specified on
the Instrumentation Cable Data Sheets. The jacket thickness shall be equal to the
dimensions shown in Table 7-33 or 7.5.2 of ICEA S-66-524 or S-68-516.
G. Armor: Where requested, use instrumentation cables protected by an interlocked metal
tape armor coating made of galvanized steel which meets the requirements of paragraph
4.5 of ICEA S-68-516 or S-66-524, unless otherwise specified on the Instrumentation
Cable Data Sheets.
H. Conductor Identification: Use individual conductors in single-pair and single-triad cables
which are color coded black and white; and black, white and red, respectively. Multi-
pair-triad cables shall have one conductor in each pair or triad colored white, and all
other conductors are color coded in sequence according to Table L-2 of Appendix 2 of
ICEA S-66-524, and as specified on the Instrumentation Cable Data Sheets.
I. Cable Marking: Print cable-marking information on the jacket of each cable at 2-foot
intervals. Use a permanent printing method with color sharply contrasting the jacket
color. See the Instrumentation Cable Data Sheets for the minimum information required.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 6 16126
A. Complete cable raceway systems, underground duct banks and cable support systems
before installing cables.
B. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables.
C. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the
selected reel.
D. Do not install or work on PVC insulated or jacketed cables in temperatures below 32
degrees F.
E. Clean conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled.
F. Provide at least 30 percent spare conductors or pairs.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Cable in Conduit and Ductbank
1. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and NEC Article
725 - Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote Control, Signaling and Power
Limited Circuits. Do not exceed maximum wire tension, maximum insulation
pressure and minimum bending radius.
2. Pull cables into conduits using adequate lubrication to reduce friction. Lubricants
must not be harmful to the conductor insulation or cable jacket.
3. Conduits carrying low-level signal cables shall be PVC-coated rigid steel.
B. Cable in Tray: Install instrument and signal cable in cable tray only when the tray is
dedicated for this type cable and cables are approved for tray installation.
C. Termination:
1. Do not splice conductors. For termination use crimp-on type ring tongue non-
insulated tin-plated copper lugs.
2. For shielded control cable, terminate the shield and ground it at one end only,
preferably at the control panel end for instrument and communication cable and
at the supply end for electronic power cables. Shield on ungrounded cable end to
be wrapped cylindrically around cable end and thoroughly insulated with Scotch
33 electrical tape. Grounded end to be of sufficient length to reach ground screw
or terminal strip and insulated with transparent tubing.
3. If splicing is required, maintain shield continuity by jumpering the ground shield
across connection point where it is broken at junction boxes, or other splice
points. Insulate these points from ground.
4. Mark wiring on both ends with circuit numbers or loop tag numbers. Heat shrink
wire markers after the ring tongue terminal has been installed. Extend the
marker over the crimp or base of the terminal.
D. Tests:
INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
05/11/2022 Page 6 of 6 16126
1. Before connecting the cables, test insulation integrity and conductor continuity.
2. Test shielded cable shields with an ohmmeter for continuity along the length of
the cable and for shield continuity to ground.
3. Connect shielded instrumentation cables to a calibrated 4-20 milliamp DC signal
transmitter and receiver. Test at 4,12, and 20 milliamp transmitter settings.
4. Test each electrical circuit after permanent cables are in place to demonstrate
that the circuit and connected equipment perform satisfactorily and that cables
are free from improper grounds and short circuits.
E. Termination: After the instrumentation cable has been tested with satisfactory results,
the cable can be terminated at both ends to their designated terminal points.
END OF SECTION
DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 4 16131
SECTION 16131
DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for device, pull, and junction boxes.
B. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(ANSI/NEMA).
1. FB1 - Fittings and Support for Conduits and Cable Assemblies
2. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum)
B. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association
(ANSI/NFPA), NFPA70 - National Electrical Code (NEC) - Article 370 - Outlet Device,
Pull and Junction Boxes, Conduit Bodies and Fittings.
C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):
1. 50 - Safety Cabinets and Boxes
2. 508 - Safety Industrial Control Equipment
3. 514B - Safety Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes
4. 886 - Safety Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Areas
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A.
B. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data
DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 4 16131
C. Instruction for handling and storage
1. Installation instructions
2. Dimensions and weights
DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 4 16131
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Pack and crate boxes to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage
during shipping, handling and storage.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Cast Device Boxes
1. Appleton Electric Company
2. Crouse-Hinds, Division of Cooper Industries
3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Device Boxes
1. Provide UL-approved boxes designed and manufactured to house electrical
devices like receptacles and switches, and in conformance with NEMA FB1 and
NEC Article 370.
2. Supply boxes that are hot-dip galvanized on cast iron suitable for corrosive and 0
wet atmosphere.
B. Hardware
1. Mounting Hardware: Stainless steel
2. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Review the drawings and determine how many boxes of each kind are required and
check if supplied quantity is sufficient.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Boxes described in this specification shall be used both in dry and wet, corrosive areas,
both inside and outside locations.
B. Install boxes in accordance with NEC Article 370 in locations indicated on the Drawings.
DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 4 16131
C. Install junction and pull boxes in readily accessible places to facilitate wire pulls,
maintenance and repair.
D. Plug unused conduit openings.
E. Make conduit connections to sheet metal boxes with watertight conduit connectors.
END OF SECTION
WIRING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 4 16140
SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for wiring devices including:
1. Receptacles.
2. Wall switches.
3. Wall plates and cover plates.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(ANSI/NEMA):
1. NEMA WD1 - General Purpose Wiring Devices.
2. NEMA WD6 - Dimensional Requirements.
B. Federal Specifications (WC-596F).
C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Articles 210 Branch Circuits, 250
Grounding and 410, Paragraphs 56, 57 and 58.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit
WIRING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 4 16140
1. Manufacturer's product literature and specifications including dimensions,
weights, certifications and instructions for handling, storage and installation.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Pack and crate devices to permit ease of handling and protect from damage during
shipping, handling and storage.
WIRING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 4 16140
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Bryant Electric
B. Crouse-Hinds, Arrow Hart Division
C. Hubbel Inc. Wiring Devices Division
D. Leviton Manufacturing Company
E. Pass & Seymour/Legrand.
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Standards: Conform to NEMA WD1 for general requirements and NEMA WD6 for
dimensional requirements.
B. Manufacture devices to heavy-duty industrial specification grade with brown nylon
bodies (orange for isolated-ground receptacles) back and side wiring provisions and
green-colored grounding screws.
C. Receptacles:
1. Duplex-type receptacles: Rated 20 amps at 120 volts.
2. Contacts: Brass or phosphor bronze.
3. Receptacle grounding system: Extend to the mounting strap unless isolated
ground is indicated or required.
4. GFI or GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) receptacles: Provide feed-through
type with test and reset button.
D. Wall Switches:
1. Toggle switches: Rated 20 amps at 120/277 volts AC rated for both resistive and
inductive loads.
2. Contacts: Silver cadmium oxide construction to prevent sticking, welding and
excessive pitting.
E. Cover Plates:
1. Receptacles:
a. In outdoor areas, provide cover plates of cast metal, in-use type with
stainless steel hardware.
WIRING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 4 16140
b. In indoor, corrosive and/or wet areas, provide cover plates of
polycarbonate type with stainless steel hardware.
c. All other plates: Type 302 stainless steel.
2. Wall Switches
a. In outdoor or corrosive or wet locations, provide cover plates of cast
metal, gasketed with spring-loaded hinged covers and stainless steel
hardware.
b. All other plates: Type 302 stainless steel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Verify that device boxes are correctly placed.
B. Verify that the correct quantity, size and type of wires are pulled to each device box.
C. Verify that wiring has been checked at both ends.
D. Prepare wire ends for connection to devices.
E. Inspect each wiring device for defects.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install devices plumb and level.
C. Install switches with OFF position down.
D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top.
E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper.
F. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductors clockwise around screw terminals.
G. Install cover plates on switch, receptacle and blank outlets in finished areas.
H. Energize and test devices for proper operation.
END OF SECTION
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 4 16161
SECTION 16161
PANELBOARDS 480V
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for panelboards.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(ANSI/NEMA)
1. NEMA AB1: Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2. NEMA PB1: Panelboards
3. NEMA PB1.1: Instruction for Safe Installation Operation and Maintenance of
Panelboards rated 600 volts or less.
4. NEMA PB1.2: Application Guide for Ground-fault Protective Devices for
Equipment
B. Federal Specifications, FS W-C-375A: Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit
and Service.
C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association
(ANSI/NFPA), NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 384 - Switchboards
and Panelboards.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300 - Submittals:
1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data
2. Breaker arrangement
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 4 16161
3. Breaker characteristic curves
4. Instruction for handling and storage
5. Installation instructions
6. Dimensions and weights
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Have panelboards packed and crated to permit ease of handling and to provide
protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage.
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 4 16161
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Sheet Metal Boxes:
1. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer
2. General Electric
3. Siemens
4. Square D Company
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Basic Requirements:
1. Use panelboards manufactured and tested in accordance with NEMA PB 1.
2. Provide circuit breakers of industrial grade, manufactured and tested in
accordance with NEMA AB 1 and Federal Specification FS W-C-375.
3. Do not exceed 42 available single pole branch circuits in any one panelboard.
B. Rating:
1. Voltage rating, current rating, number of phases, number of wires and number of
poles are indicated on Drawings.
2. Branch circuit breaker interrupting capacity shall be minimum 10,000 ampere
RMS symmetrical for 208V; 25,000 ampere RMS symmetrical for 480V.
C. Circuit Breakers: Molded case, bolt-on thermal magnetic type with number of poles and
trip ratings as shown on the Drawings. Provide ground fault interrupters with trip rating
where shown on the Drawings.
D. Bus System:
1. Bus Bars: 98 percent conductivity copper. Provide a solid neutral bar in 4-wire
panelboards. Include ground bus in all panels. Provide split-bus panels where
shown on Drawings.
2. Main: Circuit breaker or main lugs only as indicated on the Drawings or as
required to meet the current interrupting ratings.
E. Box and Trim:
1. Construction: Code grade steel, ample gutter space, flush door, flush snaplatch
and lock.
2. Trim: Surface or flush as required. Enclose panelboards located outdoors, or in
other wet and corrosive areas in NEMA 4X weatherproof stainless steel
enclosures. Enclose indoor panelboards in a NEMA 1 enclosure with
manufacturer's standard gray enamel finish.
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 4 16161
3. Directory: Typed card, with glass cover in frame on back of door giving the circuit
numbers and the area or equipment served.
F. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Review Drawings to verify that panelboards are correct for the application.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install the panelboard in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and NEC Article 384.
B. Mount panelboards 6'-0" (to top of cabinet) above finished floor or grade.
C. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, install panel enclosures on
spacers to provide approximately 1/4-inch between back of cabinet and mounting
surface.
D. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, connect conduit to the bottom of
enclosure and to the lower 30 percent of the sides using watertight connectors.
END OF SECTION
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 4 16165
SECTION 16165
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for disconnect switches including:
1. Fusible disconnect switches
2. Non-fusible disconnect switches
3. Circuit breaker type disconnect switches
4. Fuses
5. Circuit breakers
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(ANSI/NEMA)
1. NEMA AB1: Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2. NEMA KS1: Enclosed Switches
B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1. UL 98: Standard for safety enclosed switches and Dead Front Switches
2. UL 198C: High Interrupting Capacity Fuses, Current Limiting type
3. UL 198E: Class R Fuses
C. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association
(ANSI/NFPA), NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 380 - Switches.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A.
1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 4 16165
2. Switch internal arrangement
3. Breaker or fuse characteristic curves
4. Instructions for handling and storage
5. Installation instructions
6. Dimensions and weights
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1.
2.
100.
B. Single-Source Responsibility: Enclosed switches and circuit breakers shall be product of
single manufacturer.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Have disconnect switches packed and crated to permit ease of handling and to provide
protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers:
1. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer
2. General Electric
3. Siemens
4. Square D Company
B. Fuses:
1. Bussman Division, Cooper Industries
2. Mersen
3. Littelfuse Incorporated
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Disconnect Switches:
1. Characteristics: Horsepower rated, 300-volt, heavy-duty type with an interlocked
door, positive quick-make, quick-break mechanism and visible blades.
2. Use switches and components designed, manufactured and tested in
accordance with NEMA AB1, NEMA KS1, UL 98, and NEC Article 380.
3. Enclose switch in the enclosure type as stated on the drawings. If not stated on
drawings, provide NEMA 12 type enclosure for indoor application and NEMA 3R
type enclosure for outdoor applications except in corrosive areas. In corrosive
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 4 16165
areas, provide NEMA 4X (type 304 or 316 stainless steel).
4. Provide switches with provisions for padlocking the operating lever in OFF
position and door in closed position.
5. Select switches having the number of poles and general size conforming to the
Drawings.
6. Conform to fusible, non-fusible or circuit breaker type switch requirements as
shown on Drawings or one-line diagrams.
7. Provide an auxiliary contact, shown on the Drawings.
8. Select fuses or circuit breakers with current interrupting duty as calculated for the
points of switch application or as indicated on the Drawings or one-line diagrams.
B. Fuses: Unless otherwise noted on Drawings, for fuses used in disconnect switches,
provide the dual-element, time-delay type with the maximum interrupting rating of
200,000 amperes, conforming to the current NEC.
C. Circuit Breakers: When circuit breakers are used in disconnect switches, provide the
thermal-magnetic type with current interruption ratings as required at the point of
application.
D. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Review the Drawings and verify the disconnect switches are correct for the applications.
B. Make sure that the correct fuses or breakers are being used regarding size and short
circuit interrupting capability.
C. Prepare adhesive labels on the inside door of each switch indicating UL fuse class and
size or breaker type and size for replacement.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install disconnect switches in accordance with and
NEC Article 380.
B. Mount switches 6'-6" (to top of cabinet) above finished floor or grade.
C. Install switches level and plumb.
D. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, install switches on spacers to
provide a space of approximate 1/4-inch between the back of cabinet and the mounting
surface.
E. In wet and corrosive areas, including outdoor locations, connect conduit to the bottom of
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 4 16165
enclosure and to the lower 30 percent of the sides using watertight connectors.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Set field-adjustable enclosed switches and circuit breaker trip ranges as indicated.
3.04 CLEANING
A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect
exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish
including chips, scratches, and abrasions.
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 7 16170
SECTION 16170
GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Grounding electrodes and conductors
B. Equipment grounding conductors
C. Bonding
D. Power system grounding
E. Communication system grounding
F. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding
G. Control equipment grounding
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM B3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires
2. ASTM B8: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium Hard,
Soft
3. ASTM B33: Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes
B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE):
1. IEEE 142-82: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
2. IEEE 383-2.5: IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class IE Electric Cables, Field
Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
C. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL):
1. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and Cables
2. UL 467: Grounding and Bonding Equipment
GROUNDING AND BONDING
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 7 16170
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code
(NEC), Article No. 250 - Grounding.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following under the provisions of Section 01300 - Submittals:
1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data
2. Installation, terminating and splicing procedure
3. Instruction for handling and storage
4. Dimensions and weight
B. Submittals after construction
1. Report of field tests and observations certified by Contractor.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tests:
1. Use insulated cable conforming to requirements of the vertical tray flame test as
described in IEEE 383-2.5.
2. Test grounding system in the field in accordance with procedures outlined in
Part 3 - Execution.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Ship grounding cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless otherwise specified.
Where cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. Each reel shall contain
one continuous length of cable. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable
barrier across the traverse of the reel. Pack and crate other materials specified to
withstand normal abuse during shipping, handling and storage.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Cable:
1. American Insulated Wire Company
2. Houston Wire & Cable
3. General Cable Company
4. Okonite Company
5. Interstate Wire Company
6. Southwire
7. Encore Wire
B. Ground Rods and Connectors:
1. Blackburn
GROUNDING AND BONDING
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 7 16170
2. Copperweld
3. Thomas & Betts
C. Exothermic Connections:
1. Burndy Corporation (Therm-O-Weld)
2. Erico Products (Cadweld)
D. Grounding Connectors:
1. Burndy Corporation
2. O.Z. Gedney
3. Thomas & Betts
GROUNDING AND BONDING
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 7 16170
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Design:
1. Provide grounding cable and materials with the following characteristics:
a. Use a grounding system designed in accordance with NEC Article No.
250 - Grounding, and the IEEE 142-82 - Recommended Practice for
Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.
B. Materials:
1. Use grounding conductors, bare or insulated, which are manufactured and tested
in accordance with applicable standards ASTM B3, ASTM B8 and ASTM B33.
2. Where specified on Drawings, provide a main ground loop of No. 4/0 AWG,
Class C stranded, bare copper cable. Small groups of isolated equipment may
be grounded by a No. 2 AWG minimum insulated conductor connected to the
main loop. Generally, taps shall be sized as follows:
a. Main ground loop or grid: #4/0 minimum
b. Switchgear, motor control centers and power transformers: #4/0
c. Motors 200 hp and above: #4/0
d. Power panels - AC and DC: #2/0
e. Control panels and consoles: #2
f. Building columns: #4/0
g. Fencing posts: #2/0
3. Where single conductor insulated grounding conductors are called for, use 600-
volt insulation. Use ground conductors identified with green insulation or green
tape marking.
4. Supply identifying ribbon which is PVC tape, 3 inches wide, red color,
permanently imprinted with "CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW" in
black letters as specified in Section 16195, Electrical Identification.
5. Utilize flexible copper braid across hinged chain link or fence gates to bond the
movable portion to the grounded fence post.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Complete site preparation and soil compaction before trenching and driving ground rods
for the underground grid.
B. Verify from Drawings the exact location of stub-up points for grounding of equipment,
fences and building or steel structures.
GROUNDING AND BONDING
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 7 16170
3.02 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA
A. Install the main ground loop at a depth of at least 30 inches below earth surface.
Connect the ground loop to ground rods and to tap connections to form a complete
system as indicated on the electrical Drawings. The Contractor shall give special
attention to the grounding of service equipment, structures and fences to comply with the
NEC, local authorities and the serving utility company.
B. Electrical equipment, buildings, tanks, and other structures and equipment shall be
grounded as indicated on the Drawings. Where ground rods are required, the rods shall
be 10 feet long, 3/4-inch diameter, copper-clad steel ground rods, or as specified on the
Drawings. Rods shall be driven vertically, and the top of the rods shall be a minimum of
18 inches below finished grade, or as specified on the Drawings.
C. Local pushbutton and selector switch stations, two-wire control devices, disconnect
switches, lighting transformers, panelboards, operator panels, benchboards, and the
enclosures of other electrical apparatus shall be grounded through an equipment
grounding conductor run with the power supply or control circuit conductors or shall be
grounded as shown on the Drawings.
D. Ground medium voltage motors, in addition to the grounding conductors in the motor
feeder cable, with a separate No. 4/0 AWG cable to motor frame.
E. Motors having power supplied by multiconductor cable shall be grounded by a separate
grounding conductor in the cable and where supplied by single conductor cable in
conduit by a grounding conductor pulled in the conduit. Connect ground conductors to
the ground bus in the motor control center and to the ground terminal provided in the
motor conduit box.
F. Do not ground the insulated bearing pedestals of large motors.
G. Connect ladder-type cable trays to the grounding electrode system.
H. Install a warning ribbon approximately 12 inches below finished grade directly above the
ground grid.
I. Connect fence posts of chain link and metal fences to the main ground loop at least
every 50 feet.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Equipment Grounding:
1. Make grounding connections to surfaces, which are dry and cleaned of paint,
rust, oxides, scales, grease and dirt to ensure good conductivity. Clean copper
and galvanized steel to remove oxide before making welds or connections.
2. Use the exothermic welding process for below-grade grounding connections,
except at ground rods. Use mechanical connectors or thermal connections for
above-grade grounding connections as shown on the Drawings.
GROUNDING AND BONDING
05/11/2022 Page 6 of 7 16170
3. Make grounding connections to electrical equipment, vessels, mechanical
equipment and ground rods in accordance with the Drawings.
4. Ground tanks and vessels by making connections to integral structural supports
or to existing grounding lugs or pads, and not to the body of the tank or vessel.
5. Leave ground connections to equipment visible for inspection. Protect them with
PVC non-metallic conduit as indicated on the Drawings.
6. Make connections to motor frames and ground buses with lugs attached to the
equipment by means of bolts. Do not use motor anchor bolts or equipment
housing for fastening lugs of grounding cable.
7. Where the wiring for lighting systems consists of single conductor cables in
conduit, provide each conduit with an equipment-grounding conductor. Use a
grounding conductor with green colored insulation and ground equipment in the
lighting system.
B. Raceway and Support Systems Grounding:
1. Install raceway, cable rack or tray and conduit so that it is bonded together and
permanently grounded to the equipment ground bus, according to the Drawings.
Connection to conduit may be grounding bushing or ground clamp.
2. Install raceway at low voltage motor control centers or other low voltage control
equipment so that it is bonded and grounded, except that any conduit which is
effectively grounded to the sheet metal enclosure by bonding bushing or hubs
need not be otherwise bonded.
3. Where a grounding conductor is run in or on a cable tray, bond the grounding
conductor to each section of cable tray with a cable tray ground clamp.
4. Where only grounding conductor is installed in a metal conduit, bond both ends
of the conduit to the grounding conductor.
5. Provide flexible "jumpers" around raceway expansion joints. Use copper bonding
straps for steel conduit. Install jumpers across cable tray joints, which have been
parted to allow for expansion and any hinged cable tray connections.
C. Fences and Gates:
1. Ground fences, fence posts and gates to the underground grid as shown on the
Drawings.
D. Power System Grounding:
1. Solidly ground the secondary neutral of the main power supply transformer either
to the ground grid or through an impedance. See Drawings for details.
2. Solidly ground the neutral of lighting, instrument and control transformers.
E. Cable Armor and Shields:
GROUNDING AND BONDING
05/11/2022 Page 7 of 7 16170
1. For shielded control cable, terminate and ground the shield at one end only,
preferably at the control panel end for instrument and communication cable and
at the supply end for electronic power cables. Maintain shield continuity by
jumpering the ground shield across connection point where it is broken at
junction boxes, or other splice points. Insulate these points from ground.
2. Connect the ground wire in power cable assemblies at each terminal point to a
ground bus, if available, or to the equipment enclosure. Do not carry these
ground wires through a "doughnut" current transformer (CT) used for ground fault
relaying; do carry ground leads from stress cones through CTs. Ground power
cable armor and shield at each terminal point.
F. Test Wells:
1. Provide access (test wells) for testing the ground grid system at one or several
ground rod locations. Make test wells of a pipe surrounding the rod and
connections with a cover placed on top at grade level. See Drawings for details.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test:
1. Perform ground resistance tests after underground installation and connections
to building steel are complete, unless otherwise noted on applicable Drawings.
2. Make tests at each ground test well using a "fall of potential" test method. Each
ground test well shall not exceed a maximum resistance of 5 ohms. Where
measured values exceed this figure, install additional ground rods as required to
reduce the resistance to the specified limit.
B. Inspection:
1. Inspection of the grounding system by the Engineer and the local Code Inspector
must take place before the grid trenches are backfilled.
3.05 RESTORATION
A. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades
except as otherwise indicated.
B. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed.
C. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other Work to their
original condition.
D. Include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, or mulching.
E. Restore disturbed paving as indicated.
END OF SECTION
SUPPORTING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 8 16190
SECTION 16190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Requirements of Division 16 "Basic Electrical Requirements" apply to this Section.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Conduit and equipment supports.
B. Anchors and fasteners.
C. Strut.
D. Fittings.
E. Hangers.
F. Hanger rod.
G. Brackets.
H. Cable ties.
I. Spring vibration isolators.
J. Concrete Equipment Pads.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 16010:
1. Provide strut by no more than two (2) manufacturers.
2. Hanger and support schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, size,
spacing, features, and application for each required type of hanger, support,
sleeve, seal, and fastener to be used.
3. Shop drawings indicating details of fabricated products and materials.
4. Submittals in this section shall also be signed by the Structural Engineer and/or
System Building Manufacturers where applicable.
SUPPORTING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 8 16190
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Comply with the following:
1. Electrical components shall be listed and labeled by UL, ETL, CSA, or other
approved, nationally recognized testing and listing agency that provides third-
party certification follow-up services.
2. Comply with Federal Specification W-C-582A, FF-B-575C and FS-S-760A(2).
SUPPORTING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 8 16190
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1. Slotted Metal Angle and U-Channel Systems:
a. Allied Tube & Conduit
b. American Electric
c. B-Line Systems, Inc.
d. GS Metals Corp.
e. Unistrut Corporation
2. Hangers:
a. Erico/Caddy
b. Allied
c. American Electric
d. B-Line
e. GS Metals
f. Unistrut
3. Brackets:
a. Erico
b. Bowers
c. Raco
d. Steel City
4. Vibration Isolators:
a. Amber/Booth
b. Dynasonic
c. Grinnell
d. Mason Industries
2.02 COATINGS
A. Coating: Strut, fittings, hangers and hanger rod shall be ASTM A123 hot dip galvanized
after fabrication. Hardware fasteners and clamps shall have ASTM B633 Type III SCI
electroplated zinc coatings.
2.03 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Raceway Supports: Clevis hangers, riser clamps, conduit straps, threaded C-clamps
with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring steel clamps. Purlin
hangers shall mount to the vertical member of the purlin or as otherwise required by
building manufacturer and/or structural engineer.
SUPPORTING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 8 16190
B. Fasteners: Types, materials, and construction features as follows:
1. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and junction boxes to building
structure using beam clamps.
2. Use steel springhead type toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow
masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls; expansion anchors or
preset inserts in solid masonry walls; self-drilling anchors or expansion anchor on
concrete surfaces; sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs; and wood screws in
wood construction.
3. Fasteners for Damp or Wet Locations: Stainless steel screws and hardware.
4. Do not use powder-actuated anchors.
5. Do not drill structural steel members.
C. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, one-piece, self-locking nylon cable ties,
0.18-inch minimum width, 50-lb minimum tensile strength, and suitable for a temperature
range from minus 50 deg F to 350 deg F. Provide ties in specified colors when used for
color coding.
D. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded
body and insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser conduits.
Provide plugs with number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit
individual risers. Construct body of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish.
E. U-Channel Systems (Strut): 12-gauge steel 1-5/8" x 1-5/8" minimum channels, with 9/16"
x 1-1/8" maximum short slots at 2" on center maximum. Strut shall be cold formed per
ASTM A570 GR33. Joints in strut system shall be made with 4 bolt accessories as a
minimum. Conduit clamps to strut shall be bolt unistrut 1100, 1200, 1400 Series or
equal.
F. Recessed Box Supports Brackets: Mount boxes with Erico/Caddy SGB Series, FBS
Series or equal.
2.04 FIELD FABRICATED SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. General: Shop or field-fabricated supports or manufactured supports assembled from U-
channel components.
B. Steel Brackets: Fabricated of angles, channels, and other standard structural shapes.
Connect with welds and machine bolts to form rigid supports.
C. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following:
1. Sheet Metal: Fabricate from galvanized sheet metal; round tube closed with
snaplock joint, welded spiral seams, or welded longitudinal joint. Fabricate
sleeves from the following gage metal for sleeve diameter noted:
a. 3-inch and smaller: 20-gauge.
b. 4-inch to 6-inch: 16-gauge.
SUPPORTING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 8 16190
c. over 6-inch: 14-gauge.
2. Steel Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe.
D. All Thread Rod: Hot dip galvanized, 1/4" minimum.
2.05 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. Hangers: Spring steel hangers shall be amber/booth BS Series or equal.
B. Pads: Provide ribbed neoprene pads amber/booth Type NR or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install supporting devices to fasten electric components securely and permanently in
accordance with NEC, NECA and manufacturers requirements.
B. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, fasten electrical items and their supporting
hardware securely to the building structure, including but not limited to conduits,
raceways, cables, cable trays, busways, cabinets, panelboards, transformers, boxes,
disconnect switches, and control components in accordance with the following:
1. Fasten by means of wood screws or screw-type nails on wood, toggle bolts on
hollow masonry units, concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or solid
masonry, and machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps
on steel. Do not weld conduit, pipe straps, or items other than threaded studs to
steel structures. In partitions of light steel construction, use sheet metal screws.
2. Holes cut to depth of more than 1-1/2 inches in reinforced concrete beams or to
depth of more than 3/4 inch in concrete shall not cut the main reinforcing bars.
Fill holes that are not used.
3. Ensure that the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent of the
proof test load. Use vibration and shock resistant fasteners for attachments to
concrete slabs.
C. Exclusions:
1. Do not fasten supports to ceiling system, pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment
and conduit.
2. Tie wires and perforated pipe straps shall not be used for securing conduits.
3. Do not support loads from the bottom chord member of trusses or open web
steel joists.
4. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires or ceiling tees.
SUPPORTING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 6 of 8 16190
5. Do not use powder-actuated anchors unless indicated by Architect or Structural
Engineer.
6. Do not drill or cut structural members unless directed by Architect or Structural
Engineer.
D. Touch up all scratches or cuts on steel components with an approval zinc chromate or a
90 percent zinc paint. Use PVC compound on PVC coated components.
3.02 CONDUIT, RACEWAYS AND SLEEVES
A. Fabricate supports form structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members or use
hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity.
Use spring lock washers under all nut unless otherwise noted.
B. Strength of each support shall be adequate to carry present and future load multiplied by
a safety factor of at least four.
C. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps as necessary to support
raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for
hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and conduits.
D. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze-type hangers. Where
conduit is of different sizes, use the same trapeze hanger space supports for the
smallest size conduit on the rack.
E. Support individual horizontal raceways by separate pipe hangers. Spring steel fasteners
may be used in lieu of hangers only for 1-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and
receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings only. For hanger rods with spring
steel fasteners, use ¼-inch diameter or larger threaded steel. Use spring steel fasteners
that are specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing.
F. Branch circuit raceways which are 1-inch or smaller may be attached to wall studs by
use manufactured clips.
G. Space supports for raceways in accordance with NEC.
H. In vertical runs, arrange support so the load produced by the weight of the raceway and
the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit supports with no weight load
on raceway terminals.
I. Sleeves: Install in concrete slabs and walls and all other fire-rated floors and walls for
raceways and cable installations. For sleeves through fire-rated wall or floor
construction, apply UL-listed firestopping sealant in gaps between sleeves and enclosed
conduits and cables.
3.03 BOXES AND WIRING DEVICES
A. Structural Mounting: They shall be rigidly supported from a structural member of the
building either directly or by using a metal or wood brace. Support wires that do not
provide rigid support shall not be permitted as the sole support.
SUPPORTING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 7 of 8 16190
B. Outlet or junction boxes in exposed or concealed ceilings, all thread rod, manufactured
brackets shall be mounted to building structure, strut suspended from building structure.
Do not support boxes with conduit only or with all thread rod.
C. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to
allow for surface finish thickness.
D. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid
metal conduits both supported within 12 inches of box.
E. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.
F. Metal braces shall be protected against corrosion and formed from metal not less than
.020 inch (508 micrometers) thick uncoated.
G. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.
H. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires or tees.
3.04 CABLE TRAYS
A. Cable tray shall be supported with strut, all thread rod and beam clamps at intervals no
longer than as specified in Section 16114.
3.05 WIRES AND CABLES
A. Vertical Conductor Supports: Install simultaneously with installation of conductors.
3.06 BUSWAY
A. Provide hangers and supports by busway manufacturer at intervals indicated in Section
16466.
3.07 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Provide supports as indicated in Section 16510 and 16530.
3.08 INDOOR AND OUTDOOR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
A. This shall include but not be limited to cabinets, enclosures, disconnect switches,
panelboards, motor controllers, VFD's, small transfer switches and wireways.
B. All cabinets and panelboards shall be wall mounted unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
D. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboard
one inch off wall.
E. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards
recessed in hollow partitions.
SUPPORTING DEVICES
05/11/2022 Page 8 of 8 16190
3.09 INDOOR FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
A. This shall include but not be limited to switchboards, dry type transformers and large
transfer switches.
B. Free standing equipment shall be installed on concrete pads unless noted otherwise.
C. Concrete pads shall be 3" tall and be 2" wider than equipment on all 4 sides.
D. Concrete shall be 3000 PSI, 28 day compressive strength.
E. Concrete, forms and reinforcing shall be in accordance with Division 3.
F. Floor mounted transformers shall also be provided with neoprene vibration isolation
pads.
3.10 INDOOR SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment to be suspended shall be supported with strut, with all thread rod and beam
clamps.
B. Transformers shall also have spring steel hanger vibration isolators.
3.11 INDOOR AND OUTDOOR RACK OR PEDESTAL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment shall be rack or pedestal mounted only where indicated or required by
installation.
B. Mount on strut bolted to concrete or anchored with concrete base when located outside.
3.12 OUTDOOR PAD MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
A. This shall include but not be limited to distribution transformers, switchgear,
switchboards, dry type transformers, motor control centers and generators.
B. Concrete pads shall have a footprint 12" larger than equipment on all sides.
C. Concrete pads shall be 6" thick with 18" deep by 12" wide grade beams on all sides.
D. Concrete shall be 3000 PSI, 28 day compressive strength.
E. Provide 6" wire mesh in pad.
F. Provide 4#4 bar with #3 stirrups at 18" on center in grade beams.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 8 16195
SECTION 16195
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit for each type of product specified.
C. Samples:
1. Submit for each color, lettering style, and or graphic representation required for
identification materials, samples of labels and signs.
D. Miscellaneous:
1. Schedule of identification nomenclature to be used for identification signs and
labels.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA
70.
B. Comply with ANSI C2.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 8 16195
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS
A. Manufacturer's Standard Products:
1. Where more than one type is listed for specified application, selection is
Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use
colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere.
B. Conform to ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and minimum
length of color field for each raceway or cable size.
1. Color: Black legend on orange field.
2. Legend: Indicates voltage.
C. Adhesive Labels:
1. Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive vinyl. Legend is over-laminated with clear,
wear and chemical resistant coating.
D. Pre-tensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves:
1. Flexible, preprinted, color-coded, acrylic bands sized to suit diameter of line it
identifies and arranged to stay in place by pre-tensioned gripping action when
placed in position.
E. Colored Adhesive Tape:
1. Self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3-mils thick by 1 to 2-in. wide (0.08-mm
thick by 25 to 51-mm wide).
F. Underground Line Warning Tape:
1. Permanent, bright-colored, continuous printed, vinyl tape with following features:
a. Size: Not less than 6-in. wide by 4-mils thick (152-mm wide by 0.102-mm
thick).
b. Compounded for permanent direct burial service.
c. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.
d. Printed Legend: Indicates type of underground line.
G. Tape Markers:
1. Vinyl or vinyl cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers and
letters.
H. Aluminum, Wraparound Marker Bands:
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 8 16195
1. Bands cut from 0.014-in. (0.4-mm) thick aluminum sheet, with stamped or
embossed legend, and fitted with slots or ears for permanently securing around
wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors.
I. Plasticized Card Stock Tags:
J. Vinyl cloth with preprinted and field printed legends. Orange background, except as
otherwise indicated, with eyelet for fastener.
K. Aluminum Faced Card Stock Tags:
1. Wear resistant, 18-point minimum card stock faced on both sides with
embossable aluminum sheet, 0.002-in. (0.05-mm) thick, laminated with moisture
resistant acrylic adhesive, and punched for fastener. Preprinted legends suit
each application.
L. Brass or Aluminum Tags:
1. Metal tags with stamped legend, punched for fastener. Dimensions: 2 by 2-in.
(51 by 51-mm) by 0.05-in. (1.3-mm).
2.02 ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS
A. Manufacturer's Standard Products:
1. Where more than one type is listed for specified application, selection is
Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use
colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere.
B. Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate, 1/16-in. (1.6-mm) minimum thick for signs
up to 20-sq. in. (129-sq. cm), 1/8-in. (3.2-mm) thick for larger sizes.
1. Engraved Legend: Black letters on white face.
2. Punched for mechanical fasteners.
C. Baked Enamel Signs for Interior Use:
1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size
as indicated or as otherwise required for application. 1/4-in. (6.4-mm) grommets
in corners for mounting.
D. Exterior, Metal Backed, Butyrate Signs:
1. Wear resistant, non-fading, preprinted, cellulose acetate butyrate signs with
0.0396-in. (1-mm), galvanized steel backing, with colors, legend, and size
appropriate to application. 1/4-in. (6.4-mm) grommets in corners for mounting.
E. Fasteners for Plastic Laminated and Metal Signs:
1. Self-tapping stainless steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless steel machine screws,
with nuts, flat washers and lock washers.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 8 16195
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A. Cable Ties:
1. Fungus inert, self-extinguishing, 1 piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties
with following features:
a. Minimum Width: 3/16-in. (5-mm).
b. Tensile Strength: 50-lb (22.3 kg) minimum.
c. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 185°F (Minus 4 to 85°C).
d. Color: As indicated where used for color-coding.
B. Paint:
1. Alkyd-urethane enamel. Primer as recommended by enamel manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install identification devices according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without
interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
C. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics:
1. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and or designations used for electrical
identification with corresponding designations used in Contract Documents or
required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout
Project.
D. Sequence of Work:
1. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install
identification after completion of finish work.
E. Self Adhesive Identification Products:
1. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before applying.
F. Identify feeders over 600 V with "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE" in black letters 2-in. (51-
mm) high, stenciled with paint at 10-ft (3-m) intervals over continuous, painted orange
background. Identify following:
1. Entire floor area directly above conduits running beneath and within 12-in. (305-
mm) of basement or ground floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above
unexcavated space.
2. Wall surfaces directly external to conduits concealed within wall.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 8 16195
3. All accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around conduits in vertical shafts,
exposed in building, or concealed above suspended ceilings.
4. Entire surface of exposed conduits.
G. Install painted identification as follows:
1. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before painting.
2. Prime Surfaces:
a. For galvanized metal, use single component, acrylic vehicle coating
formulated for galvanized surfaces. For concrete masonry units, use
heavy duty, acrylic resin block filler. For concrete surfaces, use clear,
alkali resistant, alkyd binder type sealer.
3. Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of silicone alkyd enamel.
4. Apply primer and finish materials according to manufacturer's instructions.
H. Identify Raceways and Exposed Cables of Certain Systems with Color Banding:
1. Band exposed and accessible raceways of systems listed below for identification.
a. Bands: Pre-tensioned, snap around, colored plastic sleeves; colored
adhesive tape; or combination of both. Make each color band 2-in. (51-
mm) wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of 2
color markings in contact, side by side.
b. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors,
at 50-ft (15 m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-ft (7.6 m) in
congested areas.
c. Colors: As follows:
(1) Fire Alarm System: Red.
(2) Fire Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and
yellow.
(3) Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue.
(4) Security System: Blue and yellow.
(5) Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue.
(6) Telecommunications System: Green and yellow.
I. Install Caution Signs for Enclosures Over 600 V:
1. Use pressure sensitive, self-adhesive label indicating system voltage in black,
preprinted on orange field. Install on exterior of door or cover.
J. Install Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes:
1. Label externally as follows:
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
05/11/2022 Page 6 of 8 16195
a. Exposed Boxes: Pressure sensitive, self-adhesive plastic label on cover.
b. Concealed Boxes: Plasticized card stock tags.
c. Labeling Legend: Permanent, waterproof listing of panel and circuit
number or equivalent.
K. Identify Paths of Underground Electrical Lines:
1. During trench backfilling, for exterior underground power, control, signal, and
communications lines, install continuous underground plastic line marker located
directly above line at 6 to 8-in. (150 to 200-mm) below finished grade. Where
multiple lines installed in common trench or concrete envelope do not exceed an
overall width of 16-in. (400-mm), use single line marker.
a. Install line marker for underground wiring, both direct buried and in
raceway.
L. Color Code Conductors:
1. Secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors throughout secondary
electrical system.
a. Field applied, color coding methods may be used in lieu of factory coded
wire for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG.
(1) Colored, pressure sensitive plastic tape in half-lapped turns for
distance of 6-in. (150-mm) from terminal points and in boxes
where splices or taps are made. Apply last 2 turns of tape with no
tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use 1-in. (25-mm) wide
tape in colors as specified. Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring
cable identification markings.
2. Colored cable ties applied in groups of 3 ties of specified color to each wire at
each terminal or splice point starting 3-in. (76-mm) from terminal and spaced 3-
in. (76-mm) apart. Apply with special tool or pliers, tighten to snug fit, and cut off
excess length.
System Voltage A B C Neutral
120/240 Volt 1Ph/3w Black Red White
120/208 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Red Blue White
120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Orange Blue White
277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Brown Purple Yellow Gray
Motor Control 1 Black
2 Red
3 Blue
Ground Green
M. Power Circuit Identification:
1. Use metal tags or aluminum wraparound marker bands for cables, feeders, and
power circuits in vaults, pull boxes, junction boxes, manholes, and switchboard
rooms.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
05/11/2022 Page 7 of 8 16195
a. Legend: ¼-in. (6.4-mm) steel letter and number stamping or embossing
with legend corresponding to indicated circuit designations.
b. Fasten tags with nylon cable ties; fasten bands using integral ears.
N. Apply identification to conductors as follows:
1. Conductors to Be Extended in Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers.
2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor
with source, voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color coding for voltage
and phase indication of secondary circuit.
3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each
conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use consistent system of tags,
color-coding, or cable marking tape.
O. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs and stencils as follows:
1. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where indicated or required to
ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to
which they connect. Install engraved plastic laminated instruction signs with
approved legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or
equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items.
2. Emergency Operating Signs:
a. Install engraved laminate signs with white legend on red background with
minimum 3/8-in. (9-mm) high lettering for emergency instructions on
power transfer, load shedding, and or emergency operations.
P. Install identification as follows:
1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each major
unit of equipment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes
communication, signal, and alarm systems, unless units are specified with their
own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single
line of text with ½-in. (13-mm) high lettering on 1-1/2-in. (38-mm) high label;
where 2 lines of text are required, use lettering 2-in. (51-mm) high. Use white
lettering on black field. Apply labels for each unit of following categories of
equipment:
a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.
b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards.
d. Electrical substations.
e. Motor control centers.
f. Motor starters.
g. Push button stations.
h. Power transfer equipment.
i. Contactors.
j. Remote controlled switches.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
05/11/2022 Page 8 of 8 16195
k. Dimmers.
l. Control devices.
m. Transformers.
n. Inverters.
o. Rectifiers.
p. Frequency converters.
q. Battery racks.
r. Power generating units.
s. Telephone switching equipment.
t. Clock/program master equipment.
u. Call system master station.
v. TV/audio monitoring master station.
w. Fire alarm master station or control panel.
x. Security monitoring master station or control panel.
2. Apply designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches,
breakers, push buttons, pilot lights, motor control centers, and similar items for
power distribution and control components above, except panelboards and
alarm/signal components where labeling is specified elsewhere. For
panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicit description and
identification of items controlled by each individual breaker.
END OF SECTION
TRANSFORMERS
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 5 16460
SECTION 16460
TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. General purpose, dry type transformers.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
1. UL 486A-80 - Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper
Conductors.
2. UL 506-89 - Specialty Transformers.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A.
B. Product Data:
1. Dimensional plans and sections.
2. Wiring diagrams.
3. Manufacturer's nameplate data and electrical ratings.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally
TRANSFORMERS
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 5 16460
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Terms "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer
B. Square D.
C. General Electric.
D. Siemens
E. Or equal.
2.02 TRANSFORMERS, GENERAL
A. Transformers:
1. Factory-assembled and tested, air-cooled units of types specified, having
characteristics and ratings as indicated.
2. Design unit for 60 Hz service.
B. Cores: Grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel.
C. Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps.
D. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type.
E. Bolt coil/core to bottom of enclosure for transformers larger than 15 kVA.
1. Isolated by rubber, vibration-absorbing mounts.
2. Metal-to-metal contact between coil/core and enclosure not allowed.
F. Provide aluminum or copper windings.
TRANSFORMERS
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 5 16460
G. Nameplates: Provide metal nameplate listing manufacturer's name, serial number, type,
class, kVA voltage, frequency, and showing internal wiring diagram.
H. Sound Level: Meets sound levels for transformer type and size indicated when factory-
tested in accordance with NEMA ST 20.
2.03 GENERAL PURPOSE, DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
A. Comply with NEMA ST 20.
B. Windings: 2-winding type. 3-phase transformers shall use 1 coil/ phase in primary and
secondary.
C. Transformers shall have following features and ratings.
1. Enclosure: Indoor, ventilated unless otherwise shown on Drawings.
2. Insulation Class: 185°C or 220°C class for transformers 15 kVA or smaller; 220°C
class for transformers larger than 15 kVA.
3. Insulation Temperature Rise: 80°C maximum rise above 40°C for 15 kVA and
larger; 115°C maximum rise above 40°C below 15kVA.
4. Taps: For transformers 3 kVA and larger, full capacity taps in high voltage winding
as follows.
a. 3 through 10 kVA: Two 5% taps below rated high voltage.
b. 15 through 500 kVA: Six 2-1/2% taps, 2 above and 4 below rated high
voltage.
c. 750 through 1,000 kVA: Four 2-1/2% taps, 2 above and 2 below rated high
voltage.
D. Accessories: Following accessory items are required where shown on Drawings.
1. Wall Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets for transformers sized
up to 75 kVA where wall mounting indicated.
2.04 CONTROL AND SIGNAL TRANSFORMERS
A. Comply with NEMA ST 1 and UL 506.
B. Ratings:
1. As indicated and for continuous duty.
2. Where rating not indicated, provide 125% of load.
C. Type: Self-cooled, 2-winding dry type.
TRANSFORMERS
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 5 16460
D. Enclosure: Indoor, except as indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Arrange equipment to provide adequate spacing for cooling air circulation.
B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals in accordance with manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and 486B.
C. Install wall-mounted transformers on prefabricated brackets designed for purpose.
D. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish.
E. Identify transformers as specified herein.
F. Install lightning arresters as shown on Drawings.
3.02 GROUNDING
A. Ground in accordance with Section 16452.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test and permanently record as follows.
1. Prior to energization of transformers, test phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground
insulation resistance levels.
2. Test transformers for continuity of circuits and short-circuits.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at utilization equipment.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interiors and exteriors of accessible components.
1. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and construction debris.
2. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original.
3.06 PROTECTION
TRANSFORMERS
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 5 16460
A. Temporary Heating: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations within
enclosure of each transformer throughout periods during which equipment is not in a
space continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity.
END OF SECTION
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 1 of 8 16470
SECTION 16470
PANELBOARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Lighting and power panelboards and associated auxiliary equipment rated 600 V
or less.
1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Work.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to Electrical Work and shall be subsidiary to the lump
sum price bid for Electrical Work, and no other compensation will be
allowed.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
1. NEMA PB.1-90 - Panelboards.
2. NEMA PB1.1-91 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and
Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 volts or less.
B. Underwriter's Laboratory (UL):
1. UL 486A-86- Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper
Conductors, 7th Edition.
2. UL 870-85 - Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings, 5th Edition.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Load Center: Panelboard with thermal magnetic circuit-breaker branches, primarily of
plug-in type, designed for residential and light commercial projects, operating at 240 V
and below, available in both single and 3-phase versions, and equipped with combination
flush/surface mounting trim.
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 2 of 8 16470
B. Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): Device operative on excessive current that
causes and maintains interruption of power in circuit it protects.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A.
B. Product Data:
1. For each type panelboard, accessory item, and component specified.
2. Identification materials.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations.
2. Tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating.
3. Include:
a. Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA Type 1.
b. Bus configuration and current ratings.
c. Short-circuit current rating of panelboard.
d. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual
protective devices and auxiliary components.
D. Wiring diagrams detailing schematic diagram including control wiring, and differentiating
between manufacturer-installed and field- installed wiring.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Terms "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 3 of 8 16470
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Square D
B. General Electric
C. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer
D. Siemens
E. Or equal
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 4 of 8 16470
2.02 PANELBOARDS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Construction in accordance with NEMA PB1.
B. Overcurrent Protective Devices (OCPDs):
1. Provide type, rating, and features as indicated.
2. Comply with Section 16475 with OCPDs adapted to panelboard installation.
3. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be used.
4. Multipole breakers shall have common trip.
C. Enclosures:
1. Cabinets, flush or surface mounted as indicated. NEMA Type 1 enclosure, except
where other enclosure requirements are indicated.
D. Front:
1. Secure to box with concealed trim clamps except as indicated.
2. Front for surface-mounted panels shall be same dimensions as box.
3. Fronts for flush panels shall overlap box except as otherwise specified.
E. Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panel door.
F. Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity.
G. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type.
H. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground
conductors. Bonded to box.
I. Provision for Future Devices: Equip with mounting brackets, bus connections, and
necessary appurtenances, for the OCPD ampere ratings indicated for future installation of
devices.
J. Special Features: Provide following features for panelboards as indicated.
1. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment ground
conductors; insulated from box.
2. Auxiliary Gutter: Conform to UL 870.
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 5 of 8 16470
2.03 LOAD CENTERS
A. Provide load-center-type panelboards only where specifically indicated.
B. OCPDs: Plug-in full module (nominal 1-in. width) circuit breaker.
C. Circuit Breakers for Switching Lights at Panelboards: Indicated type SWD.
D. Circuit Breakers for Equipment Marked HCAR Type: Indicated HCAR type.
E. Interiors: Provide physical means to prevent installation of more OCPDs than quantity for
which enclosure was listed.
F. Main, Neutral, and Ground Lugs and Buses: Mechanical connectors for conductors.
2.04 IDENTIFICATION
A. General: Provide nameplates for all panelboards.
B. Panelboard Nameplates: Engraved laminated plastic for each panelboard.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install panelboards and accessory items in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1, and
manufacturers' written installation instructions, and approved submittals.
B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 6 ft 2-in. above finished floor, except as indicated.
C. Mounting:
1. Plumb and rigid without distortion of box.
2. Mount flush panels uniformly flush with wall finish.
D. Circuit Directory: Typed and reflective of final circuit changes required to balance panel
loads. Obtain approval before installing.
E. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
F. Wiring in Panel Gutters: Train conductors neatly in groups, bundle, and wrap with wire
ties after completion of load balancing.
3.02 GROUNDING
A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated.
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 6 of 8 16470
B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus indicated.
C. Ground in accordance with Section 16452.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in
accordance with manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests on low-voltage power panelboards and accessories.
B. Upon completing installation of system, perform following tests:
1. Make insulation resistance tests of panelboard buses, components, and
connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits.
2. Make continuity tests of circuits.
C. Quality Control Program.
1. Procedures: Make field tests and inspections and prepare panelboard for
satisfactory operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
these specifications.
D. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include following inspections and related work:
1. Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate compliance with
requirements of up-to-date drawings and panelboard schedules.
2. Exercise and perform operational tests of all mechanical components and other
operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction.
3. Check panelboard mounting, area clearances, and alignment and fit of
components.
4. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench.
Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values.
5. Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for overcurrent
protective devices as within this section.
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 7 of 8 16470
E. Electrical tests: Include following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's
instruction:
1. Insulation resistance test of buses and portions of control wiring that disconnected
from solid-state devices. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not
acceptable.
2. Ground resistance test on system and equipment ground connections.
3. Test main and subfeed overcurrent protective devices in accordance within this
section.
F. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and provide retesting of
panelboards. Verify by system tests that total assembly meets specified requirements.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards.
B. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris.
C. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish.
D. Clean interior of panelboard.
3.06 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust doors and operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement.
3.07 COMMISSIONING
A. Balancing Loads: After Substantial Completion, but before Final Acceptance, conduct
load-balancing measurements and circuit changes as follows:
1. Perform measurements during period of normal working load as advised by
Owner.
2. Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside the normal occupancy/working
schedule of the facility. Make special arrangements with Owner to avoid disrupting
critical 24-hr services such as Fax machines and on-line data processing,
computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment.
3. Recheck loads after circuit changes during normal load period. Record load
readings before and after changes and submit test records.
4. Tolerance: Difference between phase loads exceeding 20 percent at any one
panelboard is not acceptable. Re-balance and recheck as required to meet this
minimum requirement.
PANELBOARDS
05/11/2022 Page 8 of 8 16470
END OF SECTION
APPENDIX
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUC'1'ION SPECIFICATION DOCUMEN'I'S 104029
Revised July 1, 2011
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
CITY OF FORT WORTH BWA Connection
STANDARD CONSTRUC'1'ION SPECIFICATION DOCUMEN'I'S 104029
Revised July 1, 2011
RLPHA ��TEST1 NG
�
W�lERE ET ALL BEGIl�S
PB Ventana I, LLC
4145 Travis Street, Suite 202
Dallas, Texas 75204
Attention: Mr. Peter Pincoffs
Geotechnical
Construction Materials
Environmental
TBPE Firm No. 813
5058 Brush Creek Road
Fort Worth, Texczs76119
June 5, 2017
Tel.• 817-496-5600
Fa�: 817-496-5608
www. alphatesting. com
Re: Final Geotechnical Exploration
Pavement Design Recommendations
Ventana Phase 2
Off Jerry Dunn Parkway
Fort Worth, Texas
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
Submitted herein are the recommended pavement sections for new public streets, which include
the interior streets within the proposed residential subdivision (Ventana Phase 2), and a feeder
extension to Jerry Dunn Parkway. The proposed subdivision is generally located about 1,300 ft
northwest of the intersection of Jerry Dunn Parkway with Green Links Drive in Fort Worth, Texas.
This study was authorized by Mr. Peter Pincoffs and performed in accordance with ALPHA
Proposal No. 57562-revl dated March 6, 2017 and 57562-1 dated May 16, 2017. This report is an
extension of ALPHA Report No. W170598 dated May 17, 2017 which contains geotechnical
recommendations for residential foundations.
The purpose of this study is to develop pavement sections for the planned streets described above
in accordance with the City of Fort Worth Pavement Design Manual (January 2015). We
understand the proposed streets within the subdivision will be classified as "Residential-Urban",
"Collector" or "Arterial", as described in the referenced manual.
PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The purpose of this geotechnical exploration is for ALPHA TESTING, INC. ("ALPHA") to
evaluate for the "Client" some of the physical and engineering properties of subsurface materials
at selected locations on the subject site with respect to formulation of appropriate geotechnical
design parameters for the proposed pavement. The field exploration was accomplished by
securing subsurface samples from widely spaced test borings performed across the expanse of the
site. Engineering analyses were performed from results of the field exploration and results of
laboratory tests performed on representative samples.
Also included are general comments pertaining to reasonably anticipated construction problems
and recommendations concerning earthwork and quality control testing during construction. This
information can be used to evaluate subsurface conditions and to aid in ascertaining construction
meets project specifications.
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
�
�
�
Recommendations provided in this report were developed from information obtained in test
borings depicting subsurface conditions only at the specific boring locations and at the particular
time designated on the logs. Subsurface conditions at other locations may differ from those
observed at the boring locations, and subsurface conditions at boring locations may vary at
different times of the year. The scope of work may not fully define the variability of subsurface
materials and conditions that are present on the site.
The nature and extent of variations between borings may not become evident until construction.
If significant variations then appear evident, our office should be contacted to re-evaluate our
recommendations after performing on-site observations and possibly other tests.
SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS
Provided below is a summary of pavement section requirements for proposed new streets at the
subject project.
TABLE A: Summar of Pavement Section Re uirements
Residential
Street Classification — Urban Collector Arterial
PCC Pavement Thickness (in) placed 6 7% 10
on lime stabilized subgrade soil
28 day Concrete Compressive 3,600 3,600 3,600
Stren th si
Subgrade Treatment 6 inches Lime 8 inches Lime 8 inches Lime
Application Rate (lbs per sq yd) 30 36 36
Reinforcing Bar No. 3 3 4
Reinforcing Bar Spacing (in) 18 18 18
Detailed recommendations and analyses used to develop the summary in Table A above are
provided below in this report.
FIELD EXPLORATION
Subsurface conditions on the site were explored by drilling a total of 56 test borings to a depth of
about 20 ft each and three (3) test borings to a depth of 25 ft each in general accordance with
ASTM D 420 using standard rotary drilling equipment. The approximate location of each test
boring is shown on the Boring Location Plan, Figure 1, attached to this report.
Subsurface types encountered during the field exploration are presented on the Log of Boring
sheets (boring logs) attached to this report. The boring logs contain our Field Technician's and
Engineer's interpretation of conditions believed to exist between actual samples retrieved.
Therefore, the boring logs contain both factual and interpretive information. Lines delineating
subsurface strata on the boring logs are approximate and the actual transition between strata may
be gradual.
2
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
LABORATORY TESTS
�
�
�
Selected samples of the subsurface materials were tested in the laboratory to evaluate their
engineering properties as a basis in providing recommendations for pavement sections design and
earthwork construction. The following laboratory tests were performed to facilitate pavement
section recommendations:
• Moisture Content (ASTM D 2216)
• Atterberg-Limits (ASTM D 4318)
� Unconfined Compressive Strength (ASTM D 2166)
� Sulfate Content (TX-145-E Part II)
• Lime Series (Plasticity Index vs. Lime Content)
In addition to conventional laboratory testing to assess engineering properties of the subsurface
soils, a bulk sample was obtained from the vicinity of Boring 20 for moisture-density relationship
tests (standard Proctor, ASTM D 698) and California Bearing Ratio tests (CBR, ASTM D 1183).
Individual test results are presented on the attached Log of Boring or summary data sheets.
GENERAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Based on the Geologic Atlas of Texas available from the Texas Bureau of Economic Geology,
published by the University of Texas at Austin, the project site lies within three (3) geological
formations. The majority of the northern third of the site lies with the Duck Creek Limestone
formation. The southern two thirds of the site primarily lie within the Kiamichi formation,
underlain by the Goodland Limestone and Walnut Clay formation, mapped at undivided. These
three formations generally consist of limestone with marl layers. Residual overburden soils
associated with these formations generally consist of clays with low to high shrink/swell potential.
Subsurface stratigraphy can be highly variable at geological formation interfaces as evidenced on
the borings logs attached to this report.
Subsurface conditions encountered in most of the borings generally consisted of clay and/or shaly
clay soils to depths of about 1 ft to 20 ft below the existing ground surface, underlain by limestone
extending to the termination depths of borings (about 20 ft to 25 ft). Layers of limestone about 2
ft to 8 ft thick were encountered within the clay soils in Borings 1, 5, 14, 18, 21, 25, 33, 37 and 43
at various depths. Subsurface conditions encountered in Borings 13, 20, 22, 23, 29, 31, 34, 38
through 41, 45, and 47 generally consisted of clay soils extending to the 20 ft termination depths
of borings. Limestone was encountered at the ground surface and extended to the 20 ft termination
depths of borings in Borings 4, 6, 8, 11, 12 and 15. Limestone was also encountered in Borings 7,
10, 17, 19, 21, 24, 26, 32 and 58 to depths of about 4 ft to 16 ft below the existing ground surface,
underlain by clay or clay then limestone to the 20 ft termination depths of borings. More detailed
stratigraphic information is presented on the Log of Boring sheets attached to this report.
Most of the materials encountered in the borings are considered relatively impermeable and are
anticipated to have a relatively slow response to water movement. Therefore, several days of
observation would be required to evaluate actual groundwater levels within the depths explored.
Also, the groundwater level at the subject site is anticipated to fluctuate seasonally depending on
the amount of rainfall, prevailing weather conditions, and subsurface drainage characteristics.
3
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
�
�
�
During the field exploration, free groundwater was encountered on drilling tools during drilling at
a depth of about 15 ft below the ground surface in Boring 54. No free groundwater was
encountered in the remaining borings. However, it is common to encounter seasonal groundwater
in clay soils, from natural fractures within the clayey matrix, at the soil/rock (limestone and/or
shale) interface or from fractures in the rock, particularly during or after periods of precipitation.
If more detailed groundwater information is required, monitoring wells or piezometers can be
installed
Further details concerning subsurface materials and conditions encountered can be obtained from
the boring logs attached to this report.
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Calculations used to determine the required pavement thickness are based only on the physical and
engineering properties of the materials and conventional thickness determination procedures.
Related civil design factors such as subgrade drainage, shoulder support, cross-sectional
configurations, surface elevations, joint design and environmental factors will significantly affect
the service life and must be included in preparation of the construction drawings and specifications,
but were not included in the scope of this study. Normal periodic maintenance will be required
for all pavement to achieve the design life of the pavement system.
Pavement Sub�rade Preparation
Based on review of the boring logs and the preliminary grading plans prepared by Jacobs
Engineering, Inc. (Sheets G1 through G9, dated March 2017), it is expected the pavement subgrade
could consist of clay, calcareous clay, shaly clay or similar onsite materials used for grading the
site. The pavement subgrade could also consist of limestone in some areas depending on the given
location along the alignment and grading requirements. Since the subgrade conditions and
required treatments could vary along the proposed road alignment, ALPHA should be retained to
observe construction to verify conditions are as expected. Also, we should be provided with the
final grading plan for review prior to construction to verify or modify in writing the
recommendations contained in this report.
Lime series tests indicate where clay soils are encountered at the final pavement subgrade
elevation, the exposed clayey surface soils should be scarified to a depth of 6 inches for Residential
Urban streets and 8 inches for Collector and Arterial streets. The scarified soils should be mixed
with a minimum 30 lbs per sq yard of hydrated lime (by dry soil weight) for Residential Urban
streets and 36 lbs per sq yard for Collector/Arterial streets in conformance with TxDOT Standard
Speci�cations Item 260. The recommended lime application rate for Residential Urban streets is
the minimum application rate determined by the City of Fort Worth. The recommended
application rate far Collector/Arterial streets equates to about 6 percent based on a dry soil unit
weight of 100 pcf. The results of a lime series test performed on a bulk sample and a representative
composite sample of clay soils retrieved from selected borings are attached to this report (Figure
4).
4
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
�
�
�
We recommend subgrade improvement procedures extend at least 1 ft beyond the edge of the
pavement to reduce effects of seasonal shrinking and swelling upon the extreme edges of
pavement. The improved subgrade should be compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor
maximum dry density (ASTM D 698) and within the range of 0 to 4 percentage points above the
mixture's optimum moisture content.
Improvement of the pavement subgrade soil will not prevent normal seasonal movement of the
underlying untreated materials. Where pavement and other flatwork are constructed at the final
grades as depicted on the referenced preliminary grading plans, soil-related potential seasonal
movements could exceed 7 inches, depending on the location on the site. Potential seasonal
movements are discussed in more detail in ALPHA Report W 170598, performed for the residential
foundations to be constructed at the site.
Improvement of the pavement subgrade is not required where the pavement subgrade consists of
limestone. In pavement areas where limestone is exposed after final subgrade elevation is
achieved, on-site lime stabilized clay cuttings, on-site processed limestone cuttings, or flexible
base material could be used as a leveling course (as needed) to provide a smooth surface for
placement of the pavement.
Results of a California Bearing Ratio (CBR) test indicate the CBR value of clayey soils at this site
could be about 2.8 to 3.6. Following improvement, the CBR value for the subgrade soils is
expected to be at least 10.
Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Section
Using the 1993 AASHTO pavement design procedures (WinPAS computer program distributed
by American Concrete Pavement Association), the following design parameters were used in
analyses of the PCC pavement section.
Compressive strength of concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
Modulus of Rupture
Modulus of Subgrade Reaction*
Load Transfer Co-efficient
Drainage Coefficient
Initial PSI
Terminal PSI
Standard Deviation
Reliability
3,600 psi at 28 days
4,000,000 psi
620 psi
280 pci
3.0
1.0
4.5
2.0
0.39
85 percent
*Lime stabilized subgrade or graded limestone as discussed above.
Using the Street Classification of "Residential-Urban" as described in the referenced Fort Worth
Pavement Design Guide, it is estimated annual traffic volume will be about 35,000 Equivalent
Single Axle Loads (ESALs) in one direction over a 25 year design life with 0.5 percent annual
traffic growth. Based on this, we estimate the cumulative ESALs over the design life of the
Residential Urban street pavement to be about 930,000.
5
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
�
�
�
Using the Street Classification of "Collector" as described in the referenced Fort Worth Pavement
Design Guide, the annual traffic volume will be about 100,000 Equivalent Single Axle Loads
(ESALs) in one direction over a 25 year design life with 1.5 percent annual traffic growth. Based
on this, we estimate the cumulative ESALs over the design life of the pavement to be about
3,000,000
Using the Street Classification of "Arterial" as described in the referenced Fort Worth Pavement
Design Guide, the annual traffic volume will be about 300,000 Equivalent Single Axle Loads
(ESALs) in one direction over a 30 year design life with 2.5 percent annual traffic growth. Based
on this, we estimate the cumulative ESALs over the design life of the pavement to be about
13,170,000.
If the actual expected traffic volume is different than used for our analysis herein, our office should
be provided with the actual expected traffic volume so that we can re-evaluate our
recommendations.
Based on the subgrade preparations recommended above, the projected traffic volume and above
design parameters, a minimum 6 inch section of Portland cement concrete is required for
Residential Urban classified streets, a minimum 7'/z inch section of Portland cement concrete is
required for Collector classified streets and a minimum 10 inch section of Portland cement
concrete is required for Arterial classified streets at this project.
PCC should have a minimum 3,600 psi compressive strength at 28 days. The concrete section
should be placed over a properly prepared subgrade as discussed above. Concrete should be
designed with 5� 1 percent entrained air. Reinforcing steel for concrete pavement should be in
accordance with Table 4.1 of the referenced Pavement Design Manual. Joints and saw-cutting in
concrete should be in accordance with Section Four of the referenced Pavement Design Manual.
Draina�e and Maintenance
Routine maintenance, including sealing of cracks and joints should be performed over the life of
the pavement. Adequate drainage should be provided to reduce seasonal variations in the moisture
content of subgrade soils. Maintaining positive surface drainage throughout the life of the
pavement is essential.
Soluble Sulfates
A total of five (5) samples obtained from the borings were tested for soluble sulfate concentrations.
Results of the laboratory testing (TxDOT Test Method TEX-145-E Part II) are tabulated below.
6
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
TABLE B: Soluble Sulfates
Boring Depth, Soluble Sulfate,
No. ft Material Type m/K ( m)
2 0_2 Brown to Tan Clay with 105
calcareous de osits
13 0-2 Dark Brown Clay 39
44 2_4 Tan and Gray Shaly Clay ��
with calcareous nodules
54 2-4 Brown Clay 68
57 0-2 Brown to Tan and Gray Clay 43
with calcareous nodules
�
�
�
Based on the results of laboratory testing, the soluble sulfate content measured in the samples
tested is considered relatively low (<3,000 ppm). It should be noted that concentrations of soluble
sulfates in soil are typically very localized and concentrations in other areas of the site could vary
significantly. Therefore, it is recommended sulfate sampling/testing be performed during
construction. During construction experienced geotechnical personnel should make close
observations for possible sulfate reactions.
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Variations in subsurface conditions could be encountered during construction. To permit
correlation between test boring data and actual subsurface conditions encountered during
construction, it is recommended a registered Professional Engineering firm be retained to observe
construction procedures and materials.
Some construction problems, particularly degree or magnitude, cannot be reasonably anticipated
until the course of construction. The recommendations offered in the following paragraphs are
intended not to limit or preclude other conceivable solutions, but rather to provide our observations
based on our experience and understanding of the proj ect characteristics and subsurface conditions
encountered in the borings.
Site Preparation and Gradin�
Limestone was encountered at or within 4 ft of the ground surface in several of the borings. We
expect limestone will be encountered during general excavation at this site. The limestone
encountered in the borings was hard and may be difficult to excavate. Rock excavation methods
(including, but not limited to rock teeth, rippers, jack hammers, or sawcutting) may be required to
remove the limestone. Crushing equipment may be required to process this limestone if it is
desired to use this material as compacted fill on the site. The contractor selected should have
experience with excavation in hard limestone.
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
All areas supporting pavement or areas to receive new fill should be properly prepared.
�
�
�
After completion of the necessary stripping, clearing, and excavating and prior to placing
any required fill, the exposed subgrade should be carefully evaluated by probing and
testing. Any undesirable material (organic material, wet, soft, or loose soil) still in place
should be removed.
The exposed subgrade should be further evaluated by proof-rolling with a heavy pneumatic
tired roller, loaded dump truck or similar equipment weighing approximately 25 tons to
check for pockets of soft or loose material hidden beneath a thin crust of possibly better
soil. Proof-rolling procedures should be observed routinely by a Professional Engineer or
his designated representative. Any undesirable material (organic material, wet, soft, or
loose soil) exposed from the proof-roll should be removed and replaced with well-
compacted material as outlined in the Fill Compaction section below.
Prior to placement of any fill, the exposed subgrade should then be scarified to a minimum
depth of 6 inches and recompacted as outlined in the Fill Compaction section below.
If fill is to be placed on existing slopes (natural or constructed) steeper than siX horizontal to one
vertical (6:1), the fill materials should be benched into the existing slopes in such a manner as to
provide a minimum bench width of five (5) ft. This should provide a good contact between the
existing soils and new fill materials, reduce potential sliding planes, and allow relatively horizontal
lift placements.
Even if fill is properly compacted as recommended in the Fill Compaction section below, fills in
excess of about 10 ft are still subject to settlements over time of up to about 1 to 2 percent of the
total fill thickness. This should be considered when designing utility lines under pavement.
Slope stability analysis of embankments (natural or constructed) and global stability analysis for
retaining walls was not within the scope of this study.
The contractor is responsible for designing any excavation slopes, temporary sheeting or shoring.
Design of these structures should include any imposed surface surcharges. Construction site safety
is the sole responsibility of the contractor, who shall also be solely responsible for the means,
methods and sequencing of construction operations. The contractor should also be aware that
slope height, slope inclination or excavation depths (including utility trench excavations) should
in no case exceed those specified in local, state and/or federal safety regulations, such as OSHA
Health and Safety Standard for Excavations, 29 CFR Part 1926, or successor regulations.
Stockpiles should be place well away from the edge of the excavation and their heights should be
controlled so they do not surcharge the sides of the excavation. Surface drainage should be
carefully controlled to prevent flow of water over the slopes and/or into the excavations.
Construction slopes should be closely observed for signs of mass movement, including tension
cracks near the crest or bulging at the toe. If potential stability problems are observed, a
geotechnical engineer should be contacted immediately. Shoring, bracing or underpinning
required for the project (if any) should be designed by a professional engineer registered in the
State of Texas.
�
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
�
�
�
Due to the nature of the clay soils found near the surface at the borings, traffic of heavy equipment
(including heavy compaction equipment) may create pumping and general deterioration of shallow
soils. Therefore, some construction difficulties should be anticipated during periods when these
soils are saturated.
Fill Compaction
The recommendations below pertain to fill placement for general site grading. The pavement
subgrade should be prepared as discussed above in the "Pavement Subgrade Preparation" section
of this report.
Clay and/or shaly clay soils with a plasticity index equal to or greater than 25 should be compacted
to a dry density between 93 and 98 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM
D 698). The compacted moisture content of the clays during placement should be within the range
of 2 to 6 percentage points above optimum.
Clay, calcareous clay and/or shaly clay soils with a plasticity index less than 25 should be
compacted to a dry density of at least 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM
D 698) and within the range of 1 percentage point below to 3 percentage points above the material's
optimum moisture content.
Clayey materials used as fill should be processed and the largest particle or clod should be less
than 6 inches prior to compaction.
Processed limestone used as fill should be compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor
maximum dry density. The compacted moisture content of the processed limestone is not
considered crucial to proper performance. However, if the material's moisture content during
placement is within 3 percentage points of optimum, the compaction effort required to achieve the
minimum compaction criteria may be minimized. Individual rock pieces larger than 6 inches in
dimension should not be used as fill. However, if rock �11 is utilized within 3 ft below the bottom
of pavement, the maximum allowable size of individual rock pieces should be reduced to 3 inches.
Processed limestone used as fill should incorporate sufficient fines to prevent the presence of voids
around larger diameter rock pieces. A gradation of at least 40 percent passing a standard No. 4
sieve is recommended.
In cases where either mass fills or utility lines are more than 10 ft deep, the fill/backfill below 10
ft should be compacted to at least 98 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D-
698) and within 2 percentage points of the material's optimum moisture content. The portion of
the fill/backfill shallower than 10 ft should be compacted as outlined above.
Compaction should be accomplished by placing fill in about 8-inch thick loose lifts
and compacting each lift to at least the specified minimum dry density. Field density
and moisture content tests should be performed on each lift.
9
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
Groundwater
�
�
�
Free groundwater was encountered at a depth of about 15 ft below the ground surface in Baring
54 during our field exploration. However, from our experience, shallower groundwater seepage
could be encountered from the subsurface stratigraphy in excavations for pavement, utilities and
other general excavations at this site. The risk of seepage increases with depth of excavation and
during or after periods of precipitation. Standard sump pits and pumping may be adequate to
control seepage on a local basis.
In any areas where cuts are made to establish final grades, attention should be given to possible
seasonal water seepage that could occur through natural cracks and fissures in the newly exposed
stratigraphy. Also, the risk of seepage is increased where limestone is exposed in excavations and
slopes or is near final grade. In these areas subsurface drains may be required to intercept seasonal
groundwater seepage. The need for these or other dewatering devices should be carefully
addressed during construction. Our office could be contacted to visually observe final grades to
evaluate the need for such drains.
10
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
LIMITATIONS
�
�
�
Professional services provided in this geotechnical exploration were performed, findings obtained,
and recommendations prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering
principles and practices. The scope of services provided herein does not include an environmental
assessment of the site or investigation for the presence or absence of hazardous materials in the
soil, surface water or groundwater. ALPHA, upon written request, can be retained to provide
same.
ALPHA TESTING, INC. is not responsible for conclusions, opinions or recommendations
made by others based on this data. Information contained in this report is intended for the exclusive
use of the Client (and their designated design representatives), and is related solely to design of
the specific structures outlined in Section 2.0. No party other than the Client (and their designated
design representatives) shall use or rely upon this report in any manner whatsoever unless such
party shall have obtained ALPHA's written acceptance of such intended use. Any such third party
using this report after obtaining ALPHA's written acceptance shall be bound by the limitations
and limitations of liability contained herein, including ALPHA's liability being limited to the fee
paid to it for this report. Recommendations presented in this report should not be used for design
of any other structures except those specifically described in this report. In all areas of this report
in which ALPHA may provide additional services if requested to do so in writing, it is presumed
that such requests have not been made if not evidenced by a written document accepted by
ALPHA. Further, subsurface conditions can change with passage of time. Recommendations
contained herein are not considered applicable for an extended period of time after the completion
date of this report. It is recommended our office be contacted for a review of the contents of this
report for construction commencing more than one (1) year after completion of this report. Non-
compliance with any of these requirements by the Client or anyone else shall release ALPHA from
any liability resulting from the use of, or reliance upon, this report.
Recommendations provided in this report are based on our understanding of information provided
by the Client about characteristics of the project. If the Client notes any deviation from the facts
about project characteristics, our office should be contacted immediately since this may materially
alter the recommendations. Further, ALPHA TESTING, INC. is not responsible for damages
resulting from workmanship of designers or contractors and it is recommended the Owner retain
qualified personnel, such as a Geotechnical Engineering firm, to verify construction is performed
in accordance with plans and specifications.
11
ALPHA Report No. W 170598-A
�
�
�
ALPHA TESTING, INC. appreciates the opportunity to be of service on this project. If we can be
of further assistance, please contact our office.
Sincerely,
������ ALPHA TESTING, INC.
� c�`���� �F ����9,� ��� /�f'-- --- �:r-
� �� `� � : . ,�'. fri�% �'.
� � � �` 1 � ._ %� _i_ .:�,f'
.
�
� �: : � k ;;
���BRIAN,1. H�YT � Mahsa Hedayati, PhD, P.E.
� ••••---••••---••••---•••••--F •••-�� Geotechnical Project Mana�er
� -�; ��1�748 , �i
���1��' •�.���s�� •-���'�� � �
����� �i�� ��� �
7unc 5, 2017 Brian J. Hoyt, P.E.
Geotechnical Department Manager
MH/BJH/mt
Attachments: Boring Location Plan - Figure lA and 1B
Moisture — Density Relationship — Figure 2
California Bearing Ratio (CBR) — Figure 3
Mechanical Lime Series — Figure 4A and 4B
WinPAS Analysis Results
Logs of Boring
Key to Soil Symbols and Classifications
Copies: (1-PDF) Client
12
,
�
�
FINAL GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION � � � � � � � � � � � � �
VENTANA PHASE 2 �
OFF JERRY DUNN PARKWAY
FORT WORTH, TEXAS � fl E A E I T A L. L 9 E� I N S
ALPHA PROJECT NO. W 170598-A
FIGURE lA
BORING LOCATION PLAN
C\
�
� APPROXIMATE BORING LOCATION
4 � �� � �.I�
� � G�.� _I�iii��
* OJ11�L
. �, _�� ����i �{ - mm-- ------� P
3i ��. I.� � �� �� ���� ~ �III I
� •� � I�f I �" � � i;
" i `. i \ . "S,n�-.,e,.. yr � 1 - - -- —
f � ��.�� � '� w.ee *F � 1 � L —_�_�
� � �
� , B-58 �_.� � , ` � ,� ��; �8
" 5 k r
�wR 7� (
k �� .. �. M4�MI��1 Ti ll' � t) } � � II
�' * ' I .'� � � ! �� � II
.�'� _�.�` �— � II
*� ti � i � �! , � � � �+ � ii
_ '�x l!] `ur . �s 4 � ii
����`��„ .� � B-1% �' � B-18 � '� B-19 �-�`'�-�—'� — — t —rt + i ;'.
q� � _ �• �-�' � .,
ti ! �""'�' ��x.N.�,� ti W � ,
�1 ;r' � B-57 �° �/ ' ` �, "" ' °
i 5 hi4Y1�� � y� .J� p RMF 1 tl
y �.rur.c.r,
f i ; �� Y� � .. ' �k '�� � 1� � P
Mq .
� r ` � � �.'.e� � r. �+ �J , k E
tr� �.ti �j , B-20' �. B-21A• � B-22 • . � nLs ;��� '
r �� �,. - _� __ � B-23 B-24 � �B-25� B-26� a ;;'
� ti �� ��
� ' -• � ��
� �� 'S 4 � i � J � � i � , ' i n
x _ i. � ', � r � ��..a. ,i�.�y , *`� , �y �� I ��
� 9.��. � .
�'' B-27' � B-28 B-29� �'B-30� `� B-31�, � B-32 • � B-33� � B-34 �-� �
�
ti � , � ,
� � ��
�� � �.
�. , ,�° . g � � � .
� ' ' � ti' ��� , �, � �� �
''� � '� B-36`� � '�' B-38r. 'h ' B-40� 'B-41 "'` �
°�a"" � � R 4 �� B-37 �;� B-39 r " �}
} � B-35 •�t;, � ��. � � �, �•� r+rf , r �
* r�J 1
� � \ � • 1L � '
�* �*"�`��5 u� � l a �a�'4L r�'�. 'r� .,.
� � � � � ' ' B-44 B-45 � B-46�']•-
;�� i , B-42 „ � B-43 ti ti , � �� � B-4
. , � ', �`� ,�
�'� '^� ti ' FI t � �'
} � f � �I � l;: �4 4 ' •x�� � �
� y ���I' �� I' � I'S ��' "� l
� � � B-48� • � B-49r_� # -50 , _ B-51
.{ � �- .
� �ti� �' ��� 'y � ,
�
�'� �5 _. , ' B-53� .
� ` ti- �_ B-52 �
w 5
� a 11�� �� R � �b
� " f B-54
B-59 ' �
� �
t5h T5� x �
. t �
kl ;� b �
5k 5Aa}
�l; 4_i,�5 I
4 A �
\5 tt•t. I
4
k �I
� B-55 B-56
� ERRY DUNN PARKWAY �
\
FINAL GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION � � � � � � � � � � � � �
VENTANA PHASE 2
OFF JERRY DUNN PARKWAY � APPROXIMATE BORING LOCATION
FORT WORTH, TEXAS � fl E A E I T A L. L 9 E� I N S
ALPHA PROJECT NO. W 170598-A
FIGURE 1B
BORING LOCATION PLAN
ALPNA��TESTIHG
�
WHEAE IT A!L eEGIN$
120
115
110
�
V
� 105
r
t
�
j 100
�
r
.�
�
� 95
L
0
90
85
80
5.0%
Centechnical • Cnnstructinn Materialc • Envirnnn:ental • TBPE Firm No. 813
REPORT OF MOISTURE DENSITY RELATIONSHIP RESULTS
(ASTM D698-A)
Material Description: Brown Sandy Clay
Classification: CH LL:52
Sample Location: In the vicinity of B20 PL: 23
Maximum Dry Unit Weight (pcfl: 95.7 PI : 29
Optimum Moistuire Content (%): 23.8 % Passing #200: 58.6%
Project No: W 170598
Date: 04/04/17
10.0% 15.0% 20.0% 25.0%
Moisture Content, (%)
30.0% 35.0%
FIGURE 2
ALPNA��TEST�NG
�
WHERE IT ALL BEGINS
Centechnical • Cnnstructinn Materialc • Envirnnn:ental • TBPE Firm No. 813
REPORT OF CALIFORNIA BEARING RATIO RESULTS
(ASTM D1883)
Project No: W170598
Date: 04/04/17
Material Description: Brown Sandy Clay
Sample Location: In the vicinity of B20
CBR @ 0.10 Inches = 2.8%
CBR @ 0.20 Inches = 3.6%
130
120
110
100
90
'j� 80
Q
N 70
N
�
�
� 60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0.0
0.1 0.2 0.3
Penetration, in
0.4 0.5 0.6
FIGURE 3
ALPHA ��TESTING
�
WNE�E 17 ALL BEGIHS
Ceotechnical • Construction Materials • Environn:ental • TBPE Firm No. 813
REPORT OF MECHANICAL LIME SERIES RESULTS
Project No: W 170598 I Date: 04/12/17
% Lime 0% 2% 4% 6% 8%
PI 27 11 7 6 6
�o
65
60
55
50
45
40
a 35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0%
1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 10% 11% 12% 13% 14% 15%
Percent Dry Weight of Lime
FIGURE 4A
ALPHA ��TESTING
�
WFIE�E 17 ALL BEGIF[S
Ceotechnical • Construction Materials • Environn:ental • TBPE Firm No. 813
REPORT OF MECHANICAL LIME SERIES RESULTS
Project No: W 170598 I Date: 04/12/17
% Lime 0% 2% 4% 6% 8%
PI 37 21 19 14 14
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
a 35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 10% 11% 12% 13% 14% 15%
Percent Dry Weight of Lime
FIGURE 4B
WinPAS
Pavement Thickness Design According to
1993 AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavements Structures
American Concrete Pavement Association
Rigid Design Inputs
Agency: City of Fort Worth
Company: Alpha Testing Inc.
Contractor:
Project Description: Residential Pavement Analysis
Location: Fort Worth, TX
Rigid Pavement Design/Evaluation
PCC Thickness
Design ESALs
Reliability
Overall Deviation
Modulus of Rupture
Modulus of Elasticity
5.91 inches
930, 000
85.00 percent
0.39
620 psi
4,000,000 psi
Load Transfer, J
Mod. Subgrade Reaction, k
Drainage Coefficient, Cd
Initial Serviceability
Terminal Serviceability
3.00
280 psi/in
1.00
4.50
2.00
Modulus of Subqrade Reaction (k-value► Determination
Resilient Modulus of the Subgrade
Resilient Modulus of the Subbase
Subbase Thickness
Depth to Rigid Foundation
Loss of Support Value (0,1,2,3)
Modulus of Subgrade Reaction 280.00 psi/in
0.0 psi
0.0 psi
0.00 inches
0.00 feet
0.0
Thursday, April 23, 2015 1:12:04PM Engineer:
WinPAS
Pavement Thickness Design According to
1993 AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavements Structures
American Concrete Pavement Association
Rigid Design Inputs
Agency: City of Fort Worth
Company: Alpha Testing Inc.
Contractor:
Project Description: Collector Pavement Analysis
Location: Fort Worth, TX
Rigid Pavement Design/Evaluation
PCC Thickness
Design ESALs
Reliability
Overall Deviation
Modulus of Rupture
Modulus of Elasticity
7.52 inches
3, 000, 000
85.00 percent
0.39
620 psi
4,000,000 psi
Load Transfer, J
Mod. Subgrade Reaction, k
Drainage Coefficient, Cd
Initial Serviceability
Terminal Serviceability
3.00
280 psi/in
1.00
4.50
2.25
Modulus of Subqrade Reaction (k-value► Determination
Resilient Modulus of the Subgrade
Resilient Modulus of the Subbase
Subbase Thickness
Depth to Rigid Foundation
Loss of Support Value (0,1,2,3)
Modulus of Subgrade Reaction 280.00 psi/in
0.0 psi
0.0 psi
0.00 inches
0.00 feet
0.0
Thursday, April 23, 2015 1:11:04PM Engineer:
WinPAS
Pavement Thickness Design According to
1993 AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavements Structures
American Concrete Pavement Association
Rigid Design Inputs
Agency: City of Fort Worth
Company: Alpha Testing Inc.
Contractor:
Project Description: Arterial Pavement Analysis
Location: Fort Worth, TX
Rigid Pavement Design/Evaluation
PCC Thickness
Design ESALs
Reliability
Overall Deviation
Modulus of Rupture
Modulus of Elasticity
9.87 inches
13,000,000
85.00 percent
0.39
620 psi
4,000,000 psi
Load Transfer, J
Mod. Subgrade Reaction, k
Drainage Coefficient, Cd
Initial Serviceability
Terminal Serviceability
3.00
280 psi/in
1.00
4.50
2.50
Modulus of Subqrade Reaction (k-value► Determination
Resilient Modulus of the Subgrade
Resilient Modulus of the Subbase
Subbase Thickness
Depth to Rigid Foundation
Loss of Support Value (0,1,2,3)
Modulus of Subgrade Reaction 280.00 psi/in
0.0 psi
0.0 psi
0.00 inches
0.00 feet
0.0
Thursday, April 23, 2015 1:09:59PM Engineer:
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 1
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/23/2017 End Date: 3/23/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY with calcareous fragments
4.0 15
2.0
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
4.0
Tan CALCAREOUS CLAY
5 4.0 15 23 13 10
6.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 2.25"
100/
15 1.25"
17.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 1.5"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 2
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/23/2017 End Date: 3/23/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown to Tan CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 13 43 21 22
2.0
Tan CALCAREOUS CLAY
4.25 17
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 2"
100/
10 1"
13.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 0.75"
100/
20 20.0 0.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 3
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/23/2017 End Date: 3/23/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CALCAREOUS CLAY
4.5+ 14
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 2"
100/
10 1.5"
100/
15 1.75"
16.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 1 "
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 4
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/23/2017 End Date: 3/23/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 1.5"
100/
10 1.75"
14.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams 100/
15 1"
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 5
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/23/2017 End Date: 3/23/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CALCAREOUS CLAY
2.0 14
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 1.75"
100/
10 10.0 1.25"
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.25 18 67 22 45
15
18.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
20 20.0 1.5"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 6
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/23/2017 End Date: 3/23/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 1.5"
7.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
10 0.75"
100/
15 0.75"
100/
20 20.0 0.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 7
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/22/2017 End Date: 3/22/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 2"
8.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.5+ 18
10
11.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
15 1.25"
18.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 1 "
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 8
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/23/2017 End Date: 3/23/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 1.75"
100/
10 1.25"
13.5
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 1"
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 9
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/23/2017 End Date: 3/23/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan CALCAREOUS CLAY
4.5+ 9
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 2"
100/
10 1.25"
100/
15 1.25"
17.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 10
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/22/2017 End Date: 3/22/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 1.75"
8.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 17 50 19 31
10
3.0 16
15
4.5+ 16
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 11
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/22/2017 End Date: 3/22/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 2.5"
100/
10 1.75"
100/
15 1.5"
100/
20 20.0 1.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 12
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/22/2017 End Date: 3/22/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 2.25"
100/
10 1"
100/
15 1.5"
17.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 0.5"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 13
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Dark Brown CLAY
4.5+ 26 52 26 26
2.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.5+ 17 46 23 23
4.0
TanCALCAREOUS CLAY
5
4.5+ 12
8.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY
4.5+ 17
10
4.5+ 16
15
4.5+ 17
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 14
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY with calcareous fragments
4.5+ 13 41 24 17
2.0
Tan CLAY with broken limestone
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 1.5"
100/
10 1.25"
11.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.5+ 14
15
17.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 15
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/22/2017 End Date: 3/22/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 2.75"
100/
10 1.5"
100/
15 1.5"
17.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 16
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan CALCAREOUS CLAY 4.5+ 7 37 21 16
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 1"
100/
10 1.25"
100/
15 1"
17.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 2"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 17
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/22/2017 End Date: 3/22/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 1.5"
100/
10 1.5"
100/
15 2"
16.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 18
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan CALCAREOUS CLAY
4.5+ 12
2.0
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
100/
5 2.5"
8.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
3.25 14
10
3.75 22 72 29 43
15
3.25 21
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 19
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
4.0
Brown CLAY with calcareous deposits
5 4.5+ 16
4.5+ 14 33 17 16
8.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 17
10
3.25 17
15
2.5 20
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 20
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/21/2017 End Date: 3/21/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in):
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
4.25 23
2.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.0 19 46 20 26
5
3.0 18
2.5 14
3.5 17 44 23 21
10
4.5+ 11 45 16 29
15
16.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY
4.0 18 60 22 38
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 21
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/25/2017 End Date: 3/25/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
4.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
5
3.25 14
3.25 12 37 24 13
4.5+ 11
10
13.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
15 1"
17.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 20
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 22
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/21/2017 End Date: 3/21/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in):
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
4.0 28
2.0
Brown to Tan SHALY CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.25 19 43 20 23
4.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
5
3.75 15
2.50 17
3.25 20
10
4.5+ 21
15
4.5+ 18
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 23
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in):
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown to Tan SHALY CLAY with calcareous nodules
3.0 12
3.25 9
5
3.25 10
3.25 11 34 19 15
10
12.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
2.75 20
15
3.0 19
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 24
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 1"
100/
10 0.75"
11.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with alternating shaly and
calcareous layers
4.5+ 16 56 20 36
15
17.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
20 20.0 0.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 25
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Dark Brown CLAY with gravel and calcareous
deposits 4.5+ 15
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
4.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY
5
3.75 35
3.75 22
8.0
Tan CLAY with calcareos nodules
3.75 17 53 19 34
10 10.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 18 46 22 24
15
16.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 26
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Gray LIMESTONE with rock
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 1"
100/
10 1.25"
11.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous deposits
2.5 24
15
17.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
20 20.0 2"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 27
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/21/2017 End Date: 3/21/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
4.5+ 16
2.0
Tan and Gray SANDY CLAY
3.0 18 42 17 25
4.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with rock fragments
5 2.75 20
6.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 1"
12.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 0.75"
100/
20 20.0 0.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 28
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/21/2017 End Date: 5/5/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in):
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcaroeus deposits
4.5+ 18
3.5 20
5 3.75 17 51 19 32
4.5+ 17
4.5+ 16
10
3.75 31 56 28 28
15
2.75 18
20 20.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
25 25.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 25 FT
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 29
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/21/2017 End Date: 3/21/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in):
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown to Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
3.75 19
2.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
2.75 21
5
4.5+ 17
6.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous
fragments 4.5+ 14
4.25 25
10
4.5+ 10 44 19 25
15 15.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY
4.5+ 17
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 30
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/25/2017 End Date: 3/25/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Dark Brown to Brown CLAY
4.25 19
2.0
Brown to Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.25 17 40 18 22
4.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
5 4.25 15
4.5+ 14
4.5+ 14
10
3.75 16
15
16.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
20 20.0 1.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 31
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/4/2017 End Date: 4/4/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY with limestone fragments
3.25 26
2.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
3.25 15
5 4.0 16 38 24 14
2.75 16
- limestone fragments from 8 ft to 15 ft
2.75 17
10
4.0 9
15
4.5+ 12
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 32
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
4.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with alternating shaly and
5 calcareous layers
4.5+ 21
4.5+ 14 43 20 23
4.5+ 17
10 10.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
15 2"
100/
20 20.0 1 "
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 33
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/27/2017 End Date: 3/27/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Dark Brown CLAY with gravel
1.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous deposits 3.5 22
2.25 21
5 3.0 20 51 18 33
4.5+ 10
8.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 2"
12.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 16 47 21 26
15
4.5+ 16
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 34
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/4/2017 End Date: 4/4/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
2.75 28
2.0
Tannish Brown CLAY with calcareous nodules
3.0 0.9 103 21 44 17 27
4.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
5 2.25 19
2.25 28
3.25 11
10
3.5 23
15
3.75 19
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 35
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/21/2017 End Date: 3/21/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown to Tan CLAY
4.0 25
2.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
3.0 26
5 4.0 25
4.5+ 26 71 28 43
8.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 1.5"
13.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 0.25"
100/
20 20.0 0.5"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 36
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/25/2017 End Date: 3/25/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown to Tan CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.25 24
2.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
3.5 18
5
3.5 17
4.0 17
4.5+ 16 38 23 15
10
13.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
15 2.25"
17.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 2"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 37
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/28/2017 End Date: 3/28/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in):
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Dark Brown CLAY
3.0 29
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
4.0
Tan SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
5 1.75 18 47 19 28
6.0
TanCALCAREOUS CLAY
4.25 16
4.5+ 19
10
12.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.0 21
15
3.0 22
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 38
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/4/2017 End Date: 4/4/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
3.25 28
3.75 20
4.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
5
3.25 21
3.0 15 32 19 13
8.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY
4.5+ 20
10
4.5+ 22
15
4.5+ 16
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 39
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/4/2017 End Date: 5/5/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
2.25 15
5 4.5+ 17 46 24 22
2.75 18
- 3.0 8
10 10.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY
4.5+ 25
15
4.5+ 18
20 20.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
25 25.0 1 "
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 25 FT
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 40
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/4/2017 End Date: 4/4/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY with calcareous deposits
3.25 35
3.25 17
4.0
Tan and Gray CALCAREOUS CLAY
5
3.5 16
4.5+ 12 42 22 20
- 4.5+ 11
10 10.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY
- calcareous deposits at 13 ft
4.25 15
15
4.5+ 16
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 41
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/4/2017 End Date: 4/4/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
2.75 36
3.25 27 58 26 32
5
3.25 27
6.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
3.75 24
3.75 17 58 29 29
10
3.5 17
15 15.0
Tan and Gray CLAY
- calcareous deposits at 18 ft
4.5+ 14
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 42
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/21/2017 End Date: 3/21/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY with calcareous deposits 4.5+ 10
1.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 2"
100/
10 1"
11.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 0.5"
100/
20 20.0 0.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 43
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/21/2017 End Date: 3/21/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
4.0 25
2.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous nodules
3.25 23
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 5.0 2"
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.5+ 16 58 27 31
8.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 1.25"
14.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams 100/
15 0.25"
100/
20 20.0 0.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 44
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/25/2017 End Date: 3/25/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Dark Brown to Brown CLAY
2.75 26 46 26 20
2.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous nodules
3.25 18 48 19 29
5
3.0 30
3.5 19
8.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 1.5"
100/
15 0.5"
17.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 1 "
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 45
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/25/2017 End Date: 3/25/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in):
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
2.75 31
2.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 18
5 4.5+ 16 31 22 9
4.5+ 15
4.5+ 18 42 18 24
10
3.0 20
15
17.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.5+ 20 60 25 35
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 46
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/4/2017 End Date: 5/5/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown to Tan CLAY
3.0 25
2.0
Tan to Grayish Brown CLAY with calcareous nodules
2.25 23
5 2.25 19 79 37 42
6.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 14
4.5+ 20 47 24 23
10
4.5+ 11
15
4.5+ 10 49 22 27
20 20.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
25 25.0 1.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 25 FT
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 47
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/4/2017 End Date: 4/4/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Gray and Brown CLAY
3.25 24
2.0
Tan and Brown CLAY with calcareous deposits
2.0 24 68 26 42
5 2.25 24
4.25 20
4.5+ 9 31 16 15
10
12.0
Tan with Gray SHALY CLAY
4.5+ 17
15
4.5+ 16
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 48
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/22/2017 End Date: 3/22/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
4.25 21
4.5+ 19 50 24 26
4.0
Brown to Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
5
4.5+ 17
6.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 13
8.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 1"
100/
15 15.0 0.75"
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 0.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 49
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/22/2017 End Date: 3/22/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown to Tan CLAY
4.5+ 15
2.0
Tan CLAY
4.5+ 20 63 20 43
4.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
5 0.75"
100/
10 0.25"
13.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 0.5"
100/
20 20.0 0.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 50
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/28/2017 End Date: 3/28/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
4.0 23
2.0
Tan SHALY CLAY with calcareous deposits
3.75 18
5 4.5+ 20 69 40 29
6.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 1.5"
100/
15 15.0 1"
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 51
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/25/2017 End Date: 3/25/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Dark Brown CLAY
3.75 26
2.0
Brown CLAY
4.0 20 49 21 28
4.0
Brown to Tan CLAY with calacareous deposits
5 4.0 17
4.5+ 10
8.0
Tan and Gray SHALY CLAY
3.25 22 61 19 42
10
13.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
15 1"
18.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 52
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/25/2017 End Date: 3/25/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tan WEATHERED LIMESTONE
1.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 1"
100/
10 1.25"
14.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams 100/
15 0.75"
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 53
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 3/28/2017 End Date: 3/28/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.5+ 13 48 26 22
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 1.25"
100/
10 1"
13.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 0.75"
100/
20 20.0 0.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 54
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/5/2017 End Date: 4/5/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On RodS (ft�: 15 a' � y � U y �'�°' �� u�i � � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Dark Brown CLAY
2.75 28
2.0
Brown CLAY
3.25 22 54 20 34
4.0
Brown to Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
5
3.5 1.1 107 20
6.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.5+ 11 40 18 22
4.5+ 13
10
3.0 16
15 �
17.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
20 20.0 2.25"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 55
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/5/2017 End Date: 4/5/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
2.75 19
2.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous composites
1.75 15
5 4.5+ 10 26 16 10
6.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
10 1.5"
13.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 1"
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 56
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/5/2017 End Date: 4/5/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown CLAY
3.25 33
3.0 1.7 96 27 67 23 44
4.0
Brown to Reddish Tan CLAY
5 4.0 22
6.0
Reddish Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.0 20 45 20 25
4.5+ 19
10
12.0
Tan CLAY with calcareous nodules
4.25 17 48 19 29
15
2.5 17
20 20.0
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 57
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/5/2017 End Date: 5/5/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown to Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous
nodules 2_5 21 45 20 25
2.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
3.0 21
5
4.5+ 22
4.5+ 21
2.75 21
10
15 15.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
20 20.0 2"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 58
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/5/2017 End Date: 5/5/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Brown WEATHERED LIMESTONE with clay seams
and layers
2.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers
100/
5 2.25"
6.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits
4.5+ 10
3.0 10
10
14.0
Tan LIMESTONE with clay seams and layers 100/
15 2.25"
100/
20 20.0 2.5"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
A L P H A�� T E S T I N G So58 B�Sh �reek Rd.
� F'ort WoYth, Tex� LOG OF BORING NO.: 59
76119 Sheet 1 of 1
Phone: 817-496-5600
W H E R E I T A L L 8 E G f H S F'ax� sl �-496-56os PROJECT NO.: W 170598
www. alphatesting. com
Client: PB Partners, LP Location: Fort Worth, Texas
Project: Ventana Phase 2 Surface Elevation:
Start Date: 4/5/2017 End Date: 5/5/2017 West:
Drilling Method: CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER North:
Hammer Drop (Ibs / in): 140 / 30
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS "
a o
m � � .�'�. E r, a� L x
� � � On Rods (ft): NONE a ' � y � U° y °c_'.°�1 'a�i u�i �� � �
U
w L 1 After Drilling (ft�: DRY �' > d � o cYi � � m @ o � � o � u �
a a n o� p� o o S c a N 0�- c� �� 'y :�
o � � After Hours (ft): m � � � a � o� o d.� � s a �
`n �a a j z � � a
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Dark Brown CLAY
3.25 34
2.0
Brown CLAY
3.5 24
4.0
Brown to Tan CLAY with calcareous deposits
5 4.0 2.2 114 15 49 20 29
6.0
Tan and Gray CLAY with calcareous deposits and
gravel 4.5 15
4.5+ 16
10 10.0
Gray LIMESTONE with shale seams
100/
15 0.75"
100/
20 20.0 0.75"
TEST BORING TERMINATED AT 20 FT
25
ALPHA/�
�
TESTING
KEY TO SOIL SYMBOLS
AND CLASSIFICATIONS
WHERE IT ALL BEGINS
SOIL & ROCK SYMBOLS
� (CH), High Plasticity CLAY
� (CL), Low Plasticity CLAY
� (SC), CLAYEY SAND
� (SP), Poorly Graded SAND
� (SW), Well Graded SAND
� (SM), SILTY SAND
� (ML), SILT
� (MH), Elastic SILT
� LIMESTONE
� SHALE/MARL
� SANDSTONE
o � (GP), Poorly Graded GRAVEL
�' (GW), Well Graded GRAVEL
��.(�(� (GC), CLAYEY GRAVEL
K�i4
�o�('�,d (GM), SILTY GRAVEL
ti1�4
� (OL), ORGANIC SILT
� (OH), ORGANIC CLAY
� FILL
SAMPLING SYMBOLS
■SHELBY TUBE (3" OD except where
noted otherwise)
�SPLIT SPOON (2" OD except where
noted otherwise)
�AUGER SAMPLE
I�I
� TEXAS CONE PENETRATION
�ROCK CORE (2" ID except where
noted otherwise)
RELATIVE DENSITY OF COHESIONLESS SOILS (blows/ft)
VERY LOOSE
LOOSE
MEDIUM
DENSE
VERY DENSE
0 TO 4
5 TO 10
11 TO 30
31 TO 50
OVER 50
SHEAR STRENGTH OF COHESIVE SOILS (tsf)
VERY SOFT
SOFT
FIRM
STIFF
VERY STIFF
HARD
LESS THAN 0.25
0.25 TO 0.50
0.50 TO 1.00
1.00 TO 2.00
2.00 TO 4.00
OVER 4.00
RELATIVE DEGREE OF PLASTICITY (PI)
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
VERY HIGH
4 TO 15
16 TO 25
26 TO 35
OVER 35
RELATIVE PROPORTIONS (%)
TRACE
LITTLE
SOME
AND
1 TO 10
11 TO 20
21 TO 35
36 TO 50
PARTICLE SIZE IDENTIFICATION (DIAMETER)
BOULDERS
COBBLES
COARSE GRAVEL
FINE GRAVEL
COURSE SAND
MEDIUM SAND
FINE SAND
SILT
CLAY
8.0" OR LARGER
3.0" TO 8.0"
0.75" TO 3.0"
5.OmmT03.0"
2.OmmT05.Omm
0.4mmT05.Omm
0.07 mm T0 0.4 mm
0.002 mm TO 0.07 mm
LESS THAN 0.002 mm